Q881507-9 Installation and Operating Manual PDF

Installation and Operating
Manual for Transformer
Q881507-9 CPMB
Rated power 150 MVA
Transformer class Single-phase Auto-transformer with OLTC
Transformer type ODFSZ-150000/500 (GB)

NLSN8257 (TUB)
Serial no. 881507, 881508, 881509
Document no. Manual_Q881507-9 Rev.0
Edition date 2018. 04. 17
Volume I of I
Table of Contents
Siemens Transformers
Table of Contents
Overview of Revisions
Publisher Information
Warranty and Maintenance Declaration
Chapter 1 Ordering Data
Chapter 2 Technical Data
Chapter 3 Safety and Environment
Chapter 4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Chapter 5 Assembly, Evacuation and Oil Filling
Chapter 6 Commissioning
Chapter 7 Operation
Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspection
Chapter 9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Chapter 10 Test Certificates of Accessories
Chapter 11 Test Certificates of Transformer
Chapter 12 Drawings
Chapter 13 Photographs
Chapter 14 Spare Parts and Special Tools
Chapter 15 Check Lists
© Siemens AG 2018 I
Document No.: Manual_Q881507-9 Rev.0
Serial No.: 881507-9
Rev. Chapter/Page(s) Description of changes Date
0 First edition 2018.4.17
© Siemens AG 2018 II
Publisher and Service Information
Siemens Transformer (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.
Energy Sector
Power Transmission Division
Transformers
No.26 Jungong Road, East Section of GETDD
Guangzhou, 510530
P.R. China
Customer Support Center:

Phone: + 86 20 82266998 (8:30 am to 4:30 pm)
Fax: + 86 20 82266287
email: fred.lv@siemens.com
© Siemens AG 2018 III


Siemens´ warranty obligations shall depend on and be subject to the following conditions.
· The goods have been stored, handled, or installed according to these instructions.
· Operating and maintenance was done by the Customer under the supervision of the
Customer’s senior staff following Siemens´ operating instructions and complete
operating manuals are kept by the Customer and are available to Siemens during the
applicable warranty period.
· Warranty claims may only be asserted if the Customer can prove that there is regular
inspection and service.
· No responsibility of Siemens under warranty shall arise from consequences of
alterations and repairs by the Customer or third parties. This does, however, not
apply for repairs carried out by the Customer or third parties upon the request or
with the consent of Siemens and following the instruction and/or under the
supervision of Siemens.
· No responsibility of Siemens under warranty shall arise from consequences of use of
components and parts which are not provided by Siemens.
· A defect or deficiency has occurred for which Siemens is responsible due to not
proper performance or not proper fulfillment of its obligations under the contract.
· The warranty obligations of Siemens do not apply to normal wear and tear. Therefore
in cases of warranty claims, ageing shall be given due consideration.
Subsequently the Customer shall do all of the inspection and service work in the intervals
stated and shall replace all the components and parts before they have reached their
expected lifetime.
Defects and deficiencies which result from service errors, exceeding the inspection and
service periods, operating errors, failure to replace the components and parts which have
reached their expected lifetime, or not observing the operating regulations shall not justify
any warranty claims.
In case of warranty claims, documentary evidence for the inspection or service work shall be
sent without delay to Siemens including the date and duly signed. Siemens shall also be
notified without delay of any defects or deficiencies, which could lead to a not proper
performance.
The inspection or service work has to be done by technical personnel, who is trained and
authorized for it. You may find detailed information on doing the inspection or service work
in the various documents in the operating and installation instruction for transformer. With
larger and more complicated sealing, assembly or service work and load interrupter switch
inspection, we recommend that you request mechanics from Siemens, who are especially
trained for this.
© Siemens AG 2018 IV
1 Order Data
1 Order Data
Customer: CPMB
Station/Plant: Viet Tri substation, Vietnam
Customer order no (PO-No.): 26/2017/EVNNPT-CPMB-STGZ-SLV-3C/VT
Serial no.: 881507,881508,881509
Transformer class: Single-phase auto-transformer with on-load tap changer
Transformer type: ODFSZ-150000/500
Rated power: 150 MVA
Ratio: 500/√3±8×1.25% // 225/√3 // 35 kV
Production plant: Siemens Transformer (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd, China
Product area: E M TR CN
Project No.: Q881507~9
© Siemens AG 2018 1–1

Document No.: Manual_881507-9 Rev.0
Serial No.: 881507~9
2 Technical Data
2 Technical Data
2.1 Rating Plate (section)

2 Technical Data
2.2 Rated Power

150 MVA/150 MVA/30 MVA
2.3 Power Definition

Power constant on all positions.
The transformer can be operated continuously at 105 % over excitation.
2.4 Rated Voltage Ratio

500 000/√3 V ±10 % in ±8 steps // 225 000/√3 V // Stab. winding 35 000 V
2.5 Voltages and Currents at Different Taps

Voltage Current A
Winding
V ONAN ONAF 1 ONAF 2
Position 1 550 000/√3 283 378 472
HV Position 9 500 000/√3 312 416 520
Position 17 450 000/√3 346 462 577
MV 225 000/√3 693 924 1155
LV 35 000 514 686 857
2.6 Vector Group

Ia0i0 / Group YNa0d11
2.7 Impedance Voltage in % at 75 °C

Power Impedance voltage %
Pair of winding Position
MVA Q881507 Q881508 Q881509
1 12.29 12.27 12.24
150 HV-MV 9 12.93 12.91 12.90
17 14.10 14.05 14.08
1 41.28 41.22 41.26
150 HV-LV 9 41.81 41.75 41.79
17 42.85 42.79 42.86
150 MV-LV 27.27 27.25 27.31
2.8 No-load Current in %

UN x 100%:
Q881507: 0.040 %
Q881508: 0.042 %
Q881509: 0.040 %
2.9 Symmetrical Short-circuit Current

HV-winding: 3.80 kA
2 Technical Data
MV-winding: 8.07 kA
LV-winding: 14.55 kA
2.10 Maximum Permissible Short-circuit Duration

3s
2.11 Insulation Level in kV

Highest system Switching impulse Lightning impulse
voltage Low frequency test voltages with with stand voltage
Um stand LI
voltage FW / CW
Applied Induced Induced test
test voltage test voltage SI
Winding
voltage ACLD
ACSD (IVPD)
kV kV kV kV kV
kV
r.m.s. r.m.s. r.m.s. peak peak
r.m.s.
HV 550 140 680 519.6 1175 1550/1705
MV 245 140 460 1050/1155
N 140 325/---
LV 38.5 75 180/200
2.12 No-load Losses

Q881507: 39 150 W
Q881508: 41 100 W
Q881509: 39 690 W
2.13 Load Losses at 75 °C

Power Load losses W
Pair of windings Position
MVA Q881507 Q881508 Q881509
1 241 740 240 640 239 770
150 HV-MV 9 240 480 238 440 238 180
17 272 770 272 860 270 850
1 34 360 33 830 33 820
30 HV-LV 9 35 240 34 850 34 750
17 37 750 37 530 37 310
60 MV-LV 36 020 36 020 35 930
2.14 Total Losses

Q881507: 279 630 W
Q881508: 279 540 W
Q881509: 277 870 W
2.15 Rated Frequency

2 Technical Data
50 Hz
2.16 Sound Pressure Level

Sound pressure level LpA : 75 dB (guaranteed value)
55.4dB + 0 dB tolerance without fans at 0.3 m distance.
59.1dB + 0 dB tolerance with fans at 3 m distance.
2.17 Adjustment of Transformer Ratio

Under load by operation of on-load tap changer for voltage regulation on HV-side.
De-energized tap changer to be operated off-voltage only!
2.18 Type of Cooling

Cooling method: ONAN /ONAF1/ONAF2
2.19 Temperatures
Ambient temperature = max. 45 °C
Top oil temperature rise = 55 K
Hot spot winding temperature rise = 73 K
Winding temperature rise in copper determined from the rise in resistance = 60 K
2.20 Temperature Monitoring in °C

The temperature setting is only recommended by STGZ, please refer to local condition!
Measurement of oil temperature:

Dial thermometer setting:
· Alarm: 95 °C
· Tripping: 105 °C
Fan control via oil temperature:

Group 1: Fans “on“ at 50 °C
Fans “off“ at 40 °C
Measurement of winding temperature:

Dial thermometer setting:
· Alarm: 113 °C
· Tripping: 123 °C
Fan control via winding temperature:

2 Technical Data
2.21 Current Transformer

Rated power Ratio
Position Designation Identification Class
VA A /A
A(B,C) T1, T4 LRB-500 30-30-30 400-800-1200/1 5P20-5P20-5P20
A(B,C) T2, T3 LR-500 30-30-30 400-800-1200/1 0.5-0.5-0.5
A(B,C) T10 LR-500 30 519/2 0.5
N T5, T6 LRB-110 30-30-30 800-1200-2000/1 5P20-5P20-5P20
Am(Bm,Cm) T7, T8, T9 LRB-220 30-30-30 800-1200-2000/1 5P20-5P20-5P20
Am(Bm,Cm) T11 LR-220 30 1154/2 0.5
a(b,c) T12 LR-35 10 857/2 0.5
2.22 Weights in kg/set

Total weight 162 000 kg
Shipping weight without oil 108 000 kg
Oil weight 44 000 kg
Core-and-coil assembly 81 000 kg

3 Safety and Environment
3.1 Safety
3.1.1 General
Statutory health, safety and environmental provisions and internally applicable healthy,
safety and environment protection provisions of the transformer/reactor operator must be
complied with and are merely amended by these provisions.
This chapter contains basic notes to be observed for transport, set-up, assembly, oil filling,
commissioning, operation and maintenance. These provisions raise no claim to considering
all details or offering a solution for all events.
For safety notes for the individual components and their handling, see the respective
chapters.
Non-observance of these operating instructions and improper work during transport, set-up,
assembly, oil filling, commissioning, operation and maintenance may endanger
interference-free operation of the transformer/reactor or other equipment and lead to
serious personal, property and/or environmental damage and the loss of any damages
claims.
Unauthorized conversion and spare parts production

Conversion or modifications of the transformer/reactor are only permissible in coordination
with the manufacturer.
Original spare parts and accessories authorized by the production plant are required to
comply with the safety provisions. Use of any other parts may pose a safety risk and lead to
loss of damages claims.
Persons authorized to work at the transformer/reactor

Serious violation or device damage can be the consequence of non-observance of the safety
provisions. Therefore, only qualified personnel must work at the transformer/reactor or in its
vicinity, and only under strict observation of the warning notes, safety notices and
maintenance provisions. Correct application, proper installation and maintenance warrant
perfect operation of the transformer/reactor.
Qualified personnel are persons trained for transport, set-up, assembly, oil filling,
commissioning, operation and maintenance of the transformer/reactor and the connected
tasks and familiar with the resulting risks.

3.1.2 Safety symbols

The safety notes are classified by the following symbols pursuant to ANSI Z535.6:
Personal injury:
DANGER
DANGER! designates directly pending danger. If it is not avoided, death or serious injury
will be the consequence.
WARNING
WARNING! designates possibly pending danger. If it is not avoided, death or serious injury
may be the consequence.
CAUTION
CAUTION! designates possibly pending danger. If it is not avoided, light or minor injury
may be the consequence.
Product/Machine/Plant Damage:
ATTENTION
ATTENTION! designates a potentially harmful situation. If it is not avoided, the system or
something in its environment may be damaged.
General notes:
NOTE
General notes (no personal injury or product/machine/plant damage)
3.1.3 Transport
Only the designated transport facilities must be used for transport (lifting, pulling, turning)
or to set down the transformer/reactor.
Designated transport facilities can be found in the binding dimension drawing or the
operating instructions of the transformer/reactor.
The center of gravity of the transformer/reactor or attachment part must be verified before
lifting or moving it.
Precautions must be taken for transformers/reactors or heavy attachment parts to prevent

slipping or tilting.
Transport of the transformer/reactor must be performed by authorized transport companies.
3.1.4 Set-up, assembly and oil filling

The foundation's oil pit must be sized according to the total oil volume of the
transformer/reactor. This is the responsibility of the construction company or the overall
company. The national construction provisions and laws must be complied with.

The oil filling procedure must be performed according to the indications and notes in these
operating provisions.
3.1.5 Operation, inspection and maintenance
WARNING
All applicable safety standards and provisions must be complied with under all
circumstances, in particular during inspection, commissioning and maintenance of
transformers.
Inspection of transformers/reactors and controlling of diverter switch is only permitted to
instructed and authorized specialists.
Due to the possible danger of explosion and danger of high voltage/current at the tank or
motor operation cabinet, no persons must stand near any live transformer/reactor when
inspections are performed.
While persons are standing close to a live transformer, e.g. during commissioning and
maintenance, no controlling operations must be performed at the diverter switch.
The transformer/reactor with the assigned and delivered equipment must only be inspected,
operated and serviced as follows:
· According to the information and notes in these operating provisions (maintenance
according to the detailed information on recommended intervals).
· Work processes must only be performed by qualified, trained and experienced
personnel.
Any action contrary to the above may lead to:

· Endangering persons
· Damage or outage of the transformer/reactor with associated equipment
· Reduced service life of the transformer/reactor with associated equipment
· Loss of warranty services
Note that power transformers are deemed passive equipment without irradiation danger
pursuant to the relevant EMC provisions.
CAUTION
Observe that some media may be hot (let them cool off).
3.1.5.1 Conduct during assembly and maintenance work at the electrical

systems
· Observe safety distances pursuant to the applicable provisions.
· In the scope of assembly or maintenance orders, always inform of the scope, switching
condition and special danger.
· Work at live parts is generally prohibited at high-voltage systems.
· Control operations in electrical systems are reserved for the relevant operating
personnel.
· When working in operating sites with a fire or explosion risk, learn about the present
special provisions before taking up work and comply with them.

The following five safety rules must be observed:

1. Power down
2. Secure against reactivation
3. Verify that the equipment is powered down
4. Ground and short-circuit
5. Cover or cordon off any adjacent live parts
3.1.5.2 Work inside the tank

There should not be any reason for climbing into the tank during operation or normal
maintenance cycles.
DANGER
The transformer was filled with gas for transport. Therefore, observe that the tank is
subject to an overpressure of approx. 0.3 bar when opening flanges or hand holes
If the tank interior is to be accessed, remove the gas by evacuation and replace it with dried
breathing air if the tank is filled with gas (e.g. nitrogen).
Internal inspection must only be performed in the presence of Siemens service staff or a
person authorized by Siemens.
In case of internal inspection, ensure that the air in the tank has an oxygen share of > 20 %.
Harmlessness of the breathing air must be verified by appropriate measurements before
entering the tank.
Always observe the safety directives for work in containers.
3.1.6 Fire protection measures when working at oil transformers

In case of overheating of insulation media, e.g. transformer oil, oil vapors may result and
form an explosive mixture with air at a certain ratio, e.g. during subsequent welding of oily
or oil-filled containers. Gas also forms in case of electrical current through oil. These gases
are also flammable and form an explosive mixture with air.
Welding and soldering work with open fire and generation of electrical sparks by testing and
switching procedures in oil-filled or partially oil-filled or oily transformer tanks, conservator,
cable terminal boxes, therefore require special safety measures like filling with nitrogen or
application of vacuum, etc. Specialists of Siemens are to be requested for such work or
precise instructions are to be requested.
Fire prevention, alarm and initial measures are generally mandatory.
Specifically observe the following:

· In case of fire, there is the danger of touching live parts of the system. Take special care.
· Fire alarm and telecommunications centers must not be switched off.
· Electrical machines, control rooms, transformer stations, control panels, control
cabinets, telecommunications frames and devices must be mainly protected from
extinguishing water.
· Hand fire extinguishers must be approved for extinguishing fires in electrical systems.

3.2 Environmental Protection
3.2.1 General
All possible and imaginable provisions must be taken to prevent environmental damage
pursuant to the nationally applicable laws.
Among others, this includes:
· Leaking or improper disposal of substances
· Impermissible generation of noise
· Impairing communications systems by insufficient shielding of electrical
conductors/cables
3.2.2 Disposal
Disposal of the entire transformer/reactor or its parts by the operator commits the operator
to disposing of the parts/materials according to the national environmental laws.
We recommend charging specialized disposal companies with environmentally compatible
disposal of the transformer/reactor and its components.
The following sections list the most frequent components of the transformer/reactor that
require special provisions for disposal.
3.2.2.1 Insulating oil and oil-insulated components

Insulation oil for transformers/reactors is a mineral oil used for insulation and cooling. It is
filled into the tank, conservator, cooling system and diverter switch (if present) before
commissioning.
Like insulating oil, oil-insulated components of the transformer/reactor (e.g. oil-soaked
Nomex paper, oil-insulated transformer board components, oil-soaked insulating paper or
oil-insulated laminate wood components) are no hazardous substances in the delivered
condition. However, chemical oil composition may change during the transformer's service
life.
Insulating oil and oil-insulated components must be disposed of environmentally compatibly
pursuant to the national disposal provisions. For disposal notes, see the safety data-sheet of
the insulating oil (see chapter 3.2.3).
3.2.2.2 Condenser bushings

Depending on the basic type, bushings may contain materials like porcelain, copper,
aluminum, steel, resin-insulated paper, oil-insulated paper, epoxy resin and insulating oil.
Oil- or resin-insulated components are no hazardous substances in the delivered condition,
but the chemical oil or resin composition may change during the service life.
Condenser bushings and their components must be disposed of environmentally compatibly
pursuant to the national disposal provisions.
See operating instructions for bushings in chapter 9 "Technical Documentation of the Heavy
Part and Accessories".
3.2.2.3 Paint with thinner for outer corrosion protection/varnish impregnation

Paints and thinners must be disposed of environmentally compatibly pursuant to the local
disposal provisions. For disposal notes, see the safety data-sheet of the paints and thinners
(see chapter 3.2.3).

3.2.2.4 Desiccant beads

The following components contain desiccant beads (e.g. silica gel) as drying agents
· dehydrating breather
· various components (e.g. bushing pots) in the delivered condition
Desiccant beads must be disposed of environmentally compatibly pursuant to the national
disposal provisions.
For disposal notes, see the safety data-sheet of the desiccant beads (see chapter 3.2.3).
3.2.3 Safety data-sheets

3.2.3.1 Desiccant beads

3.2.3.2 Insulating oil

Not applicable. Not supplied by Siemens Transformer (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.
3.2.3.3 Paints and thinners

Paint thinner
Primer layer Barrier 80 – Comp. A Jotun Thinner No. 17

Barrier 80 – Comp. B
Interim layer Penguard Express MIO – Comp. A Jotun Thinner No. 17
Penguard Express – Comp. B
Outer coat Hardtop XP - Comp. A Jotun Thinner No. 10
Hardtop XP - Comp. B

Material Safety Data Sheet
Barrier 80 Comp A
1. Product and company identification
Trade name : Barrier 80 Comp A
Code : 7680
Manufacturer : Jotun Paints, Inc.
9203 Highway 23
Belle Chasse, LA 70037
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
In case of emergency : 1-800-424-9300
zinc silicate
7461;7680 1 7680
VValidationDate). 1
2. Hazards identification
Physical state : Liquid.
Odor : Characteristic.
OSHA/HCS status : This material is considered hazardous by the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
WARNING!
FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. CONTAINS MATERIAL THAT MAY CAUSE
TARGET ORGAN DAMAGE, BASED ON ANIMAL DATA. POSSIBLE CANCER
HAZARD - CONTAINS MATERIAL WHICH MAY CAUSE CANCER, BASED ON
ANIMAL DATA.
Flammable liquid. Keep away from heat, sparks and flame. Avoid exposure - obtain
special instructions before use. Do not breathe vapor or mist. Avoid contact with skin
and clothing. Contains material that may cause target organ damage, based on animal
data. Contains material which may cause cancer, based on animal data. Risk of
cancer depends on duration and level of exposure. Use only with adequate ventilation.
Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use.
Eyes : May cause eye irritation.
Skin : May cause skin irritation.
Inhalation : No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Ingestion : No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Potential chronic health : CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified A4 (Not classifiable for humans or animals.) by
effects ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified A4 (Not classifiable
for humans or animals.) by ACGIH [1-methoxy-2-propanol]. Classified A4 (Not
classifiable for humans or animals.) by ACGIH [zinc oxide]. Classified A3 (Proven for
animals.) by ACGIH, 2B (Possible for humans.) by IARC [ethylbenzene]. Classified 3
(Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [zeolite].
MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.
TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.
Medical conditions : Pre-existing disorders involving any target organs mentioned in this MSDS as being at
aggravated by over- risk may be aggravated by over-exposure to this product.
exposure
See toxicological information (Section 11)
Continued on next page

Barrier 80 Comp A Page: 2/10
3. Composition/information on ingredients
Name CAS number % by weight
xylene 1330-20-7 2.5 - 10
talc (non-asbestos form) 14807-96-6 2.5 - 10
1-methoxy-2-propanol 107-98-2 2.5 - 10
zinc oxide 1314-13-2 1 - 2.5
ethylbenzene 100-41-4 1 - 2.5
Components not listed are not physical or health hazards as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200 (Hazard Communication
Standard).
4. First aid measures

Eye contact : Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with plenty of
water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Get
medical attention immediately.
Skin contact : In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse.
Clean shoes thoroughly before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.
Inhalation : Move exposed person to fresh air. If not breathing, if breathing is irregular or if
respiratory arrest occurs, provide artificial respiration or oxygen by trained personnel.
Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention
immediately.
Ingestion : Wash out mouth with water. Do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by
medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Get
Protection of first-aiders : No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training. It
may be dangerous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation.
5. Fire-fighting measures
Flammability of the product : Flammable.
Products of combustion : Decomposition products may include the following materials:
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
metal oxide/oxides
Suitable : Use dry chemical, CO₂, water spray (fog) or foam.
Not suitable : Do not use water jet.
Special exposure hazards : Promptly isolate the scene by removing all persons from the vicinity of the incident if
there is a fire. No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable
training. Move containers from fire area if this can be done without risk. Use water
spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool.
Flammable liquid. In a fire or if heated, a pressure increase will occur and the container
may burst, with the risk of a subsequent explosion. Runoff to sewer may create fire or
explosion hazard.
Special protective : Fire-fighters should wear appropriate protective equipment and self-contained breathing
equipment for fire-fighters apparatus (SCBA) with a full face-piece operated in positive pressure mode.
6. Accidental release measures

Personal precautions : No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training.
Evacuate surrounding areas. Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel from
entering. Do not touch or walk through spilled material. Shut off all ignition sources.
No flares, smoking or flames in hazard area. Avoid breathing vapor or mist.
Provide adequate ventilation. Wear appropriate respirator when ventilation is
inadequate. Put on appropriate personal protective equipment (see Section 8).
Environmental precautions : Avoid dispersal of spilled material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways,
drains and sewers. Inform the relevant authorities if the product has caused
environmental pollution (sewers, waterways, soil or air).


Methods for cleaning up : Stop leak if without risk. Move containers from spill area. Use spark-proof tools
and explosion-proof equipment. Approach release from upwind. Prevent entry into
sewers, water courses, basements or confined areas. Wash spillages into an
effluent treatment plant or proceed as follows. Contain and collect spillage with non-
combustible, absorbent material e.g. sand, earth, vermiculite or diatomaceous earth
and place in container for disposal according to local regulations (see Section 13).
Dispose of via a licensed waste disposal contractor. Contaminated absorbent
material may pose the same hazard as the spilled product. Note: see Section 1 for
emergency contact information and Section 13 for waste disposal.
7. Handling and storage

Handling : Put on appropriate personal protective equipment (see Section 8). Eating, drinking
and smoking should be prohibited in areas where this material is handled, stored
and processed. Workers should wash hands and face before eating, drinking and
smoking. Remove contaminated clothing and protective equipment before entering
eating areas. Do not get in eyes or on skin or clothing. Do not ingest. Avoid
breathing vapor or mist. Use only with adequate ventilation. Wear appropriate
respirator when ventilation is inadequate. Do not enter storage areas and confined
spaces unless adequately ventilated. Keep in the original container or an approved
alternative made from a compatible material, kept tightly closed when not in use.
Store and use away from heat, sparks, open flame or any other ignition source. Use
explosion-proof electrical (ventilating, lighting and material handling) equipment.
Use non-sparking tools. Take precautionary measures against electrostatic
discharges. To avoid fire or explosion, dissipate static electricity during transfer by
grounding and bonding containers and equipment before transferring material.
Empty containers retain product residue and can be hazardous. Do not reuse
container.
Storage : Store in accordance with local regulations. Store in a segregated and approved
area. Store in original container protected from direct sunlight in a dry, cool and well-
ventilated area, away from incompatible materials (see Section 10) and food and
drink. Eliminate all ignition sources. Separate from oxidizing materials. Keep
container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use. Containers that have been
opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage. Do not
store in unlabeled containers. Use appropriate containment to avoid environmental
contamination.
8. Exposure controls/personal protection

Product name Exposure limits
xylene ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013).
STEL: 651 mg/m³ 15 minutes.
STEL: 150 ppm 15 minutes.
TWA: 434 mg/m³ 8 hours.
TWA: 100 ppm 8 hours.
OSHA PEL (United States, 2/2013).
OSHA PEL 1989 (United States, 3/1989).
talc (non-asbestos form) OSHA PEL 1989 (United States, 3/1989).
TWA: 2 mg/m³ 8 hours. Form: Respirable dust
NIOSH REL (United States, 10/2013).
TWA: 2 mg/m³ 10 hours. Form: Respirable fraction
OSHA PEL Z3 (United States, 2/2013).
TWA: 0,1 f/cc 8 hours. Form: containing asbestos


STEL: 1 f/cc 30 minutes. Form: containing asbestos
: 1 f/cc 30 minutes. Form: not containing asbestos
TWA: 20 mppcf 8 hours. Form: not containing asbestos
1-methoxy-2-propanol ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013).
zinc oxide NIOSH REL (United States, 10/2013).
CEIL: 15 mg/m³ Form: Dust
TWA: 5 mg/m³ 10 hours. Form: Dust and fumes
STEL: 10 mg/m³ 15 minutes. Form: Fume
TWA: 5 mg/m³ 8 hours. Form: Fume
TWA: 15 mg/m³ 8 hours. Form: Total dust
STEL: 10 mg/m³ 15 minutes. Form: Fume
TWA: 5 mg/m³ 8 hours. Form: Fume
TWA: 10 mg/m³ 8 hours. Form: Total dust
ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013).
STEL: 10 mg/m³ 15 minutes. Form: Respirable fraction
ethylbenzene OSHA PEL 1989 (United States, 3/1989).
ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013). Notes: K
TWA: 20 ppm 8 hours. Form:
Engineering measures : Use only with adequate ventilation. Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation or
other engineering controls to keep worker exposure to airborne contaminants below any
recommended or statutory limits. The engineering controls also need to keep gas,
vapor or dust concentrations below any lower explosive limits. Use explosion-proof
ventilation equipment.


Eyes : Safety eyewear complying with an approved standard should be used when a risk
assessment indicates this is necessary to avoid exposure to liquid splashes, mists or
dusts. If contact is possible, the following protection should be worn, unless the
assessment indicates a higher degree of protection: safety glasses with side-shields.
Skin : Personal protective equipment for the body should be selected based on the task being
performed and the risks involved and should be approved by a specialist before
handling this product.
When there is a risk of ignition from static electricity, wear anti-static protective clothing.
For the greatest protection from static discharges, clothing should include anti-static
overalls, boots and gloves.
Respiratory : Use a properly fitted, air-purifying or air-fed respirator complying with an approved
standard (NIOSH-approved P95) if a risk assessment indicates this is necessary.
Respirator selection must be based on known or anticipated exposure levels, the
hazards of the product and the safe working limits of the selected respirator.
Hands : Chemical-resistant, impervious gloves complying with an approved standard should be
worn at all times when handling chemical products if a risk assessment indicates this is
necessary. Considering the parameters specified by the glove manufacturer, check
during use that the gloves are still retaining their protective properties. It should be
noted that the time to breakthrough for any glove material may be different for different
glove manufacturers. In the case of mixtures, consisting of several substances, the
protection time of the gloves cannot be accurately estimated.
Hygiene measures : Wash hands, forearms and face thoroughly after handling chemical products, before
eating, smoking and using the lavatory and at the end of the working period.
Appropriate techniques should be used to remove potentially contaminated clothing.
Wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety
showers are close to the workstation location.
9. Physical and chemical properties

Flash point : Closed cup: 27°C (80,6°F)
Color : Various
Relative density : 3.044 g/cm³ @ 20 °C 25.4 pounds/gallon @ 20 °C
VOC : 3.08 pounds/gallon (US) 369 % (w/w) [ISO % 11890-2]
Solubility : Insoluble in the following materials: cold water and hot water.
10 . Stability and reactivity

Stability and reactivity : The product is stable.
Hazardous decomposition : Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous decomposition products
products should not be produced.
Hazardous polymerization : Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous polymerization will not
occur.
11 . Toxicological information
Chronic effects on humans : CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified A4 (Not classifiable for humans or animals.)
by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified A4 (Not
classifiable for humans or animals.) by ACGIH [1-methoxy-2-propanol]. Classified
A4 (Not classifiable for humans or animals.) by ACGIH [zinc oxide]. Classified A3
(Proven for animals.) by ACGIH, 2B (Possible for humans.) by IARC [ethylbenzene].
Classified 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [zeolite].
Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: lungs, upper
respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system (CNS), eye, lens or cornea.

Other toxic effects on : Exposure to component solvent vapor concentrations in excess of the stated
humans occupational exposure limit may result in adverse health effects such as mucous
membrane and respiratory system irritation and adverse effects on the kidneys, liver
and central nervous system. Solvents may cause some of the above effects by
absorption through the skin. Symptoms and signs include headache, dizziness,
fatigue, muscular weakness, drowsiness and, in extreme cases, loss of
consciousness. Repeated or prolonged contact with the mixture may cause removal
of natural fat from the skin, resulting in non-allergic contact dermatitis and
absorption through the skin. If splashed in the eyes, the liquid may cause irritation
and reversible damage. Swallowing may cause nausea, diarrhea, vomiting, gastro-
intestinal irritation and chemical pneumonia.
Contains epoxy resin (MW 700-1200). May produce an allergic reaction.

Specific effects
Carcinogenic effects : Contains material which may cause cancer, based on animal data. Risk of cancer
depends on duration and level of exposure.
Mutagenic effects : No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Reproduction toxicity : No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Chronic effects : Contains material that may cause target organ damage, based on animal data.
Target organs : Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: lungs, upper
12 . Ecological information
Ecotoxicity data
Product/ingredient name Species Period Result
xylene Oncorhynchus mykiss (LC50) 96 hour(s) 3.3 mg/l
Oncorhynchus mykiss (LC50) 96 hour(s) 8.2 mg/l
Lepomis macrochirus (LC50) 96 hour(s) 8.6 mg/l
Lepomis macrochirus (LC50) 96 hour(s) 12 mg/l
Pimephales promelas (LC50) 96 hour(s) 13.4 mg/l
zinc oxide Daphnia magna (EC50) 48 hour(s) >1000 mg/l
Lepomis macrochirus (LC50) 96 hour(s) >320 mg/l
Pimephales promelas (LC50) 96 hour(s) 2246 mg/l
ethylbenzene Daphnia magna (EC50) 48 hour(s) 2.93 mg/l
Daphnia magna (EC50) 48 hour(s) 2.97 mg/l
Selenastrum capricornutum 48 hour(s) 7.2 mg/l
(EC50) 96 hour(s) 4.2 mg/l
Poecilia reticulata (LC50)
Environmental precautions : Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic
environment.
Products of degradation : Products of degradation: carbon oxides (CO, CO₂) and water. Some metallic oxides.
13 . Disposal considerations
Waste disposal : The generation of waste should be avoided or minimized wherever possible. Disposal
of this product, solutions and any by-products should at all times comply with the
requirements of environmental protection and waste disposal legislation and any
regional local authority requirements. Dispose of surplus and non-recyclable products
via a licensed waste disposal contractor. Waste should not be disposed of untreated to
the sewer unless fully compliant with the requirements of all authorities with jurisdiction.
Waste packaging should be recycled. Incineration or landfill should only be considered
when recycling is not feasible. This material and its container must be disposed of in a

safe way. Care should be taken when handling emptied containers that have not been
cleaned or rinsed out. Empty containers or liners may retain some product residues.
Vapor from product residues may create a highly flammable or explosive atmosphere
inside the container. Do not cut, weld or grind used containers unless they have been
cleaned thoroughly internally. Avoid dispersal of spilled material and runoff and contact
with soil, waterways, drains and sewers.
Disposal should be in accordance with applicable regional, national and local laws and regulations. Local
regulations may be more stringent than regional or national requirements.
The information presented below only applies to the material as supplied. The identification based on
characteristic(s) or listing may not apply if the material has been used or otherwise contaminated. It is the
responsibility of the waste generator to determine the toxicity and physical properties of the material generated to
determine the proper waste identification and disposal methods in compliance with applicable regulations.
Refer to Section 7: HANDLING AND STORAGE and Section 8: EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
for additional handling information and protection of employees.
14 . Transport information
Regulatory UN number Proper shipping Class PG* Label Additional
information name information
DOT Classification 1263 Paint RQ (xylene, 3 III Reportable quantity
zinc) 1313,2 lbs / 596,2 kg
[51,741 gal / 195,86 L]
Package sizes
shipped in quantities
less than the product
reportable quantity are
not subject to the RQ
(reportable quantity)
transportation
requirements.
TDG Classification 1263 Paint 3 III -
ADR/RID Class 1263 Paint 3 III Tunnel restriction

code: (D/E)
Hazard identification
number: 30
Special provisions:
630E
IMDG Class 1263 Paint. Marine 3 III Emergency schedules

pollutant (zinc oxide, (EmS): F-E, S-E
zinc) Marine pollutant: Yes.

IATA-DGR Class 1263 Paint 3 III -
PG* : Packing group

Remarks
These zinc types have been tested according to the criteria for classes 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3. The testresults shows that these
types do not meet the criterias for classifying in class 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 : BAM, 2005 Report II.2-916/04.
Marking : The environmental hazardous / marine pollutant mark is only applicable for
packages containing more than 5 litres for liquids and 5 kg for solids.
15 . Regulatory information
HCS Classification : Flammable liquid
Carcinogen
Target organ effects
U.S. Federal regulations : TSCA 6 proposed risk management: lead
TSCA 8(a) CDR Exempt/Partial exemption: Not determined
United States inventory (TSCA 8b): Not determined.
SARA 302/304: No products were found.
SARA 311/312 Hazards identification: Fire hazard, Delayed (chronic) health hazard
Clean Water Act (CWA) 307: zinc oxide; zinc; lead; cadmium; ethylbenzene
Clean Water Act (CWA) 311: xylene; ethylbenzene
Clean Air Act (CAA) 112 accidental release prevention: No products were found.
SARA 313
Product name CAS number Concentration
Form R - Reporting : zinc 7440-66-6 50 - 100
requirements xylene 1330-20-7 2.5 - 10
zinc oxide 1314-13-2 1 - 2.5
lead 7439-92-1 0-1
Supplier notification : zinc 7440-66-6 50 - 100
xylene 1330-20-7 2.5 - 10
zinc oxide 1314-13-2 1 - 2.5
SARA 313 notifications must not be detached from the MSDS and any copying and redistribution of the MSDS shall
include copying and redistribution of the notice attached to copies of the MSDS subsequently redistributed.
State regulations : Connecticut Carcinogen Reporting: None of the components are listed.
Connecticut Hazardous Material Survey: None of the components are listed.
Florida substances: None of the components are listed.
Illinois Chemical Safety Act: None of the components are listed.
Illinois Toxic Substances Disclosure to Employee Act: None of the components are
listed.
Louisiana Reporting: None of the components are listed.
Louisiana Spill: None of the components are listed.
Massachusetts Spill: None of the components are listed.
Massachusetts Substances: The following components are listed: ZINC OXIDE
FUME; ZINC; XYLENE; ethylbenzene; PROPYLENE GLYCOL METHYL ETHER;
SOAPSTONE
Michigan Critical Material: None of the components are listed.
Minnesota Hazardous Substances: None of the components are listed.
New Jersey Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed: ZINC
OXIDE; ZINC; XYLENES; BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; PROPYLENE
GLYCOL MONOMETHYL ETHER; 1-METHOXY-2-PROPANOL; SOAPSTONE

New Jersey Spill: None of the components are listed.
New Jersey Toxic Catastrophe Prevention Act: None of the components are listed.
New York Acutely Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed: Zinc;
Xylene (mixed); Ethylbenzene
New York Toxic Chemical Release Reporting: None of the components are listed.
Pennsylvania RTK Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed:
ZINC OXIDE (ZNO); ZINC; BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; 2-PROPANOL,
1-METHOXY-; SOAPSTONE DUST
Rhode Island Hazardous Substances: None of the components are listed.
WARNING: This product contains a chemical known to the State of California to cause
cancer.
WARNING: This product contains less than 1% of a chemical known to the State of
California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Ingredient name Cancer Reproductive No significant risk Maximum
level acceptable dosage
level
talc (non-asbestos form) Yes. No. No. No.
ethylbenzene Yes. No. 41 µg/day (ingestion) No.
54 µg/day (inhalation)
silica, crystalline - quartz Yes. No. No. No.
lead Yes. Yes. 15 µg/day (ingestion) Yes.
cadmium Yes. Yes. 0.05 µg/day 4.1 µg/day (ingestion)
(inhalation)
EU regulations
Hazard symbol or symbols :
Irritant Dangerous for the

environment
Risk phrases : R10- Flammable.

R43- May cause sensitization by skin contact.
R50/53- Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the
aquatic environment.
Safety phrases : S23- Do not breathe vapor / spray.
S24- Avoid contact with skin.
S37- Wear suitable gloves.
S38- In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment.
S61- Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special instructions/safety data sheet.
16 . Other information
Label requirements : FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. CONTAINS MATERIAL THAT MAY CAUSE
ANIMAL DATA.
Hazardous Material : Health 1
Information System (U.S.A.)
Flammability 3
Physical hazards 0
PERSONAL PROTECTION G

National Fire Protection :
3 Flammability
Association (U.S.A.)
Health 1 0 Instability
Special
Date of issue : 09.04.2014.

Version : 1.02
Notice to reader
To the best of our knowledge, the information contained herein is accurate. However, neither the above-named
supplier, nor any of its subsidiaries, assumes any liability whatsoever for the accuracy or completeness of the
information contained herein.
Final determination of suitability of any material is the sole responsibility of the user. All materials may present
unknown hazards and should be used with caution. Although certain hazards are described herein, we cannot
guarantee that these are the only hazards that exist.
Indicates information that has changed from previously issued version.

Barrier 80 Comp B
Trade name : Barrier 80 Comp B
Code : 7461
Product description : Hardener for resins.
Supplier : Jotun Paints, Inc.
9203 Highway 23
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
1,2 7461
VValidationDate). 1
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
WARNING!
ANIMAL DATA.
Inhalation : Exposure to decomposition products may cause a health hazard. Serious effects may
be delayed following exposure.
Potential chronic health : CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [Poly
effects [imino(1-oxo-1,6-hexanediyl)]]. Classified A4 (Not classifiable for humans or animals.)
by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified A4 (Not
classifiable for humans or animals.) by ACGIH [1-methoxy-2-propanol]. Classified A3
(Proven for animals.) by ACGIH, 2B (Possible for humans.) by IARC [ethylbenzene].
exposure

Barrier 80 Comp B Page: 2/9
xylene 1330-20-7 25 - 50
1-methoxy-2-propanol 107-98-2 10 - 25
ethylbenzene 100-41-4 2.5 - 10
Solvent naphtha (petroleum), light aromatic 64742-95-6 2.5 - 10
Standard).

immediately.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
nitrogen oxides
explosion hazard.




container.
contamination.



Solvent naphtha (petroleum), light aromatic NIOSH REL (United States, 6/2001).
TWA: 125 mg/m³ 10 hours. Form: All forms
TWA: 25 ppm 10 hours. Form: All forms



Flash point : Closed cup: 25°C (77°F)
Color : Various
Relative density : 0.91 g/cm³ 7.59 pounds/gallon

occur.
Chronic effects on humans : CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC
[Poly[imino(1-oxo-1,6-hexanediyl)]]. Classified A4 (Not classifiable for humans or
animals.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified
A4 (Not classifiable for humans or animals.) by ACGIH [1-methoxy-2-propanol].
Classified A3 (Proven for animals.) by ACGIH, 2B (Possible for humans.) by IARC
[ethylbenzene].
Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: upper
Contains Fatty acids, C18-unsatd., trimers, compds. with oleylamine, Fatty acids,
tall-oil, comps with oleylamine, Amines, polyethylenepoly-, triethylenetetramine
fraction, 2,2'-iminodiethylamine. May produce an allergic reaction.

Specific effects
Target organs : Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: upper
Ecotoxicity data
(EC50) 96 hour(s) 4.2 mg/l
Solvent naphtha (petroleum), light Fish (LC50) 96 hour(s) <10 mg/l
aromatic Daphnia (EC50) 48 hour(s) <10 mg/l
Algae (IC50) 72 hour(s) <10 mg/l
Environmental precautions : Harmful to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic
environment.
Products of degradation : Products of degradation: carbon oxides (CO, CO₂) and water, nitrogen oxides (NO, NO₂
etc.).

ethylbenzene) 310,92 lbs / 141,16 kg
[40,977 gal / 155,12 L]
Package sizes
transportation
requirements.

code: (D/E)
number: 30
Special provisions:
640E
IMDG Class 1263 Paint 3 III Emergency schedules
(EmS): F-E, S-E
Marine pollutant: No.
PG* : Packing group

-

Carcinogen
U.S. Federal regulations : TSCA 8(a) CDR Exempt/Partial exemption: Not determined
Clean Water Act (CWA) 307: ethylbenzene
SARA 313
Form R - Reporting : xylene 1330-20-7 25 - 50
requirements ethylbenzene 100-41-4 2.5 - 10
Supplier notification : xylene 1330-20-7 25 - 50
listed.
Massachusetts Substances: The following components are listed: XYLENE;
ethylbenzene; PROPYLENE GLYCOL METHYL ETHER
New Jersey Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed: XYLENES;
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; PROPYLENE GLYCOL MONOMETHYL
ETHER; 1-METHOXY-2-PROPANOL
New York Acutely Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed:
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; 2-PROPANOL, 1-METHOXY-
cancer.
level
EU regulations

Harmful

R20/21- Harmful by inhalation and in contact with skin.
R48/22- Harmful: danger of serious damage to health by prolonged exposure if
swallowed.
R38- Irritating to skin.
R52/53- Harmful to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the
S36/37- Wear suitable protective clothing and gloves.
ANIMAL DATA.
Flammability 3
Physical hazards 0
2 Flammability
Special

Version : 1.06
Notice to reader
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.
Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.
If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Penguard Express MIO Comp A
Trade name : Penguard Express MIO Comp A
Code : 3440
Product description : This is a two component amine cured epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, micaceous iron
oxide (MIO) pigmented, high solids, high build product. Specially designed for new
construction where fast dry to handle and over coating times are required. Can be used as
primer, mid coat, finish coat or as single coat system in atmospheric environments.
Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum and concrete
substrates. It can be applied at sub zero surface temperatures.
9203 Highway 23
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
(Staffed 24/7)
epoxy
2401;3440 1 3440
VValidationDate). 1
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
WARNING!
TARGET ORGAN DAMAGE, BASED ON ANIMAL DATA. CANCER HAZARD -
CONTAINS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE CANCER.
data. Contains material which can cause cancer. Risk of cancer depends on duration
and level of exposure. Use only with adequate ventilation. Keep container tightly closed
and sealed until ready for use.
effects ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified 3 (Not classifiable
for humans.) by IARC [hematite]. Classified A3 (Proven for animals.) by ACGIH, 2B
(Possible for humans.) by IARC [ethylbenzene]. Classified A4 (Not classifiable for
humans or animals.) by ACGIH [1-methoxy-2-propanol]. Classified 1 (Known to be
human carcinogens.) by NTP [silica, crystalline - quartz].
exposure

Penguard Express MIO Comp A Page: 2/10
xylene 1330-20-7 10 - 25
benzyl alcohol 100-51-6 2.5 - 10
1-methoxy-2-propanol 107-98-2 1 - 2.5
silica, crystalline - quartz 14808-60-7 0-1
Standard).

immediately.
Protection of first-aiders : No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training. If it
is suspected that fumes are still present, the rescuer should wear an appropriate
mask or self-contained breathing apparatus. It may be dangerous to the person
providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Wash contaminated clothing
thoroughly with water before removing it, or wear gloves.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
halogenated compounds
metal oxide/oxides
explosion hazard.



eating areas. Avoid exposure - obtain special instructions before use. Do not get in
eyes or on skin or clothing. Do not ingest. Avoid breathing vapor or mist. Use only
with adequate ventilation. Wear appropriate respirator when ventilation is
inadequate. Do not enter storage areas and confined spaces unless adequately
ventilated. Keep in the original container or an approved alternative made from a
compatible material, kept tightly closed when not in use. Store and use away from
heat, sparks, open flame or any other ignition source. Use explosion-proof electrical
(ventilating, lighting and material handling) equipment. Use non-sparking tools.
Take precautionary measures against electrostatic discharges. To avoid fire or
explosion, dissipate static electricity during transfer by grounding and bonding
containers and equipment before transferring material. Empty containers retain
product residue and can be hazardous. Do not reuse container.
contamination.



benzyl alcohol AIHA WEEL (United States, 10/2011).

silica, crystalline - quartz OSHA PEL Z3 (United States, 2/2013).
TWA: 250 MPPCF / (%SiO2+5) 8 hours. Form: Respirable
TWA: 10 MG/M3 / (%SiO2+2) 8 hours. Form: Respirable
TWA: 0,1 mg/m³, (as quartz) 8 hours. Form: Respirable dust
TWA: 0,025 mg/m³ 8 hours. Form: Respirable fraction
TWA: 0,05 mg/m³ 10 hours. Form: respirable dust



Color : Various colors.

occur.
by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified 3 (Not
classifiable for humans.) by IARC [hematite]. Classified A3 (Proven for animals.) by
ACGIH, 2B (Possible for humans.) by IARC [ethylbenzene]. Classified A4 (Not
classifiable for humans or animals.) by ACGIH [1-methoxy-2-propanol]. Classified 1
(Known to be human carcinogens.) by NTP [silica, crystalline - quartz].
Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: upper

Based on the properties of the epoxy constituent(s) and considering toxicological

data on similar mixtures, this mixture may be a skin sensitizer and an irritant. It
contains low-molecular weight epoxy constituents which are irritating to eyes,
mucous membranes and skin. Repeated skin contact may lead to irritation and to
sensitization, possibly with cross-sensitization to other epoxies. Skin contact with the
mixture and exposure to spray, mist and vapors should be avoided.
Contains epoxy resin (MW ≤ 700), epoxy resin (MW 700-1200), hydrocarbons,
c9-unsatd., polymd.. May produce an allergic reaction.
Specific effects
Carcinogenic effects : Contains material which can cause cancer. Risk of cancer depends on duration and
level of exposure.
Target organs : Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: upper
Ecotoxicity data
benzyl alcohol Lepomis macrochirus (LC50) 96 hour(s) 10 mg/l
(EC50) 96 hour(s) 4.2 mg/l
environment.
Products of degradation : Products of degradation: carbon oxides (CO, CO₂) and water, halogenated compounds.
Some metallic oxides.

[69,045 gal / 261,36 L]
Package sizes
transportation
requirements.

code: (D/E)
number: 30
Special provisions:
640E
(EmS): F-E, S-E

PG* : Packing group

ADR/RID: Viscous substance. Not restricted, ref. chapter 2.2.3.1.5 (applicable to receptacles < 450 litre capacity). IMDG:
Viscous substance. Transport in accordance with paragraph 2.3.2.5 (applicable to receptacles < 30 litre capacity).
-
Carcinogen
SARA 313
requirements ethylbenzene 100-41-4 1 - 2.5
listed.
ethylbenzene; BENZYL ALCOHOL; PROPYLENE GLYCOL METHYL ETHER
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; silica, crystalline - quartz; PROPYLENE
GLYCOL MONOMETHYL ETHER; 1-METHOXY-2-PROPANOL
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; silica, crystalline - quartz;
BENZENEMETHANOL; 2-PROPANOL, 1-METHOXY-

cancer.
level
EU regulations
Harmful

R20- Harmful by inhalation.
R36/38- Irritating to eyes and skin.
TARGET ORGAN DAMAGE, BASED ON ANIMAL DATA. CANCER HAZARD -
CONTAINS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE CANCER.
Flammability 2
Physical hazards 0
1 Flammability
Special

Version : 1.04
Notice to reader


Penguard Express Comp B
Trade name : Penguard Express Comp B
Code : 2401
Product description : Hardener. Solvent-borne.
9203 Highway 23
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
(Staffed 24/7)
1 2401
VValidationDate). 1
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
WARNING!
ANIMAL DATA.
effects ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified A3 (Proven for
animals.) by ACGIH, 2B (Possible for humans.) by IARC [ethylbenzene].
exposure

Penguard Express Comp B Page: 2/9
xylene 1330-20-7 10 - 25
butan-1-ol 71-36-3 2.5 - 10
Standard).

immediately.
Flammability of the product : May be combustible at high temperature.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
nitrogen oxides
explosion hazard.




container.
contamination.

butan-1-ol ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013).
NIOSH REL (United States, 10/2013). Absorbed through skin.
CEIL: 150 mg/m³
CEIL: 50 ppm


OSHA PEL 1989 (United States, 3/1989). Absorbed through skin.
CEIL: 150 mg/m³
CEIL: 50 ppm


Color : Yellowish-brown.

occur.
by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for humans.) by IARC [xylene]. Classified A3 (Proven
for animals.) by ACGIH, 2B (Possible for humans.) by IARC [ethylbenzene].
Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: mucous
membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system (CNS), ears, eye,
lens or cornea.
Contains ethylenediamine. May produce an allergic reaction.

Specific effects
Target organs : Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: mucous
lens or cornea.

Ecotoxicity data
butan-1-ol Daphnia magna (EC50) 48 hour(s) 1983 mg/l
(EC50) 96 hour(s) 4.2 mg/l
Environmental precautions : No known significant effects or critical hazards.
etc.).

[67,924 gal / 257,12 L]
Package sizes
transportation
requirements.

code: (D/E)
number: 30
Special provisions:
640E
(EmS): F-E, S-E
PG* : Packing group

-
Carcinogen
SARA 302/304: 1,2-Diaminoethane
Clean Water Act (CWA) 311: xylene; ethylbenzene; 1,2-Diaminoethane
SARA 313

requirements butan-1-ol 71-36-3 2.5 - 10
butan-1-ol 71-36-3 2.5 - 10
listed.
Massachusetts Substances: The following components are listed: XYLENE; N-BUTYL
ALCOHOL; ethylbenzene
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; n-BUTYL ALCOHOL; 1-BUTANOL; ethylbenzene
Xylene (mixed); Butyl alcohol; 1-Butanol; Ethylbenzene
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; 1-BUTANOL; ethylbenzene
cancer.
level
EU regulations
Harmful

R36/38- Irritating to eyes and skin.

ANIMAL DATA.
Flammability 2
Physical hazards 0
2 Flammability
Special

Version : 1.03
Notice to reader

Hardtop XP Comp A
Trade name : Hardtop XP Comp A
Code : 3140
Material uses : Coatings: Solvent-borne.
9203 Highway 23
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
polyurethane
3140;3240;4320 1,2 3140
VValidationDate). 1
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
WARNING!
FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. POSSIBLE CANCER HAZARD - CONTAINS
MATERIAL WHICH MAY CAUSE CANCER, BASED ON ANIMAL DATA.
and clothing. Contains material which may cause cancer, based on animal data. Risk
of cancer depends on duration and level of exposure. Use only with adequate
ventilation. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use.
Medical conditions : None known.
aggravated by over-
exposure

Hardtop XP Comp A Page: 2/9
xylene 1330-20-7 10 - 25
n-butyl acetate 123-86-4 2.5 - 10
Solvent naphtha (petroleum), light aromatic 64742-95-6 1 - 2.5
Standard).

immediately.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
nitrogen oxides
halogenated compounds
metal oxide/oxides
explosion hazard.




container.
contamination.

n-butyl acetate ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013).





Color : Various colors.
Relative density : 1.2 to 1.4 g/cm³ 10.01 to 11.68 pounds/gallon

occur.
Contains bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate. May produce an allergic

reaction.
Specific effects
Chronic effects : No known significant effects or critical hazards.

Ecotoxicity data
n-butyl acetate Pimephales promelas (EC50) 48 hour(s) 19 mg/l
(EC50) 96 hour(s) 4.2 mg/l
environment.
etc.), halogenated compounds. Some metallic oxides.

[63,868 gal / 241,77 L]
Package sizes
transportation
requirements.

code: (D/E)
number: 30
Special provisions:
640E
(EmS): F-E, S-E
PG* : Packing group

-
Carcinogen
U.S. Federal regulations : TSCA 8(a) PAIR: 2-methoxy-1-methylethyl acetate
TSCA 8(a) CDR Exempt/Partial exemption: Not determined
SARA 302/304: formaldehyde
Clean Water Act (CWA) 311: xylene; ethylbenzene; n-butyl acetate; formaldehyde
SARA 313

requirements ethylbenzene 100-41-4 2.5 - 10
listed.
ethylbenzene; n-butyl acetate
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; n-butyl acetate
Xylene (mixed); Ethylbenzene; Butyl acetate
cancer.
level
formaldehyde Yes. No. Yes. No.
EU regulations
Harmful


Label requirements : FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. POSSIBLE CANCER HAZARD - CONTAINS
Flammability 3
Physical hazards 1
3 Flammability
Special

Version : 1.01
Notice to reader

Hardtop XP Comp B
Trade name : Hardtop XP Comp B
Code : 3240
9203 Highway 23
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
1,2 3240
VValidationDate). 1
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
CAUTION!
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND VAPOR.
Combustible liquid. Keep away from heat, sparks and flame. Avoid breathing vapor or
mist. Avoid contact with skin and clothing. Use only with adequate ventilation.
Potential chronic health : CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.
effects MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.
aggravated by over-
exposure
n-butyl acetate 123-86-4 2.5 - 10
Solvent naphtha (petroleum), light aromatic 64742-95-6 2.5 - 10
hexamethylene-di-isocyanate 822-06-0 0-1
Standard).

Hardtop XP Comp B Page: 2/8

immediately.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
nitrogen oxides
Combustible liquid. In a fire or if heated, a pressure increase will occur and the
container may burst, with the risk of a subsequent explosion.



eating areas. Do not ingest. Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Avoid
container.
contamination.

hexamethylene-di-isocyanate ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013).
TWA: 0,005 ppm 8 hours.
TWA: 0,03 mg/m³ 8 hours.
TWA: 0,005 ppm 10 hours.


TWA: 0,035 mg/m³ 10 hours.
CEIL: 0,02 ppm 10 minutes.
CEIL: 0,14 mg/m³ 10 minutes.
TWA: 5 mg/m³, (as CN) 8 hours.
OSHA PEL (United States, 2/2013). Absorbed through skin.
TWA: 5 mg/m³, (as CN) 8 hours.

Color : Yellowish-brown.

occur.

Other toxic effects on : Based on the properties of the isocyanate components and considering toxicological
humans data on similar mixtures, this mixture may cause acute irritation and/or sensitization
of the respiratory system, leading to an asthmatic condition, wheezing and tightness
of the chest. Sensitized persons may subsequently show asthmatic symptoms when
exposed to atmospheric concentrations well below the OEL. Repeated exposure
may lead to permanent respiratory disability.
Exposure to component solvent vapor concentrations in excess of the stated
occupational exposure limit may result in adverse health effects such as mucous
and central nervous system. Symptoms and signs include headache, dizziness,
consciousness.
Repeated or prolonged contact with the mixture may cause removal of natural fat
from the skin, resulting in non-allergic contact dermatitis and absorption through the
skin. Repeated or prolonged contact with irritants may cause dermatitis. If splashed
in the eyes, the liquid may cause irritation and reversible damage.
Contains Hexamethylene diisocyanate, oligomers, hexamethylene-di-isocyanate.

May produce an allergic reaction.
Specific effects
Carcinogenic effects : No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Ecotoxicity data
environment.
etc.).

DOT Classification Not - - - -
regulated.
TDG Classification Not - - - -
regulated.
code: (D/E)
number: 30
Special provisions:
640E
(EmS): F-E, S-E
PG* : Packing group

-
HCS Classification : Combustible liquid
United States inventory (TSCA 8b): All components are listed or exempted.
TSCA 8(c) calls for record of SAR: hexamethylene-di-isocyanate
SARA 311/312 Hazards identification: Fire hazard
Clean Water Act (CWA) 307: hexamethylene-di-isocyanate
Clean Water Act (CWA) 311: n-butyl acetate

listed.
Massachusetts Substances: The following components are listed: n-butyl acetate
New Jersey Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed: n-butyl
acetate
New York Acutely Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed: Butyl
acetate
Pennsylvania RTK Hazardous Substances: The following components are listed: n-
butyl acetate
EU regulations
Harmful

R20- Harmful by inhalation.
R37- Irritating to respiratory system.
R42/43- May cause sensitization by inhalation and skin contact.
S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show
the label where possible).
Label requirements : COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND VAPOR.
Flammability 2
Physical hazards 0
3 Flammability
Special

Version : 1.01
Notice to reader

Jotun Thinner No. 10
Trade name : Jotun Thinner No. 10
Code : 549
9203 Highway 23
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
Thinner
549 1,2,5 549
VValidationDate). 1
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
WARNING!
FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. POSSIBLE CANCER HAZARD - CONTAINS
and clothing. Contains material which may cause cancer, based on animal data. Risk
of cancer depends on duration and level of exposure. Use only with adequate
ventilation. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use.
aggravated by over-
exposure

Jotun Thinner No. 10 Page: 2/8
xylene 1330-20-7 50 - 100
ethylbenzene 100-41-4 10 - 25
n-butyl acetate 123-86-4 2.5 - 10
Standard).

immediately.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
explosion hazard.




container.
contamination.





Color : Clear.
VOC : 100 % (w/w)

occur.
Specific effects
Ecotoxicity data
(EC50) 96 hour(s) 4.2 mg/l

Environmental precautions : No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Products of degradation : Products of degradation: carbon oxides (CO, CO₂) and water.
DOT Classification 1263 Paint related 3 III Reportable quantity
material RQ (xylene, 133,87 lbs / 60,776 kg
ethylbenzene) [18,455 gal / 69,858 L]
Package sizes
transportation
requirements.
TDG Classification 1263 Paint related material 3 III -

ADR/RID Class 1263 Paint related material 3 III Tunnel restriction
code: (D/E)
number: 30
Special provisions:
640E
IMDG Class 1263 Paint related material 3 III Emergency schedules
(EmS): F-E, S-E
IATA-DGR Class 1263 Paint related material 3 III -
PG* : Packing group

-
Carcinogen
Clean Water Act (CWA) 311: xylene; ethylbenzene; n-butyl acetate
SARA 313
requirements ethylbenzene 100-41-4 10 - 25
ethylbenzene 100-41-4 10 - 25
listed.
ethylbenzene; n-butyl acetate

Xylene (mixed); Ethylbenzene; Butyl acetate
cancer.
level
EU regulations
Harmful

R38- Irritating to skin.
Label requirements : FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. POSSIBLE CANCER HAZARD - CONTAINS
Flammability 3
Physical hazards 0
PERSONAL PROTECTION C
3 Flammability
Special

Version : 1.02
Notice to reader

Jotun Thinner No. 17
Trade name : Jotun Thinner No. 17
Code : 553
9203 Highway 23
Telephone: (800) 229-3538 or
(504) 394-3538
SDSJotun@jotun.com
Thinner
553 1,2,5 553
VValidationDate). 1
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
WARNING!
ANIMAL DATA.
exposure

Solvent naphtha (petroleum), light aromatic 64742-95-6 50 - 100
xylene 1330-20-7 10 - 25
butan-1-ol 71-36-3 10 - 25
Standard).

immediately.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Fire water contaminated with this material
must be contained and prevented from being discharged to any waterway, sewer or
drain.
explosion hazard.



environmental pollution (sewers, waterways, soil or air). Water polluting material.
May be harmful to the environment if released in large quantities.

breathing vapor or mist. Avoid release to the environment. Use only with adequate
ventilation. Wear appropriate respirator when ventilation is inadequate. Do not
enter storage areas and confined spaces unless adequately ventilated. Keep in the
original container or an approved alternative made from a compatible material, kept
tightly closed when not in use. Store and use away from heat, sparks, open flame
or any other ignition source. Use explosion-proof electrical (ventilating, lighting and
material handling) equipment. Use non-sparking tools. Take precautionary
measures against electrostatic discharges. To avoid fire or explosion, dissipate
static electricity during transfer by grounding and bonding containers and equipment
before transferring material. Empty containers retain product residue and can be
hazardous. Do not reuse container.
contamination.



butan-1-ol ACGIH TLV (United States, 6/2013).
NIOSH REL (United States, 10/2013). Absorbed through skin.
CEIL: 150 mg/m³
CEIL: 50 ppm
CEIL: 150 mg/m³
CEIL: 50 ppm



Color : Clear.
VOC : 40 % (w/w)

occur.
Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: mucous
lens or cornea.
intestinal irritation and chemical pneumonia. Aspiration hazard if swallowed. Can
enter lungs and cause damage.
Specific effects

Target organs : Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: mucous
lens or cornea.
Ecotoxicity data
butan-1-ol Daphnia magna (EC50) 48 hour(s) 1983 mg/l
(EC50) 96 hour(s) 4.2 mg/l
Environmental precautions : Toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic
environment. Water polluting material. May be harmful to the environment if released
in large quantities.
Products of degradation : Products of degradation: carbon oxides (CO, CO₂) and water.

DOT Classification 1263 Paint related 3 III Reportable quantity
material RQ (xylene, 481,93 lbs / 218,8 kg
ethylbenzene) [67,209 gal / 254,41 L]
Package sizes
transportation
requirements.
TDG Classification 1263 Paint related material 3 III -
ADR/RID Class 1263 Paint related material 3 III Tunnel restriction

code: (D/E)
number: 30
Special provisions:
640E
IMDG Class 1263 Paint related 3 III Emergency schedules

material. Marine (EmS): F-E, S-E
pollutant (Solvent Marine pollutant: Yes.
naphtha (petroleum),
light aromatic )
IATA-DGR Class 1263 Paint related material 3 III -
PG* : Packing group

-

Marking : The environmental hazardous / marine pollutant mark is only applicable for
packages containing more than 5 litres for liquids and 5 kg for solids.
Carcinogen
SARA 313
requirements butan-1-ol 71-36-3 10 - 25
butan-1-ol 71-36-3 10 - 25
listed.
ethylbenzene; N-BUTYL ALCOHOL
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; n-BUTYL ALCOHOL; 1-BUTANOL
Xylene (mixed); Ethylbenzene; Butyl alcohol; 1-Butanol
BENZENE, DIMETHYL-; ethylbenzene; 1-BUTANOL
cancer.
level

EU regulations
Harmful Dangerous for the

environment

R65- Harmful: may cause lung damage if swallowed.
R41- Risk of serious damage to eyes.
R37/38- Irritating to respiratory system and skin.
R51/53- Toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic
environment.
Safety phrases : S2- Keep out of the reach of children.
S23- Do not breathe vapor / spray.
S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek
medical advice.
S29- Do not empty into drains.
S36/37/39- Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye/face protection.
S46- If swallowed, seek medical advice immediately and show this container or label.
S51- Use only in well-ventilated areas.
S61- Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special instructions/safety data sheet.
ANIMAL DATA.
Flammability 3
Physical hazards 0
3 Flammability
Special

Version : 1.04
Notice to reader

4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage

This chapter deals with transport, reloading and loading off of the transformer, transport
and arrival inspections and storage of the transformer/reactor (heavy part) and accessories.
4.1 General
The profile and weight limitations or the customer's request determine the mode of
transport for the transformer.
The different structural parts, like bushings, pipe lines, cooling devices, conservator, etc. are
marked and disassembled according to the transport conditions (see dimension drawing,
shipping parts list/packing list). The openings exposed by this are tightly closed with
transport lids.
NOTE
Transport lids are part of the scope of delivery. Unless other provisions apply expressly,
they are to be stored carefully.
For transport dimensions and detail weights and information on lifting bolts, pulling eyes
and lifting points, see the dimension drawing or loading plan.
We recommend using at least one shock recorder, depending on transport duration, for all
transport types described in the following.
4.2 Transport Preparations

Depending on whether the transformer is shipped with or without oil, different provisions
must be made.
4.2.1 Transport without oil or partially filled transformers

(with dry air or nitrogen)
NOTE
For safety data-sheets, see chapter 3.2.3
Transport of partially filled transformers/reactors

When transporting partially filled transformers/reactors, the insulating medium is lowered by
approx 100-200 mm from the upper edge of the cover depending on build, since
temperature increases lead to oil volume increase.
ATTENTION
Ensure that all insulation parts are completely covered in oil to prevent moisturizing or
destruction of the insulation parts. The tank space freed by this must be filled with dry gas.
Transport of the transformer without oil

When transporting transformers/reactors without oil, several attachment parts are removed
after the oil is pumped off. They are closed off tightly like the transformer/reactor openings.

ATTENTION
For specific parameters for vacuum, time and moisture, contact the manufacturer's plant.
Fill the transformer/reactor with dried gas for both transport types.
Use and characteristics of filling gases

· Dried nitrogen with a purity of 99.996 % or dry air (EN 12021)
· Overpressure (dry air/nitrogen): 0.3 bar at 20 °C
The dry air/nitrogen fill provides dry atmosphere in the transformer tank during transport
and assembly and thus maintains the electrical characteristics of insulation.
The dry air/nitrogen fill and overpressure prevent moist air from entering the active part. This
overpressure must be verified in the different transport interfaces and indicated to the
manufacturer plant in a timely manner.
Determination of the degree of moisture in the transformer

To determine the degree of moisture in the transformer/reactor during and after transport, it
can be equipped with a moisture indicator Fig. 4-1 or desiccant beads (silica gel pack). If no
moisture indicators are used, determine moisture with a moisture meter.
Moisture indicator
The moisture indicator function is based on a chemical color change that occurs when a
certain moisture is exceeded.
Fig. 4-1 Moisture indicator with comparison color
If the color of moisture indicator "A" is lighter than comparison field "B", the moisture
content is > 8 %. In this case, contact the manufacturer plant for further measures.
Desiccant beads
Desiccant beads (e.g. silica gel) have the function of absorbing and binding any occurring
moisture in the tank.
If moisture is absorbed, the color of the desiccant beads changes according to the colors
indicated in the material safety data sheet (see chapter 3.2.3).
The silica gel pack has the scripture “Attention Desiccant Box inside” in the marked position.
Dry air / nitrogen fill

The tank is filled with dry air / nitrogen via dry air/nitrogen bottles.
The equipment has at least one high-pressure dry air/nitrogen bottle connected to the tank.
NOTE
The number of bottles depends on the volume to be filled and the duration of transport.
Attachment of dry air / nitrogen bottles

The dry air/nitrogen bottles are attached to the tank with screw terminals (to be removed
before commissioning).
Every bottle is equipped with a high-pressure controller.
If there are two bottles, a 3-directional adapter is used for connecting the bottles and the
tank.
Operation of dry air/nitrogen bottles

The pressure in the full dry air/nitrogen bottle is approx. 150-200 bar and is reduced to
approx. 0.3 bar by the high-pressure controller.
Two pressure gauges are attached to each high-pressure controller. The high-pressure gauge
(0 to 300 bar) indicates the pressure in the bottle, the low-pressure gauge (-1.0 to +1.5 bar)
that in the tank.
The pressure gauge display at the high-pressure gauge should be regularly inspected to
warrant permanent presence of the overpressure in the tank.
NOTE
Dry air / nitrogen are automatically supplied to the tank if the overpressure in the tank
drops below 0.1 bar. An overpressure valve opens when the overpressure in the tank
exceeds 0.55 bar.
We recommend the following inspection of the pressure indication:

· right after arrival at the transport interfaces and at the destination
· at least once per week
· 24 hours after re-application of overpressure
ATTENTION
No parts of the dry air/nitrogen equipment must be removed, and the settings at the high-
pressure controllers must not be changed.
Ensure that no insulation oil enters the high-pressure controller.
Replacement of dry air / nitrogen bottles

The bottles need to be replaced when the pressure at the high-pressure manometer drops to
below 15 bar.
Procedure:
1. Close valves at all bottles
2. Close dry air/nitrogen inlet valve at the transformer tank
3. Disconnect hose from the bottle to be replaced
4. Replace bottle
5. Connect hose to new bottle
6. Open valves at the bottles (the high-pressure gauge should now display approx. 150 bar,
the low-pressure gauge 0.35 bar)
7. Open the dry air / nitrogen inlet valve at the transformer tank

Set-up for two bottles Set-up for one bottle
1 Low-pressure gauge
2 High-pressure gauge
3 3-directional adapter
4 Inlet valve
5 Tank
6 High-pressure controller
7 Dry air / nitrogen bottles
Fig. 4-2 Dry air / nitrogen equipment for one or two bottles
4.2.2 Transport with oil (completely assembled)

In case of transformers with complete oil filling and conservator, ensure that the
dehydrating breather works or that the connection piece at the conservator is open for small
transformers. In this case, the transformer's inclination must not exceed 10% at transport. In
doubt contact the manufacturer's plant.
4.3 Loading/Unloading the Heavy Part

Lift the unit only at the intended lifting points/lifting eyes/lifting angles pursuant to the
loading/transport plan and/or dimension drawing.
Observe that the transformer/reactor must be lifted and put down evenly horizontally.
If the transformer is put down on rails or supports, proceed according to the dimension
drawing or contact the manufacturer's plant.
Charge certified transport companies with transport work.

4.4 Installation on Foundation
4.4.1 Requirements for transformer foundations

Foundations for oil-filled transformers shall be laid in accordance with relevant industrial
regulations, environmental guidelines and standards. The foundations shall be laid so that
the transformer function, such as gas flow to the Buchholz relay, is not impeded. Levelness
of the foundation is of fundamental importance for the following operational reasons:
· Avoidance of unnecessary vibration (e.g. at the tank), which may result in excessive
noise and component stress.
· Avoidance of excessive component stress, (e.g. at the on-load tap-changer).
· Valid individual tolerance allowances can be taken from the different setup types
4.4.2 Foundation for setup of the transformers / reactors on wheels

1. Installation
The rails shall be leveled on the foundation and attached by appropriate means.
2. Height tolerance
Permissible height deviations (TH) between the different points apply in the loaded state. The
distances indicated refer to the center-to-center spacing between the wheels.
3. Wheel arrangement 1
Rail 1 Rail 2
• = reference points
Fig. 4-3 Wheel arrangement 1

4. Wheel arrangement 2
Rail 1 Rail 2 Rail 3 Rail 4
• = reference points
Fig. 4-4 Wheel arrangement 2
5. Rail groove dimensions for circle runs
Fig. 4-5 Rail-groove dimensions for circle runs

4.4.3 Flat foundation for the support of transformers/reactors

NOTE
Valid Tolerances ± 2 mm.
1. Arrangements on flat foundation with rails

Use of rails for transformer setup. (Siemens Power Transformers preferred solution):
1 Block foundation
2 Tank bottom outside contour of transformer
3 Foundation rail (total tolerance of rails to each other ± 2 mm)
4 Outside contour of separate positioned cooling system (total tolerance rail to foundation of cooling
system ± 4 mm)
5 Un-stiffed tank bottom
6 Stiffed tank bottom
Fig. 4-6 Arrangements on flat foundation with rails
Fig. 4-7 Arrangements on flat foundation with rails - Intersection A - A
The rail facility displayed (Fig. 4-6 and Fig. 4-7) is suitable for transformers with flat tank
base plates or cross-braced base plates. Two foundation rails are sufficient for base plates
which are ≤ 1500 mm wide. The total tolerance between rails is ± 2 mm. The tolerance
between rails and the cooling system foundation is ± 4 mm.

2. Assembly on flat foundation without rails

Requirements to the foundation of the transformer/reactor: The tolerance ±2 mm for the
standing area of the transformer and its components placed on the foundation (e.g. cooling
facility) with ±4 mm to the transformer standing area must be complied with. This may be
achieved, e.g., with grouting concrete.
1 Transformer
2 Cooling system
3 Adequate balance material for transformer arrangement: e.g. grouting concrete
4 Block foundation
Fig. 4-8 Arrangements on flat foundation without rails
3. Variant foundations
The requirements for the foundation as described in chapter 4.4.3, items 1 and 2, are valid
NOTE
The balance materials required to achieve the tolerances, e.g. shims, are not included in
the transformer manufacturer's delivery.
4.5 Transport of the Heavy Part, Accessories and Oil

Drums
4.5.1 Transport of the heavy part

Use suitable transport equipment for transporting (train, road, ship) transformers/reactors.
For safety devices and permissible loading dimensions, see the loading/transport plan.
To transport and secure the heavy part, attach it at the points indicated in the
loading/transport plan or dimension drawing with suitable attachment means.
The maximum permissible inclination must be coordinated with the manufacturer's plant in
advance.
We recommend using shock recorders to monitor the maximum permissible accelerations.
Road transport
At larger inclinations and less available space, we recommend using an SPMT (Self Propelled
Module Transporter).
When the center of gravity is located high, a special low-loader must be used to ensure
secure stance during the drive.
Train transport
When transporting the transformer/reactor with a train, ensure that the respective carriage is
attached close to the tractor unit if possible to keep the impact frequency as low as possible
during the ride.
Ship transport
The transformer must be placed in the middle area of the ship to prevent large accelerations
at strong waves.
4.5.2 Transport of accessories

Observe the relevant packaging ordinances when transporting accessories. Generally, one
needs to differentiate between overseas packages and standard packages.
4.5.3 Transport of oil barrels

Oil barrels must be loaded to prevent damage to the barrels and in particular the fold seams
and locking mechanisms. The barrels should be transported sealed if possible.
ATTENTION
The barrels must not be put down hard on the folding edges or tossed off of higher
transport platforms even if foot mats are used.
The barrels must be loaded with the intended devices, e.g. forklift with barrel gripper.
4.6 Inspection during Transport and after Arrival at the

Plant
4.6.1 Inspection during transport

4.6.1.1 Visual inspection for damage
The transformer/reactor must be inspected for transport damage right after arrival at the
destination site. Broken or loose attachments indicate impermissible strain. Contact the
manufacturer's plant in case of damage.
4.6.1.2 Dry air / Nitrogen inspection

Verify the pressure in the tank.
If over- or under-pressure is determined in the tank at arrival, it can be assumed that
moisturizing did not occur during transport.
If no pressure difference is determined, further examinations must be performed and it must
be verified whether air has entered the tank and whether the active part has absorbed any
moisture. Inform the manufacturer's plant immediately for it to recommend or initiate
further measures.
4.6.1.3 Shock recorder inspection

We recommend installing a 3-directional shock recorder at the tank for transport.
The shock recorder is to be inspected for increased impact strain at the different transport
interfaces. If one of the following impact strains is exceeded, the active part of the
transformer/reactor must be inspected (see chapter 4.6.2.8).
The maximum shock recorder values depend on the specific design of the transformer.
≤ 500 kV (EBG-Design)
vertical horizontal (transversal axis) horizontal (longitudinal axis)
max. 3,0 g max. 3,0 g max. 3,0 g
Tab. 4-1 Max. shock recorder values
After inspection at the destination site, the values recorded by the shock recorder must be
assessed and indicated to the manufacturer's plant, and the shock recorder/s are to be
returned to the manufacturer's plant.
4.6.2 Arrival inspection of the plant

After arrival at the plant, the following measures must be performed using the "arrival
inspection" check list (see chapter 15) and documented.
4.6.2.1 Inspection of the included parts

The attachment parts included in the delivery (installed or included) must be inspected for
completeness pursuant to shipping parts list/packing list.
4.6.2.2 Determination of mechanic damage

Right after arrival of the devices at the assembly site, the complete shipment must be
examined for possible transport damage. Any damage must be documented and indicated to
the manufacturer's plant.
4.6.2.3 Moisture indicator/Desiccant Inspection

If the moisture indicator indicates moisture > 8 % or if the desiccant has discolored (see
product data-sheet), dew point measurement must be performed.
Dew point measurement

Dew point measurement must be performed when the temperature difference between the
insulation material and the environment is less than 3 K. The over-pressure in the
transformer should not exceed 0.35 bar at dew point measurement.
Depending on the weather conditions and solar irradiation, special assessment of the
measuring results may be required. The following chart (Fig. 4-9) shows the acceptable
range of the moisture ratio.

Points in this range are not permissible

Insulation temperature [°C]
Dew point [°C]
Fig. 4-9 Moisture ratio diagram
This diagram is applicable for pressures between 0 bar and 0.35 bar.
ATTENTION
If the active part was heated before dew point measurement, the measurement will show
less beneficial values than the actual dew point, because the active part temperature is
higher than the ambient temperature.
If the values indicated are too high, contact the manufacturer.
4.6.2.4 Visual inspection

See chapter 4.6.1.1
4.6.2.5 Dry air/Nitrogen inspection

See chapter 4.6.1.2
4.6.2.6 Shock recorder test

See chapter 4.6.1.3
4.6.2.7 Insulation measurement (=Core or Rack Earthing Measurement)

The earth connections outside the tank are to be loosened and insulation impedance
measurement to be performed. Target value: ≥ 500 MΩ
4.6.2.8 Internal inspection

Internal inspection of the transformer tank is only performed if the shock recorder record
exceeds the permissible values or if the core and rack earthing measurement undercuts the
target value of 500 MΩ, as well as (in coordination with the customer), before long-term
storage of the transformer/reactor.

DANGER
entering the tank.
If the transformer is opened empty for inspection, the opening times must be limited to a
minimum. During this time, the tank always has to have an overpressure (blowing in dry air).
For the maximum opening duration for the respective transformer, contact the
manufacturer's plant.
It is strictly recommend the following procedure for work in the tank:
1. Only perform assembly work under good environmental conditions (low humidity,
sunny). Do not perform any work in rain or high humidity (> 80%).
2. The area to be opened (max. 1 hand- or manhole) must be secured against entrance of
contamination, moisture or foreign objects.
3. If the moisture ratio in the active part is too high, keep the transformer/reactor filled with
dry air (dew point <-50 °C) for 24 h. Then perform dew point measurement (see chapter
4.6.2.3).
4. Provide a suitable container for deposit of attachment parts.
5. Any tools used inside the tank must be attached to a secured rope before commencing
work.
6. Draw up check list for all loose parts.
7. Work inside the tank.
8. Close the assembly opening with a new seal.
9. Compare remaining loose parts to the parts on the checklist.
10. After internal inspection of the transformer, verify the sealing condition.
ATTENTION
Until it is filled with oil, the transformer always has to be subject to overpressure, which
must be regularly verified and recorded.
CAUTION
The transformer core always has to be earthed during assembly and operation.

4.7 Earthing Diagrams for Transformers/Reactor Coils
Fig. 4-10 Example of an earthing diagram for transformers
NOTE
Collection-point earthing at the transformer, diagonal
Fig. 4-11 Example of an earthing diagram for transformers
NOTE
All bushings must be earthed suitably.

4.8 Storage
Transformers/reactors that are not taken into operation immediately must be stored
according to one of the following conditions.
NOTE
Start of storage is the time after completion of the arrival inspection.
4.8.1 Preparation for storage

The transformer/reactor can be stored with its accessories if the following conditions are
met:
· The deposit area must be designed according to the weight of the transformer/reactor.
· Sufficient safety (oil tray) must be present at oil loss.
· Monitoring and notification of gas loss must be warranted.
· Access to the tank interior must be present for partially filled transformers to measure
the moisture content.
· Entry of moisture into the tank interior/insulation oil must be prevented by timely
replacement of gas bottles or attachment and maintenance of dehydrating breathers.
· To prevent corrosion damage in the accessories, place desiccants with them.
· Corrosion protection of the transformer/reactor and accessories must be verified
regularly.
· The accessories must be packed suitably for long-term storage.
WARNING
The transformer, bushings and steel frames for the cooling system must be earthed at the
intended earthing connections permanently and professionally.
4.8.2 Storage of the heavy part

The heavy part must be placed on a flat and level foundation with the respective permissible
weight load.
4.8.2.1 Storage of transformers/reactors without or partially filled with oil

NOTE
Start of storage is the time after completion of the arrival inspection.
Temporary storage < 3 months

If the transformer cannot be installed and filled with oil immediately, the heavy part, filled
with dry air (possibly also without automatic pressure controller), can be stored for up to 3
months.
For this type of storage, it must be ensured that the heavy part is always filled with dry air at
an overpressure of 0.1 and 0.3 bar. Use of an automatic pressure controller is
recommended. A pressure vacuum indicator must be installed in a place that can be easily
viewed from the ground.
The gas pressure in the transformer/reactor and bottle should be inspected and recorded
every day for the first five days. This should preferably be done at the same time of the day.
After this period, the frequency of recordings can be reduced to once per week if no obvious
leakages occur.
Measures Inspection
period
Sight inspection of the transformer and attachment parts for damage weekly
Corrosion protection inspection monthly
Oil analysis (recommendation, operator's own responsibility) as required
Checking for oil leakage weekly
Cleaning the transformer and its components (e.g. ventilator, cooler) (operator's own as required
responsibility)
Inspection of the dehydrating breather (oil sump and desiccant) weekly
Tab. 4-2 Measures for temporary storage < 3 months
Temporary storage 3-18 months

At a storage duration between approx. 3 and 18 months, empty or partially filled
transformers/reactors must be filled with oil up to a level of approx. 200 mm below the
cover. The remaining space is to be filled with dry air (overpressure). Use of an automatic
pressure controller and application of a humidity indicator is recommended (if not present
yet). A pressure vacuum indicator must be installed in a place that can be easily viewed from
the ground.
This procedure requires filling with new filters and new oil with a breakdown voltage > 60 kV
(IEC 60422) and a humidity < 10 ppm (IEC 60422).
Repeated evacuation is not required if the dew point is in the acceptance range of the
humidity ratio diagram (Fig. 4-9) and the oil is drained and treated again before actual
commissioning. For oil filling, see the instructions in chapter 5.4.
The desiccant used for the transport must be removed before evacuation/oil filling.
Measures Inspection
period
Sight inspection of the transformer and attachment parts for damage weekly
Control cabinet function à Ventilator function (if attached) monthly
Corrosion protection inspection annually
Oil analysis (recommendation, operator's own responsibility) annually
Checking for oil leakage monthly
responsibility)
Inspection of the dehydrating breather (oil sump and desiccant) monthly
Inspection of the automatic pressure controller 1 with recording of pressure in the storage every two weeks
bottles and transformer
Tab. 4-3 Measures for temporary storage 3-18 months
1 When attaching the automatic pressure controller for long-term storage, install a pressure gauge
with an electrical contact device that emits a warning when the fill gas pressure in the tank drops
below 30 mbar or when the bottle pressure reaches < 15 bar.

Long-term storage > 18 months

For long-term storage as of approx. 18 months, the transformer/reactor coil must be
completely filled with oil (for oil filling, see chapter 5.4 oil filling).
Measures Inspection
period
Regular oil level inspection at the conservator monthly
Regular replacement of the silica gel fillings at the dehydrating breather as required
Control cabinet function à Ventilator function (if attached) monthly
Regular pump run monthly
Switching through the tap changer / de-energized tap changer according to the tap changer according to
manufacturer's indications with insulation oil only manufacturer
Corrosion protection must be verified regularly and repaired if required annually
Regular oil samples for verification of the operational condition of stored transformers must be annually
taken
The transformer and its components (e.g. ventilator, cooler) should be cleaned according to as required
degree of contamination at the operator's own responsibility.
Tab. 4-4 Measures for long-term storage > 18 months
Assembly of the transformer with cooling system (if present)

The transformer must be assembled completely (incl. cooling system) according to the
manufacturer’s instructions, evacuated and filled with oil.
Assembly of the cooling system (separate from the transformer/reactor)

If the cooling system is set up separately from the transformers (e.g. for reasons of space),
the two radiator banks must be set up opposing and connected to each other via the lower
manifold line. A conservator with dehydrating breather dimensioned for the cooling system
is installed to one of the two cooling blocks. For more instructions, see operating
instructions of the manufacturer (set-up of cooling system for long-term storage).
4.8.2.2 Storage of oil-filled transformers/reactors

When storing oil-filled transformers/reactor coils, perform the following measures no matter
how long they are stored.
Measures Inspection
period
Oil level inspection at the conservator monthly
Replacement of desiccant in the dehydrating breather as required
Function of the control cabinet2 monthly
Ventilator function (if attached)2 monthly
Pump run2 monthly
Switching through the tap changer2 / de-energized tap changer according to the tap changer according to
manufacturer's indications with insulation oil only manufacturer
Corrosion protection inspection annually
Oil analysis (recommendation, operator's own responsibility) annually
responsibility)
Tab. 4-5 Storage of oil-filled transformers/reactors
2 not required in the first 3 months

Assembly of the transformer with cooling system (if present)

The transformer must be assembled completely (incl. cooling system) according to the
manufacturer’s instructions, evacuated and filled with oil.
Assembly of the cooling system (separate from the transformer/reactor)

If the cooling system is set up separately from the transformers (e.g. for reasons of space),
the two radiator banks must be set up opposing and connected to each other via the lower
manifold line. A conservator with dehydrating breather dimensioned for the cooling system
is installed to one of the two cooling blocks. For more instructions, see operating
instructions of the manufacturer (set-up of cooling system for long-term storage).
4.8.3 Storage of the accessories

4.8.3.1 General
Accessories must be professionally stored if they are not installed right after arrival at the
destination. The following general and special storage instructions of the manufacturer (see
chapter 9 “Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories") must be observed.
Pursuant to Tab. 4-7 the heavy part and accessories are categorized in storage categories,
and the recommended inspection during storage (see Tab. 4-8) should be observed.
Categories Description
A Common interior storage: Protection from moisture and dust
B Storage outside: Protection from rain
C Storage outside: no protection required
Tab. 4-6 Storage categories
Parts Category
Heavy part C
Valves B
Bushing A
Bushing pots A
Conservator A
Pipelines and brackets A
Fans A
Oil pumps A
Seals A
Small accessories (protection devices, etc.) A
Tab. 4-7 Recommended storage categories
Parts Inspection Period

Diverter switch Switching through the complete control range 6 months
Fans Operation for at least one hour 6 months
Oil pumps Operation for at least one hour (built-on and oil filled) 6 months
Control cabinet Verification if heating is in operation (only for storage of more than three 3 months
months)
Motor drive Verification if heating is in operation (only for storage of more than three 3 months
months)
Tab. 4-8 Inspections during storage

4.8.3.2 Storage notes for accessories

ATTENTION
For recommendations on storage notes from the manufacturers, see chapter 9 "Technical
Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories". All parts/boxes with the designation
FRAGILE must be stored inside.
Bushings
Bushings must be transported in boxes. The lower part is welded into plastic and desiccant is
included.
Before storage, the lower part must be inspected for signs of moisture. If the plastic
packaging is damaged, it must be replaced with the desiccant. It is recommended that the
condenser bushings be stored in a dry and clean inner room, if possible in the original
transport boxes.
The front end of oil-filled bushings must be stored lifted at least at an angle of 20°.
The silver-plated surfaces of the bushings must be protected against environmental
influences.
For condenser bushings both the upper part and the lower part (transformer side) must be
protected appropriately in containers.
ATTENTION
If bushings are horizontally stored, they must be placed vertically at least for 12/ 24 hours
before rated voltage/test voltage may be applied. At horizontal storage of one year or
more, vertical setup for one week is prescribed.
Small accessories
Boxes with seals, bushing connections, tape, paint material, sealing paste, protective
devices, etc. must be stored in a dry and clean inner room.
Cooling facility
Water cooling facilities must be protected from frost or completely emptied on the water
side, see cooling system description.
Fans
Fans must be stored in a dry, clean, dust- and vibration-protected place.
Motor drive for switch

The motor drive is delivered disassembled. It must be stored in a dry and clean place. To
avoid formation of condensate, the cabinet heating must be switched on if storage exceeds
3 months.
Pumps
Proper assembly of the connection plug and proper fit of the blind plugs must be verified for
pumps. The pump motors must be lifted from the floor and stored protected from weather.
Storage outside is possible for a duration of up to 3 months, then interior storage is required.
If the pumps are filled with oil for long-term storage, no periodic pump operation is required.
Control and switching cabinets

Control and switching cabinets must be stored in a dry inner room. Corrosion of relays and
other components may occur from condensation. To avoid formation of condensate, the
cabinet heatings must be switched on if storage exceeds 3 months.
5 Assembly, Evacuation and Oil Filling

The following explanations are guidelines for trained customer personnel. However, the
plant can only assume any warranty for proper assembly, evacuation and oil filling of the
transformer/reactor if the work is performed by or under instruction of a specialist sent by
the plant.
Siemens does not assume any responsibility for work not performed professionally or work
performed unsupervised by own staff.
The local and national safety provisions must be strictly observed (see chapter 3).
The unit was dried under high vacuum and heat in the plant and oil-impregnated under high
vacuum in a dedicated tank. The high quality of dielectric and mechanic hardness must be
retained during assembly on the plant.
The same standards and specifications as in the manufacturer's plant apply for evacuation
and oil filling of the transformer/reactor. When the transformer/reactor is taken into
operation, it must be in the same condition as during the acceptance test in the
manufacturer's plant.
Before evacuation and oil filling, ensure that all inspections at arrival/storage were
performed properly.
NOTE
If an active part must be inspected, this inspection should take place right before
evacuation and oil filling if possible.
DANGER
entering the tank.

5.1 Assembly Preparation
5.1.1 Assembly order

The assembly steps and their order must be planned beforehand to prepare for assembly.
The components to be installed must be provided at the site of assembly according to the
assembly order.
Check all necessary components for completeness and damage again for provision for
assembly and remove any defects. Re-order defective or missing components.
ATTENTION
To optimize the installation and commissioning times, choose the assembly order of the
components so that the opening time of the transformer/reactor is as low as possible.
The manufacturer's plant recommends the following assembly sequence:

· Insulation resistance measurement
· Assembly of devices and accessories
· Steel frame for cooling system and conservator
· Cooling system and pipe lines with shut-off devices
· Radiators/coolers (oil-air-coolers/oil-water-coolers)
· Radiator frame/cooler frame
· Pumps
· Fans
· Conservator with bracket and pipe lines with shut-off devices
· Dehumidifier and pipe lines with shut-off devices
· Buchholz relay/pressure surge relay
· Safety relay for on-load tap-changer, and pipeline between the safety relay of
the on-load tap-changer and conservator
· Pressure relief valve
· Turrets and penetrations/Bushing
· evacuating the transformer
· Filling the transformer with oil
· Assembly of devices and accessories after/during evacuation and oil filling
· Switch drive (motor-drive mechanism, angle gears, connection shafts)
· Control cabinets
· Protective devices (oil temperature, winding temperature, resistance
thermometer, gas sensor)
· Wiring
· Three-phase grounding rail and support
· Overvoltage discharge
· Perform final inspections and checks (see chapter 6 Commissioning)
DANGER
The tank, steel frame for the separate conservator (if present) and separate cooling system
(if present) must be grounded permanently and professionally at the intended ground
connections (see chapter 4.7 Earthing Diagrams for Transformers/Reactor Coils).

5.1.2 Inspecting the seals

All seals are labeled according to the numbers in the dimension drawing and assigned to the
components accordingly. Before installation, the seals must be inspected for damage and
cleaned or replaced if necessary.
5.1.2.1 Tank-cover connection
1 Sealing bar (spacer bar)

2 Cover flange
3 Rubber seal (sealing cord - oval)
4 Tank flange
Fig. 5-1 Tank-cover connection

2 Cover flange
3 Tank flange
4 Rubber seal
5 Heat-resistant spacer - asbestos-free
Fig. 5-2 Tank-cover connection, welded
This sealing system is based on the use of rubber seals in furrows. It consists of an oil- and
heat-resistant synthetic rubber NBR (or equal).
5.1.2.2 Turrets, assembly and inspection openings

1 Seal in groove
Fig. 5-3 Turrets Fig. 5-4 Assembly and inspection openings
These sealing systems are based on the use of rubber seals in grooves. They consist of an oil-
and heat-resistant synthetic rubber NBR (or equal).
The seals can have a rectangular or round profile.
5.1.2.3 Pipeline flange connections
1 Flange
2 Blind flange
3 Flat seal (asbestos-free)
Fig. 5-5 Pipeline connections
This sealing system is based on the principle of level contact surfaces.

5.1.3 Inspection of the pipelines and flanges

The pipelines must be inspected for infiltrated moisture and corrosion before setup and
flushed with insulation oil if required.
Associated pipelines are marked at the flanges by the same engraved figures.
1 Indices
Fig. 5-6 Identification of associated flanges
The flanges must be clean and oil-free (remove oil with solvent).
Sealing paste must be brushed on the flange side of each seal. The contacting sealing
surfaces are not treated.
Flange connections must be tightened evenly and crosswise. Any tension from this must be
removed by installing or removing seals.
If only one seal is used, only one side must be treated with sealing paste.
If any additional seals are inserted, sealing paste may be used to fasten the seals; however,
the compression force of the two outer seals will usually be sufficient to hold the additional
seal in place.

5.1.4 Bolted joints and tightening torques
Fig. 5-7 Bolted joints

Fig. 5-8 Tightening torques

Tightening torques – special features
The following information on tightening torques are aligned with the materials used and
thus may deviate from the above information.
NOTE
Generally, the tolerances for torques may be -0 % / +10 %.
The torque indications for the threads only apply when lubricants like oil and grease for
screw material of stainless steel (A2-70 or higher quality) or steel (8.8 or higher quality) are
used.
Brackets and supports

If no explicit tightening torques are indicated on drawings or signs, the following values
apply for brackets and supports:
Thread Tightening torque in Nm

M8 (5/16") 12
M10 (3/8") 24
M12 (1/2") 41
M16 (5/8") 101
M20 (3/4") 196
M24 (1") 337
Tab. 5-1 Tightening torques for brackets and supports
Fig. 5-9 Brackets and supports
Radiators and shut-off flaps

The values below only apply for steel flanges, O-ring and centellen seals.
Thread Tightening torque Tightening torque

for half-nut (part 7) in Nm for nut (part 9) in Nm
M16 (5/8“) 85 71
Tab. 5-2 Tightening torques for radiators and shut-off flaps

1 Nut
2 Half-nut
Fig. 5-10 Radiators and shut-off flaps
Tank, cooler and pipeline connections

The values below only apply for steel flanges, o-ring and centellen seals.
M10 (3/8") 40
M12 (1/2") 55
M16 (5/8") 110
M20 (3/4") 150
Tab. 5-3 Tightening torques for pipeline connections
Fig. 5-11 Pipeline connections
Electrical connections
The values below apply for electrical connections at penetrations.
M10 (3/8") 20
M12 (1/2") 40
M16 (5/8") 80
Tab. 5-4 Tightening torques for electrical connections
NOTE
The tolerances for tightening torques here are –0 % / +20 %.

5.2 Assembly
5.2.1 Insulation resistance measurement

Perform insulation resistance measurement at the earthing penetrations. The connection is
accessible either at the cover or the tank wall.
The recommended test voltage is 1kV. Values above 500 MW are acceptable.
· Check assembled components for tightness
· Check screw connections for tightness
· Examine flanges, blind flanges and shut-off devices for damage
5.2.2 Steel frame for cooling system and conservator

The transformer is equipped with a separate cooling plant conservator.
Attach steel frame to the foundation with adhesive anchor bolts. Level differences at the
foundation can be balanced out with boards.
Assemble all supports, brackets and cross bracings (see dimension drawing).
5.2.3 Radiators
Radiators (directly attached)
Radiators must be assembled according to dimension drawing.
Remove blind flanges at radiator-connections and radiator-flaps only right before assembly.
It is recommended to place the radiators on the corresponding frames during preparation for
assembly.
· Remove blind flanges from the radiator flaps at the distributor pipelines.
· Clean seals and flanges and brush sealing paste on seals (see chapter 5.1.2).
· Lift every radiator separately and place it correctly before the shut-off flaps.
· Screw radiator to flaps crosswise and evenly.
· Attach transverse bracings across all radiators.
ATTENTION
Loosen gland seal before opening or closing of the shut-off flap, then attach it again. In the
closed condition, the triangle at the flap points towards the flange marker; in the open
condition, the triangle tip is on the radiator side.
Our company (STGZ) standard design use valves as below:
Opening Closing

Overview Detailed view
1 Vent
2 Oil drain
3 Brackets for fans
4 Gland seal
Fig. 5-12 Radiators (Overview and detailed view)
5.2.4 Fans (if available)

Assemble fans according to dimension drawing and assembly instructions of the fan
manufacturer (see chapter 9).
5.2.5 Conservator and brackets

The conservator volume is designed based on the maximum oil expansion.
A Buchholz relay or several shut-off devices are installed in the connection line between the
cover and conservator.
ATTENTION
The shut-off devices must be open under all circumstances during operation.
When installing the Buchholz relay, observe that the arrow at the relay casing points
towards the conservator.
The conservator is usually equipped with a breathing pocket to prevent the oil from taking
up oxygen and to thus protect it from oxidation and moisture intake.
To protect the insulation oil from contamination by oil sludge from the conservator, the oil
line protrudes approx. 50 mm into it. The connection line for the air dehumidifier (breather)
ends right below the highest point of the conservator space.
A hand hole is intended for cleaning of the conservator space.
Install conservator brackets and place conservator according to dimension drawing.
Install conservator lines and breather lines, including Buchholz relay and safety relay of the
diverter switch according to dimension drawing (expansion line between conservator and
Buchholz relay must be installed after evacuation).
The conservator with separator:
5.2.6 Turrets and penetrations

Remove transport lid and install bushing pot and penetrations according to instructions in
chapter 5.2.6.1 (also see dimension drawing and assembly instructions of the penetration
manufacturer in chapter 9).
5.2.6.1 Bushing pot – general

ATTENTION
If an assembly opening is opened, light overpressure of dry air must be applied to protect
the active part from moisture.
· Remove transport lid from bushing pot.

· Check pot (transformer, contamination, moisture, etc.) and clean the pot's inside.
· Remove transport lid at the tank.
· Remove desiccant below the transport lid.
· Replace transport seal with a new one. Clean seal surface.
· Check cable or connection lines within the tank.
· Put pot on flange.
· Evenly screw pot to flange.
· Install earthing connection.
· Only open penetration-side flange if the penetration is ready for installation.
5.2.6.2 HV/MV/LV/Three-phase Penetration 3
3They are contained in “ Packing lists for Q881507~9”. PACKING LIST are not included in the main
manual, they are provided separately.

5.2.7 Three-phase earthing rail

Install support for the three-phase earthing rail and the rail as indicated in the dimension
drawing. The lower rail end is attached to the provided earthing cam at the tank.
5.2.8 Overvoltage discharge

Install overvoltage discharge and associated components as follows:
· Install brackets for discharge according to dimension drawing.
· Install discharge.
· Install tripping counter to tank wall with associated brackets.
· Screw support to steel angles.
· Install earthing cable/earthing rail and connect to the earthing connection of the
discharge and the tripping counter.
· Earth tripping counter (earthing connection provided at the tank close to counter).
5.2.9 Pressure relief valve

Remove blind flange of the pressure relief valve at the transformer cover. Check seal and
sealing surface for cleanliness and install pressure relief valve (screw evenly and
diametrically to the flange).
1 Screw
2 Washer
3 Seal
4 Basic flange
Fig. 5-13 Pressure relief valve
5.2.10 Switch drive

Install switch drive according to dimension drawing.
The motor-drive mechanism assembly is disassembled for transport. The switches and drives
are locked in the same positions. After oil filling, the gears are installed again, the locks
removed and all shafts connected.
No part must be twisted during assembly!
Switch through to the end positions of either direction manually.
Also see assembly instructions of the switch manufacturer in chapter 9.
1 Angle gear
2 Bracket
3 Shaft
4 Switch connection
5 Screw connection
6 Joint
7 Motor drive
Fig. 5-14 Motor drive assembly
5.3 Inspection after Assembly
5.3.1 Visual inspection

· Correct position of all seals
· Tight fit of all screws
· Smooth running of fittings
· Correct position of shut-off devices for the subsequent assembly process
· Proper outer and inner paint
5.3.2 Electromechanic inspection

· Mechanical and electrical function of the surveillance facilities
5.3.3 Inspection for leakages

· Fill transformer with dry air (0.3 bar overpressure) and check for leakages

5.4 Evacuation and Oil Filling
5.4.1 Setup for evacuation and oil filling
1 Transformer breather pipe 14 Oil filter connection, bottom

2 Conservator 15 Shut-off device, filling line
3 Oil level indicator 16 Shut-off device, extraction line
4 Oil drain pipe 17 Vacuum connection
5 Buchholz relay 18 Dehydrating breather
6 Slider 19 Safety relay
7 Oil filter facility 20 Oil treatment facility
8 Vacuum facility 21 Oil tanker
9 Oil filter connection, top 22 Diverter switch conservator chamber
10 Oil sample, bottom 23
11 Tank 24 Vent
12 On-load tap-changer (OLTC) 25 Valve for vacuum line
13 Dry air bottle
Fig. 5-15 Schematic setup for evacuation and oil filling via transformer tank

5.4.2 Equipment for evacuation and oil filling

5.4.2.1 Equipment for evacuation
· Vacuum pump with air infiltration protection (final vacuum ≤ 0.05 mbar)
· Vacuum meter/indicator
· Vacuum hoses and lines
· Shut-off devices
Suggested dimensions of the vacuum pumps and vacuum lines according to tank volume:
Tank volume Pump performance ÆVacuum line
< 50 m3
(6600 gal) 250 m3/h (1100 gal/min) 40mm (1 1/2”)
> 50 m3 (13200 gal) 500 m3/h (2200 gal/min) 50mm (2”)
> 100 m3 (26400 gal) 1000 m3/h (4400 gal/min) > 80mm (3”)
Tab. 5-5 Evacuation equipment
NOTE
The air infiltration protection prevents infiltration of moist air into the transformer tank or
insulation parts in case of failure or standstill of the vacuum pump. The evacuation process
can be assessed as not interrupted when the remaining pressure in the transformer tank
has not risen above 1 mbar. If the prescribed residual pressure is reached again, at least 12
hours of evacuation time must follow.
5.4.2.2 Oil filling equipment

· Oil treatment facility (the oil treatment facility is used to filter, degasify and dewater the
oil. Capacity: approx. 5 - 10 % of the total oil volume per hour)
· Oil treatment tank (only when using oil barrels)
· Oil test device
· Oil hoses, oil lines and shut-off devices
· Air drying facility/compressor/dry air
Suggested dimensions of the oil treatment pumps and oil lines according to tank volume:
Tank volume Performance of the oil treatment facility ÆOil line
< 50 m3 (6600 gal) 3000 l/h 25mm (1")
> 50 m3 (13200 gal) 5000 l/h 40mm (1 1/2 ")
> 100 m3 (26400 gal) 10000 l/h 50mm (2 ")
Tab. 5-6 Oil filling equipment
Recommendation:
The oil treatment facility should reach the following threshold values in a single run:
Breakdown voltage ≥ 60 kV
Oil gas content ≤ 3 Vol.-%
Oil temperature ≥ 40 °C
5.4.3 Insulating oil

For transformers and on-load tap-changers, the insulation and cooling liquid used usually is
mineral-oil-based transformer oil.
The oil quality must meet the Siemens standards and customer specification.
New transformers must be filled with the oil delivered by the plant. If oil must be refilled, oil
of equal quality must be used (see oil product datasheet - mixing possibilities).
Refilling new oil on operating oil is possible if the operating oil has not aged too much. Aged
oils have a higher dissolving capacity than new oil. Therefore, it is recommended to
coordinate refilling with the manufacturer's plant.
ATTENTION
Synthetic insulation liquids (silicon and ester liquids) must not be mixed with mineral-oil-
based insulation oils.
5.4.3.1 Taking of oil samples

NOTE
We recommend sending the samples taken to the manufacturer's plant for examination.
Protocol for taking of oil samples, see chapter 15.
1 liter of the insulation medium each is needed for dielectrical-chemical oil examination and
for gas-chromatography oil examination.
NOTE
The sample containers should be clean 1-liter aluminum bottles with gas-tight plastic screw
closure and seal so that no air is taken in as the sample cools. Suitable sample bottles are
available from the manufacturer's plant.
ATTENTION
Only take the oil sample with glass bottles when the sample temperature at sampling is
guaranteed to be greater or the same as the storage or transport temperature. Otherwise,
coordinate with the examination lab.
Samples for gas analyses must be taken without interruption in the overflow procedure
only to prevent contact between the insulation medium and the atmosphere as much as
possible. In every case, notice the temperature inside the oil jet in the test protocol.
Sampling points
· for gas analysis examinations: usually tank "top"
· for other examinations: usually tank "bottom"

Procedure when taking oil from the oil sampling valve

1. Screw a threaded connection piece with seal, hose attachment and oil-proof hose (30 - 50
cm long) onto the threaded piece of the oil sampling valve.
2. Open the oil sampling valve and let about two to three liters of oil (from the outlet
pipeline) flow into the oil collection vessel.
3. Push the hose into the oil sample bottle to the ground. First fill the bottle slowly from the
bottom, then let oil flow strongly until oil at a volume of 2 to 3 times the bottle content has
flowed over into an oil collection container.
4. Last, reduce the oil flow again and draw the bottle from the hose downwards with the oil
sampling valve still open. Close the bottle at once when it was drawn from the hose.
5. Then close the oil sampling valve again properly.
6. Dispose of discharged oil in the oil collection vessel properly.
Procedure when taking oil samples from the conservator of the diverter switch
1. Open the drain slide valve at the conservator diverter switch.
2. Work steps 1-6 from “Taking oil from the oil sampling valve”.
NOTE
Oil samples must only be taken with a suitable sampling valve in case of direct oil filling to
the transformer tank from oil barrels.
1 Transformer tank
2 Oil sampling valve
3 Hose
4 Oil sample bottle
5 Oil collection vessel
Fig. 5-16 Oil sampling with oil sample bottle and oil collection vessel

5.4.3.2 Oil measurements

Transformer oil and cellulose-insulation materials are - like all organic substances -
chemically changed in operation under the influence of temperature, oxygen, moisture and
catalytic metal transformer components. These procedures together are called aging and
influence the transformer's service life.
Regular inspections are required to ensure continuous readiness for operation of a

transformer over an extended period.
We recommend taking oil samples every 5 operating years or before any larger revisions and
to examine them for the following characteristics:
Oil examinations According to standard

Color number ISO 2049 / ASTM D1500
Appearance IEC 60422 / ASTM D1524
Neutralization value IEC 62021 / ASTM D974
Breakdown voltage IEC 60156 / ASTM D1816
Water content IEC 60814 / ASTM D1533
Diel. Dissipation factor at 50 Hz IEC 60247 / ASTM D924
Interfacial tension EN 14210 / ASTM D971
Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) IEC 60567 / ASTM 3612
Furan analysis IEC 61198 / ASTM D5837
Inhibitor content IEC 60666 / ASTM D2668
Corrosive sulfur IEC 62535 / ASTM D1275B
Corrosive sulfur DIN 51353
Passivator content IEC 60666
Tab. 5-7 Recommended oil examinations
5.4.4 Reference times for evacuation and waiting times

The following times for evacuation and waiting times are reference times. They may be
adjusted depending on transformer under certain conditions with the previous consent of
the manufacturer plant.
Highest voltage for Minimum evacuation Waiting Waiting time (cable terminal box)
operating equipment time time
> 60 h under oil and < 60 h under oil or
(Um)
<= 48 h outside of oil > 48 h outside of oil
x ≤ 72,5 kV 12 h 16 h 12 h 16 h
72,5 kV < x ≤ 123 kV 12 h 48 h 48 h 72 h
123 kV < x ≤ 245 kV 24 h 72 h 72 h 96 h
245 kV < x ≤ 550 kV 48 h 96 h 96 h 120 h
x > 550 kV 60 h 96 h
Tab. 5-8 Reference times for evacuation and waiting times
NOTE
The filling speed must be set so that the vacuum in the transformer tank is retained. If the
vacuum deteriorates by more than 1 mbar, the time is counted again from the beginning.

5.4.5 Evacuation and oil filling of empty transformers
Fig. 5-17 Flow chart for oil filling of empty transformers under full vacuum

Notes
Oil filling transformer with compensator conservator.

The tank must be evacuated and filled with oil using the installation instruction of the
manufacturer.
Oil filling of separate oil compartments under vacuum

All separate oil compartments should be filled as well when the tank is being filled with oil, if
possible. For this purpose, the shut-off devices in the oil filling pipes must be open. If there is
no filling pipe available, oil is filled in through suitable connections.
Dehydrating breather
After oil filling is completed, the breathers have to be installed and the slide valves set to
their operating position.
Waiting period and venting

After breaking the vacuum, the transformer has to be vented. After this, a waiting time must
be complied with. If the transformer is equipped with oil circulating pumps, these should be
switched on for approx. 2 to 3 hours after venting. At the end of the waiting period, the
transformer has to be vented again.

6 Commissioning
6 Commissioning
The relevant technical rules and accident prevention regulations (chapter 3) must be
complied with for commissioning, operation and maintenance.
6.1 General
It is recommended that transformers be commissioned by specialists in the manufacturer's
plant.
If commissioning is performed by external staff, proceed pursuant to the test reports for
electrical tests, mechanical tests and visual inspections (chapter 4.6). The individual
measures must be recorded on the commissioning protocol and submitted to the
manufacturer's plant in writing directly after completion of commissioning.
NOTE
No warranty can be assumed by Siemens for any damage resulting from improper
commissioning (pursuant to test reports).
6.2 Inspections before Commissioning

Before commissioning of the transformer/reactor, the following inspections must be
observed to prevent personal injury and damage to equipment and to ensure proper
operation of the transformer/reactor. The tests/inspections must be performed and
documented pursuant to the transformer/reactor-specific commissioning protocol.
DANGER
To avoid personal injury, observe the indicated warning notes before any operation of the
load control switch.
6.2.1 Overview of possible inspections

The following list includes possible test and inspection points. Depending on type and build
of the transformer, these inspections are to be performed before commissioning.
NOTE
For the specific tests for the individual transformer/reactor, see the commissioning protocol
(see chapter 15).
Measurements at the transformer/reactor

Insulation impedance
Core insulation
Coil impedances
Circuit inspection
Magnetizing current (HV)
Transmission (with measuring bridge or voltmeter)
Transformer (transmission, terminal clamps)
Oil analysis (dielectric strength, gas content, loss factor, water content)

6 Commissioning
Inspection of bushings
Undamaged and clean, spark path set
Loss factor measurement
Output factor measurement
Monitoring system
Inspection of the on-load tap changer/de-energized tap changer

On-load tap changer
Motor drive
Lock switch - crank or motor drive
Limit switch
Counter for switch operations
Over-current relay
De-energized tap changer (end stop mechanic, lock electric)
Overpressure protection inspection
Tap guard
Inspection of the cooling facility (cooling system, radiators, fans)

Motor rated output/rated current
ACTUAL current intake
Motor protection switch
Rotating direction
Over-current relay
Cooler control
Fan control (with temperatures)
Inspection of the protection and monitoring facilities

Temperature
Thermal replica
Oil flow (transformer, tap changer)
Oil pressure (transformer, tap changer, cooler)
Oil level minimum - maximum contact inspected (transformer, tap changer in the conservator)
Air flow
Water flow
Water pressure
Gas meter
Buchholz (alarm contacts - triggering contacts)
Controller protection
Inspection of the protective facilities (plant protection/transformer protection)
Other inspections
Earthings (shielding, star points, delta coil, etc.)
Earthing system (tank, cooling system, pipeline, bushings, conservator)
Venting (transformer, bushing, tap changer)
Checking for leakage (transformer, cooling system)
Putting locking elements into operation (transformer with bushing, cooling system)
Inspection of breather filling (transformer, tap changer, terminal boxes, cooling system)
Paint (corrosion protection)
Heating (control cabinet, motor drive)

6 Commissioning
Other inspections
Wiring (secondary wiring terminals)
Signage
Minimum clearance to adjacent parts
Star point (type of operation)
Search for loose parts at the transformer/cooler
6.2.2 Inspection of oil properties

In addition to various mechanical and electrical inspections, the oil must be inspected as
well. This must be done within 4 weeks before commissioning.
Oil samples must be taken for this purpose, and they must have the following properties.
Characteristic Measurement Insulation level voltage (kV)

method
Breakdown voltage (kV) IEC 60156 2,5 x < 72,5 72,5 ≤ x ≤ 170 x > 170
mm >55 >60 >60
Water content (mg/kg) IEC 60814 20 <10 <10
Diel. dissipation factor at IEC 60247 Max. 0,015 Max. 0,015 Max. 0,010
50 Hz and 90°C
Total gas content (%) IEC 60567 Max. 3*
* not specified in IEC 60422
Tab. 6-1 Minimum requirements according to I IEC 60422 at different insulation level voltages at commissioning
Characteristic Measurement Insulation level voltage (kV)

method
Breakdown voltage (kV) ASTM D1816, 2 x ≤ 69 69 < x < 230 230 ≤ x 345 x > 345
mm 45 52 55 60
Water content (mg/kg) ASTM D1533 Max. 20 Max. 10 Max. 10 Max. 10
Diel. dissipation factor at ASTM D94 Max. 0,40 Max. 0,40 Max. 0,30 Max. 0,30
60 Hz and 100°C (%)
Total gas content (%) ASTM D2945 - - 0,5 or in 0,5 or in
agreement agreement
with with
manufacturer’s manufacturer’s
plant plant
Tab. 6-2 Minimum requirements according to IEEE C57.106 at different insulation level voltages at commissioning
ATTENTION
If the minimum/maximum values for the insulation medium are not complied with, the
insulation medium must be treated again (in the cycle).
To receive reference values for later comparison purposes, we recommend performing a gas
chromatography oil analysis before switching on the transformer.

6 Commissioning
6.3 Commissioning
When all inspections have been performed satisfactorily, the transformer can be taken into
operation after a certain downtime after the last oil manipulation.
6.3.1 Waiting times

The following waiting times must be complied with:
kV (Um) Down time in hours

x < 72,5 16
72,5 < x ≤ 123 48
123 < x ≤ 245 72
245 < x ≤ 550 96
x > 550 96
Tab. 6-3 Min. waiting times
6.3.2 Commissioning steps

1. Transformer in idle operation
· Application of the rated voltage to the transformer/reactor.
ATTENTION
Temperatures and the Buchholz relay must be monitored and inspected for vibration or
leakage during the one-hour idle operation. If the results are satisfactory, the transformer
can be loaded.
2. Loading the transformer/reactor

· Transfer load to the HV/MV/LV side and document
· Inspect the motor drive and counter positions
· Switch on-load tap changer to all positions under load, document maximum activation
· Check earth fault operation (if present)
ATTENTION
If the completely assembled transformer is not connected to the mains right after
completion of the inspections for commissioning, the control cabinet and motor drive
cabinet (if applicable) must be powered to warrant function of the thermostat-controlled
heating. This measure is required to prevent too low temperatures or condensation in the
cabinet, which may lead to damage to the devices.

7 Operation
7 Operation
7.1 Cooling Components

100 % cooling: 16 fans, 8 radiators
60 % cooling: 8 radiators
7.2 Type Designations, Measurements and Performance
7.2.1 Type designations

7.2.1.1 General
The following type designation format consisting of a combination of code letters and code
numbers is used by Siemens for transformers and reactors not falling into the category of
"small transformers".
The type designation is carried out using letters (A) and figures (N) in blocks according to the
following schema. Within blocks A and N places which are not required can be omitted
starting from the right-hand side. For the purposes of data processing the data has to be
entered with after-point alignment i.e. places which have been omitted remain empty.
Fig. 7-1 Type designation
Example for type designation:

7 Operation
Fig. 7-2: Example for type designation
7.2.1.2 Main rating

Key to the 1st character position (code letter): Type of transformer or reactor
Code letter Description

D Three-phase - reactors with iron limbs4
E Single-phase – power transformer
G Three-phase - reactors without iron limbs
H Single-phase - reactors without iron limbs
L Single-phase - reactors with iron limbs
M Three-phase - autotransformer
N Single-phase - autotransformer
T Three-phase – power transformer, neutral earthing transformer, earthing transformer
Z not defined; see plain text in inquiry, order etc.
Tab. 7-1 1st character position (code letter): Type of transformer or reactor
Key to the 2nd character position (code letter): Insulating material and cooling method
Cooling method to VDE 0532, Part

Code letter. Insulating material (=inner coolant)
2
A Silicone oil KNAN
B Silicone oil KNAF
F Mineral oil OFAF / ODAF
G Cast resin AN
H Air (thermal class B, F or H. See VDE 0532, Part 2, Table 3) AN
L Mineral oil ONAF
M Installation under mineral oil ---
4 Also applies to a starting transformer with air gaps in the iron core

7 Operation
P Air (thermal class A or E. See VDE 0532, Part 2, Table 3) AN

Q Air (thermal class A or E. See VDE 0532, Part 2, Table 3) AF
R Mineral oil ODAF (radiator cooling)
S Mineral oil ONAN
T Mineral oil OFAN / ODAN
U Air (thermal class B, F or H. See VDE 0532, Part 2, Table 3) AF
W Mineral oil OFWF / ODWF
X Cast resin AF
Z not defined; see plaintext in inquiry, order etc.
Tab. 7-2 2nd character position (code letter): Insulating material and cooling method
Identification for cooling method:

Internal cooling External cooling
1stletter 2nd letter 3rdletter 4th letter
Cooling medium Circulation Cooling medium Circulation
A, O, K, L N, F, D A, W, I N, F
Tab. 7-3: Identification for cooling method
A Air
W Water
N Natural
F Forced (oil not directed)
D Forced-directed oil
O Mineral oil or synthetic insulating liquid with fire point < 300 °C
K Insulating liquid with fire point > 300 °C
L Insulating liquid with no measurable fire point
Key to the 3rd character position (code letter): Variability

A Voltage not variable
B Variable through de-energized tap changer and reconnect ability under or above the cover
Variable through phase-on-load tap changer, de-energized tap changer and reconnect ability under
C
or above the cover
Variable through neutral end tap changer, de-energized tap changer and reconnect ability under or
D
above the cover
E Reconnect able tappings on dry-type transformers
F Variable through phase-on-load tap changer and de-energized tap changer
G Variable through neutral-end tap changer and de-energized tap changer
H Plunger core, hydraulically actuated
K Reconnect able tappings inside or outside tank
L Variable through neutral-end tap changer and reconnect ability under or above the cover
M Variable through phase-on-load tap changer and reconnect ability under or above the cover
P Phase-on load tap changer
R Variable magnetic coupling
S Neutral-end-on-load tap changer

7 Operation
T Plunger core, mechanically actuated

U De-energized tap changer
V DC premagnetization
Z For data regarding variability, refer to the plaintext
Tab. 7-4 Key to the 3rd character position (code letter): Variability
Key to the 4th character position (code letter): Intended application

A Starting of electrical machines
B Mine (flameproof – and / or explosion-proof device)
E Neutral earthing transformer, earth-fault relay, earth-fault current-limiting
F Electrostatic filter
G Generator protection
H HVDC – converter installation
J Industry – rectifier station; direct current drive
K Short-circuit - test; short-circuit current-limiting
L Charging current - compensation
M Generator transformer (only in the case of SN ≥ 100 MVA)
System transformer (only in the case of SN ≥ 100 MVA) or normal use (in the case of SN < 100
N
MVA)5
P High-voltage test
R Ripple-control system, interphase transformer system
T Installation on traction vehicles
U Traction substation for contact wire supply
V Desalinization plants
W Electric furnace
X DC - smoothing
Z Not defined; see plain text in inquiry, order etc.
Tab. 7-5 Key to the 4th character position (code letter): Intended application
Key to the 5th and 6th character position (code number): Size (kVA rating for
transformers, kVAr rating for reactors)
5th character position 6 th character position

Code number6 Power of ten Code number6 Multiplier (area)7
0 100 VA = 1 VA 0 1.00 (0.895 to 1.118)
1 101 VA = 10 VA 1 1.25 (1.119 to 1.414)
2 102 VA = 100 VA 2 1.60 (1.415 to 1.788)
5 can be omitted, if the 4th place is omitted

6 A tenth of the value of the number formed from both of the reference numbers is roughly the
common logarithm of the unit rating in VA (in case of transformers) or VAr (in case of reactors)
7 Standard number series R10 to DIN 323

7 Operation
3 103 VA = 1 kVA 3 2.00 (1.789 to 2.236)

4 104 VA = 10 kVA 4 2.50 (2.237 to 2.806)
5 105 VA = 100 kVA 5 3.15 (2.807 to 3.549)
6 106 VA = 1 MVA 6 4.00 (3.550 to 4.472)
7 107 VA = 10 MVA 7 5.00 (4.473 to 5.612)
8 108 VA = 100 MVA 8 6.30 (5.613 to 7.099)
9 109 VA = 1000 MVA 9 8.00 (7.100 to 8.949)
Tab. 7-6 Key to the 5th and 6th character position (code number): Size (kVA rating for transformers, kVAr rating for
reactors)
Examples for the coding and the sizes:

· reference numbers 42: 16 kVA or kVAr
· reference numbers 76: 40 MVA or MVAr
· reference numbers 62: 1600 kVA or kVAr
· reference numbers 80: 100 MVA or MVAr
5th & 6th Type rating ST 5th & 6th Type rating ST
character position (kVA, kVAr) character position (kVA, kVAr)
35 3 71 12500
37 5 72 16000
40 10 73 20000
42 16 74 25000
43 20 75 31500
45 30 76 40000
47 50 77 50000
49 75 78 63000
50 100 79 80000
51 125 80 100000
52 160 81 125000
53 200 82 160000
54 250 83 200000
55 315 84 250000
56 400 85 315000
57 500 86 400000
58 630 87 500000
59 800 88 630000
60 1000 89 800000
61 1250 90 1000000
62 1600 91 1250000
63 2000 92 1600000
64 2500 93 2000000
65 3150 94 2500000
66 4000 95 3150000
67 5000 96 4000000
68 6300 97 5000000
69 8000 98 6300000
70 10000 99 8000000
Tab. 7-7 Examples for type rating S T

7 Operation
Key to the 7th and 8th character position (code number): Highest voltage for Equipment
Um (kV)
7th character position 8 th character position

Code number8 Power of ten Code number6 Multiplier (area)9
0 10 VA =
0 1 V 0 1.00 (0.895 to 1.118)
1 101 VA = 10 V 1 1.25 (1.119 to 1.414)
2 102 VA = 100 V 2 1.60 (1.415 to 1.788)
3 10 VA =
3 1 kV 3 2.00 (1.789 to 2.236)
4 104 VA = 10 kV 4 2.50 (2.237 to 2.806)
5 105 VA = 100 kV 5 3.15 (2.807 to 3.549)
6 10 VA =
6 1 MV 6 4.00 (3.550 to 4.472)
7 5.00 (4.473 to 5.612)
8 6.30 (5.613 to 7.099)
9 8.00 (7.100 to 8.949)
7th & 8th Highest voltage for 7th & 8th Highest voltage for
character position equipment UM character position equipment UM
30 ≤ 1.10 47 52
36 3.6 49 72.5
39 7.2 51 123
41 12 52 145
42 17.5 54 245
44 24 56 420
46 36 57 525
Tab. 7-8 Key to the 7th and 8th character position (code number): Highest voltage for Equipment U m (kV)
8 A tenth of the value of the number formed from both of the reference numbers is roughly the
common logarithm of the unit rating in VA (in case of transformers) or VAr (in case of reactors)
9 Standard number series R10 to DIN 323

7 Operation
7.3 Operation Behavior
7.3.1 Possibilities of parallel operation

Transformers are considered as operating in parallel if two voltage sides are connected in
parallel (VDE 0532).
Transformers to be connected in parallel must have the same phase displacement clock-hour
number irrespective of the connection. (A Yd5 transformer can for instance be paralleled
with Dy5.) Interconnect the terminals bearing identical markings.
Exception:
Transformers of clock-hour number 11 can be operated in parallel with transformers having
clock-hour number 5 provided that they are connected as shown in Tab. 7-9. The percent
impedance Uz of transformers to be connected in parallel should not deviate by more than
10 % from the mean value of the rated percent impedances of all units to be paralleled. No
additional measures such as the insertion of reactors to serve as additional inductances are
required in cases where the total load is such that the transformers having the lower
impedance voltage are never loaded with more than their rated currents. The smaller
transformer should preferably have the higher impedance voltage.
Transformers to be operated in parallel should preferably be equal in their rated voltage ratio
to within ± 0.5 %, or else be provided with voltage variability (on-load or off-circuit tap
changers). When power transformers with on-load tap changers are operated in parallel, the
requirement for uniform impedance voltage and voltage ratio cannot be met in all tap
changer positions. This problem can be solved by making the relative settings of the tap
changers dependent upon the load distribution. In spite of unequal impedance voltages and
equal voltage ratios of the transformers, the unit having the higher impedance voltage can,
by appropriate reduction of its voltage ratio, be caused to carry a load corresponding to its
rated power.
Required clock-hour Existing clock-hour Connect to conductors

number number HV side LV side
1L1, 1L2, 1L3 2L1, 2L2, 2L3
5 1U, 1V, 1W 2U, 2V, 2W
1U, 1W, 1V 2W, 2V, 2U
5 or 1W, 1V, 1U 2V, 2U, 2W
11
or 1V, 1U, 1W 2U, 2W, 2V
11 1U, 1V, 1W 2U, 2V, 2W

1U, 1W, 1V 2W, 2V, 2U
11 or 1W, 1V, 1U 2V, 2U, 2W
5
or 1V, 1U, 1W 2U, 2W, 2V
Tab. 7-9 Changing the clock-hour number by changing the transformer connection
Dangerously high circulating currents may occur when auto-transformers with on-load tap
changers are operated in parallel, particularly when using the tappings of low impedance
voltage. These currents must be suppressed by series-connected current-limiting reactors or
by parallel-connection by current dividers. Parallel operation of transformers whose rated
outputs are in a ratio of over 2:1 is not advisable owing to the possibly higher deviations of
the UX / UR ratios of the individual transformers. Larger deviations from the voltage ratio,
7 Operation
impedance voltage and rated power ratio are permissible in cases where the transformers
will not be operated directly parallel on one busbar, but where parallel operation in a system
is involved.
7.3.2 Neutral-point load-carrying capacity

The neutral points of star/star-connected three-phase shell-type transformers, three-phase
five-limb transformers and three-phase transformer banks assembled from three single-
phase transformers should not be loaded unless a stabilizing winding is connected.
The neutral point on the high-voltage side of three-phase core-type transformers can be
loaded with 25 % of the rated current for the duration of 1.5 hours or with 20 % during max.
3 hours, provided that an arc-suppression coil is connected.
The low-voltage neutral point in four-conductor systems should not be loaded continuously
with more than 10 % rated current to maintain voltage symmetry (in lighting systems). The
neutral points of star/star-connected transformers with stabilizing windings for S r / 3 can be
loaded with the full rated current, however not simultaneously. The neutral points of
star/delta or delta/star-connected transformers can be subjected to the full rated current.
The neutral point of the zigzag-connected winding of star/zigzag-connected transformers
can carry the rated current; the neutral of the star-connected winding can only be subjected
to the same loads as that of the star/star-connected transformer without stabilizing winding.
Earthing transformers (EdT) are often used in the following connection: zigzag/star plus
delta-connected stabilizing winding (for Sr / 3 of the Power winding) in star connection.
7.3.3 Unbalanced load

Unbalanced loads at liquid-filled transformers are permissible without time limitation
provided that the current in none of the phase conductors exceeds the rated value. This
means that 1.15 times the rated current is permissible in one of the Phase windings.
7.4 Load carrying capacity of oil-immersed transformers

A transformer continuously operated at rated power (S = S n) under the conditions stipulated
in DIN VDE 0532 Part 1 and with a (weighted average) coolant temperature of 20 °C has a
normal life expectancy. In cases where the load S varies with time and/or the coolant
temperatures deviate from the specified values, it is possible to determine the permissible
transformer loads on the assumption of a normal use of life. In the case of oil-immersed
transformers below 100 MVA, DIN VDE 0536 specifies two different loads K 1 and K2 as the
maximum permissible loads for a day to day life cycle (= 24 h). The current is limited to 1.5
times the rated current, and the hot-spot temperature of the winding must not exceed
140 °C. The oil temperature during an overload period is not a measure for the temperature
reached by the winding.
7.5 Permissible Winding Temperature Rises

In accordance with DIN VDE 0532 Part 2, the following mean winding temperature rises,
determined by resistance measurement, are permissible in rated service:
7.5.1 Oil-immersed Transformers

Class A insulation
65 K for ON and OF cooling
70 K for OD cooling
7 Operation
7.5.2 Over-excitation of transformers
U Voltage applied
f Frequency
Un Rated voltage of input side
fn Rated frequency
E Excitation
Fig. 7-3 Permissible short-time over-excitation of transformers
The maximum permissible over-excitation of a transformer depends on the maximum

permissible flux density (induction) in the iron core. An increase in induction causes an
increase in the no-load current and its harmonics as well as rising losses and consequently
rising thermal stress. Induction B is directly proportional to the applied voltage U and
inversely proportional to the frequency f:
U
B»
f
In accordance with DIN VDE 0532 Part 1, the transformer is able to continuously carry its
rated currents under the following conditions:
At 105 % rated voltage and rated frequency or at applied rated voltage and a frequency
deviating by 2.5% from the rated frequency.
Fig. 7-3 shows the permissible duration of over-excitation of large transformers as a function
of the ratio
U × fn
E=
Un × f
For frequency fluctuations not exceeding + 2.5 % it can safely be assumed that f ≈ fn.
In case of permanent over-excitation between 105 % and 110 %, the load current must be
reduced as shown in Fig. 7-4. Permanent over-excitation of 110 % is only permissible in the
no-load state of the transformer.
As far as unit transformers are concerned, this means that the generating sets must not be
started and stopped with the voltage regulator switched on and enabled. In manually
controlled plants the shunt-field rheostat setting should be reduced during shutdown. The
field-discharge switch can remain closed.
If transformers are coupled direct with generators and the load is suddenly thrown off, these
transformers can with-stand 1.4 times the rated voltage at their generator-side connections
for five seconds.
Under conditions of sudden load shedding, generator transformers with ratings up to 40
MVA and station service transformers connected to generators must be able to withstand
1.3 times rated voltage for five minute.

7 Operation
Fig. 7-4 Permissible long-time over-excitation between 100 % and 110 % (according to DIN VDE 0532, Part 1)
7.5.2.1 Overvoltage protection

Surge diverters or star-connected capacitors can be connected to the phase conductors of
the exposed side in order to protect the transformers against external over-voltages as may
be caused by switching operations, short-circuits, earth-faults and the effects of lightning.
If transformers, for instance for overhead power transmission lines, are likely to be subjected
to over-voltages but are not provided with overvoltage protectors, it must be checked with
the Sales Department whether such equipment should be installed.
Cables or loads connected directly to the low-voltage side of the transformers without
isolating points are usually sufficient to prevent, for instance, excessive over-voltages on the
low-voltage side in the event of high-voltage side earth-faults. The required capacitance
values can be looked up in the instruction manual of the transformer manufacturer or
obtained from the manufacturing plant.

7 Operation
7.6 Troubleshooting
The following interferences are a general overview of possible interferences that may occur
at the transformer/reactor.
For detailed information, see the respective operating and assembly instructions for these
devices and components (see chapter 9).
Devices and Interference Possible cause Remedy

components
Buchholz relay Warning Triggered incorrectly Repeat test. Inspect contacts.
Oil loss Localize and remove oil loss

Bubbles after oil filling
Gas formation from Check if gas flammable. If not, vent.

internal defect Otherwise, gas formation measures
Take gas sample at Buchholz relay and
analyze gas
Triggered Oil loss Localize and remove oil loss
Very strong oil flow due to Take gas sample at Buchholz relay and
inner light arcs. analyze gas
Very strong gas formation Take gas sample at Buchholz relay and
due to internal defect analyze gas
(short-circuit in the core &
coil assembly)
Protective relay for Triggered Internal defect in the load Inspection of the load transfer switch
diverter switch transfer switch
Triggered incorrectly Inspect protective relay
Pressure relief valve Triggered Max. overpressure Inspection of the load transfer switch
for diverter switch exceeded or serious
internal defect Inspection of the shut-off elements
Closed shut-off element
towards the conservator
Pressure relief valve Triggered Closed shut-off element in Inspection of the pipelines and shut-off
for tank the conservator elements
Serious internal defect Inspection of core & coil assembly

Contact thermometer Warning when Overload Load reduction
for oil and coil 95°C(oil) /113°C
temperatures (coil) is exceeded Interference/defect of the Cooling system inspection
cooling system
Temperature monitor
Wrong temperature set Correct temperature settings
Resistor thermometer
Device defective Replace device
Indicator Triggers when Internal error Inspection of the core & coil assembly
thermometer 105°C(oil) /123°C
(coil) is exceeded Wrong temperature set Correct temperature settings
Thermal replica
Device defective Replace device

7 Operation

components
Oil level indicator for Warning when Malfunction of the Examined correctness of the
tank or diverter switch the minimum oil indicator display
level is undercut
not enough oil filled in refilling oil
Ambience temperature Ambience temperature

below the temperature measurement
range for the
design
Oil leakage Seal leakages

Oil level indicator for Warning when Malfunction of the Examined correctness of the
tank or diverter switch the maximum oil indicator display
level is exceeded
too much oil filled in Drain oil
Ambience temperature Ambience temperature measurement

below the temperature
range for the
design
Internal error (other Inspection of the core & coil assembly

protective or diverter switch
devices will trigger
at the same time)
Oil flow indicator Warning if oil Closed valve in pipe line Inspection of the pipelines and valves
flow is too low
Triggering of the motor
protection switch of the Inspection of the
oil pump motor protection switch
Water flow indicator Warning if water Closed valve in pipe line Inspection of the pipelines and valves
flow is too low
Triggering of the motor
protection switch of the Inspection of the
Water pump motor protection switch
Electronic breather Warning in case Heating outage Replace breather/repair heating
of device error
Breather with Desiccant beads Glass cylinder Replacement of glass cylinder and seals
desiccant beads discolor leaking/cracked
Desiccant beads Maintenance interval Replacement of desiccant beads

discolor from the exceeded
bottom Replacement of desiccant beads
High humidity
Desiccant beads Seal pipe lines, inspect breather seals,
discolor from the Humidity in the replace drying beads
top conservator, pipe lines
leaking, glass cylinder
leaking.
Protective spark path Flash-over Arcing horn bent. Check protective spark path distances
at bushings adjust if required.

7 Operation

components
Terminal vanes at Discoloration of the Defective contacts Clean contact points
bushings connection parts Tighten screws.
Switching cabinet Electrical devices Humidity in the cabinet Increase cabinet heating
are not working too high. temperature
properly. Temperature in the Ventilate cabinet additionally.
cabinet too high.
Contacts corroded Seal cabinet door, install dust filter if
or contaminated. Water or dust in the required.
cabinet.
Motor drive for Drive cannot be No voltage at the motor Check supply line
diverter switch controlled by the protection switch
motor Motor protection switch Switch on motor protection switch
not activated
Motor protection Emergency stop button Reset emergency stop button.
switch triggers activated or caught.
during adjustment. Motor current too high Check if drive is hard to move with
due to overload or phase hand-crank. If there is any suspicion of
interruption. mechanical defect in the tap changer,
request plant installer.
Mechanical de- Cannot be operated Drive blocked Unblock drive, interior inspection of the
energized tap de-energized tap changer may be
changer required
Recommendation: Move de-energized
tap changer over all contacts repeatedly
every year.
Earth connection Earth connection Linkage to earth potential Replace present earth connection and
charred or too low set up additional earth connections.
separated
Impermissible current Remove current loops, cross-section or
loops due to multiple present earth connections sufficiently
earth connection. large.
Air flow indicator Air flow missing or Protective grille icy or Clean protective grille, open frost flaps.
too low clogged.
Cooler clogged or badly Clean cooler

contaminated.
Fan motor interference Check current supply

(no or too low voltage, Repair fan
coil defective, bearing
damage).
Reverse rotating direction. Inspect
Wrong rotating direction. electrical connections and trigger
mechanisms.
Differential pressure Oil- or water traces Leakage in the oil/water Seal or repair cooler.
switch in the display circuit of the cooling
Oil-water component system.

8 Maintenance and Inspection

Even and interference-free transformer operation mainly depends on regular and careful
monitoring and maintenance work.
Most of the maintenance work can be performed by operating personnel. Detailed notes on
performance of maintenance work can be taken from the different documents in the
transformer operating manual. For larger and more complicated sealing or assembly work
and load control switch revisions, we recommend to request special installers from the
Siemens manufacturer plant.
Maintenance and monitoring work must only be performed with the transformer/reactor
switched off and earthed.
If monitoring and maintenance work is performed by external staff, proceed pursuant to the
check list "maintenance work and electrical tests" (see chapter 15). The individual measures
must be recorded on the checklist and submitted to the manufacturer's plant in writing
directly after completion of the monitoring and maintenance work.
NOTE
No warranty can be assumed by Siemens for any damage resulting from improper
monitoring and maintenance.
8.1 Overview Monitoring and Maintenance Work

The following list includes possible monitoring and maintenance work. They may vary
depending on type and build of the transformer.
NOTE
For the specific monitoring and maintenance work for the individual transformers, see the
check list "maintenance work and electrical tests" (see chapter 15).

Checking for leaks and cleanliness

Transformer tank, cover, domes, Inspection of all flanges, seals and welds for oil leaks.
pipes Appearing leaks must be removed at once by tightening the screws,
replacing the respective seals or re-welding.
Re-welding must only be performed by experienced welders.
Cooling system with pipe In water cooling systems, the visible water surface in the oil sight pot
regularly needs to be checked for present traces of oil. If there are any traces
of oil, there is a suspected leak. In this case, the coolers must be removed
and overhauled. Then perform a tightness check pursuant to DIN 42 556!
Oil-water-coolers must be cleaned on the water side; in oil-air coolers, the
cooling ribs and protective screen must be cleaned.
Slide valves and fittings All slide valves and fittings must be checked for oil leaks. Leaks in the
stuffing box, if any, must be sealed by tightening the compression gland.
The stuffing box seal can be replaced when the slide valve is closed.
Bushings Bushings, bushing domes and pipes leading to the bushings must be
inspected for leaks. Depending on design and make, an oil level sight glass
may be attached to the bushing. The oil level in the sight glass must be
within the indicated tolerances. Refill oil at once in case of irregularities.
Water-cooled bushings are used for heavy-duty furnace transformers. The
insulation plate, insulation discs, seals and union nuts, as well as the water-
cooled copper bushings must be cleaned of dirt. The time of operation after
which the bushings must be cleaned cannot be indicated as a general value.
The cleaning intervals to be determined mainly depend on the local air
pollution. An average value is a cleaning interval of 6 months. Check the
pressure at the pressure gauge of HV bushings (if provided). It must be
within the thresholds of the pressure diagram. The bushing connections
must be checked for firm seat.
Cable box The cable box is usually connected to the main conservator. Non-stationary
transformers usually have a separate conservator. The oil levels in the
conservator or other vessels must be determined using the sight glasses or
oil level indicators and must correspond to the temperature marks on the
display devices according to the insulation oil temperature. If the oil level is
too low, the reason for the oil loss must be removed and dried new oil must
be filled in. The oil type of the refilling oil is to be taken from the oil test
certificate or an oil sign attached to the transformer in case of transformers
with inhibited oil filling. The cable box, including mounting frame and cable
sleeve, must be checked for leakage.
On-load tap changer Regrease coupling forks, coupling hubs and cardan joints with rubber
sleeves, where required. Check supply bearing for tightness and for interior
corrosion after removal of the cover. Check shut-off gear (if present) for
tightness and interior corrosion after removing the cover, and verify correct
position of the end stops. The flanges at the tap changer head and supply
bearing must be checked for oil-tightness.
Conservator with pipes (external) Check all sliders, flanges, sealing points and welding seams for tightness
against oil.
The dehumidifier must breathe correctly. If the desiccant (desiccant beads)
discolors in the glass cylinder from the top (for colors, see safety datasheet),
the pipelines, conservator or glass cylinder are not tight.
Conservator (internal) Whether inner cleaning is required can be seen by examination of an oil
sample from the oil sump of the conservator. Disassemble man-hole cover at
the front of the conservator. Clean interior of the conservator with cleaning
agent.
Oil level indicators The oil levels in the conservator or other containers must be determined
using the inspection glasses or oil level indicators and must correspond to
the temperature marks on the display devices according to the insulation oil
temperature. If the oil level is not sufficient, the reason for the oil loss must
be removed and dried new oil must be filled in. The oil type of the refilling
oil is to be taken from the oil test certificate or output sign.
When glass tubes are used as oil level indicator, clean them as follows:
Turn valve handle into shut-off position at the lower part. After turning out
of the oil drain screw, empty isolation liquid from the oil level tube into a
clean vessel. Remove upper part of the conservator, remove oil-level tube
and clean with new transformer oil. Do not use any aggressive cleaning
agents. Reassemble in reverse order.
Current transformer box Integrated current transformers either must be connected to measuring
instruments or short-circuited, e.g. in the transport condition. Every
converter secondary coil must be earthed at a clamp pursuant to the circuit
diagram. The preferred clamp for earthing is the clamp "k".
Monitoring devices The inspection glasses and contact rooms must be inspected for tightness
and freedom from corrosion. Vents and water drains must be cleaned.
Function tests
Dehydrating breather To prevent moisture from entering the conservator, the desiccant must be
replaced already if the layer of discolored active material at the top only has
the following thickness:
- approx. 3 cm for dehumidifier A DIN 42 567;
- approx. 7 cm for dehumidifier A DIN 42 562;
For this, see maintenance item "Conservator with pipelines (outside)".
Buchholz relay Mechanical operation of the warning and trigger float is to be performed
according to the Buchholz relay device description. The warning function
(gas alarm) is inspected effectively with the circuit breakers inserted.
When the warning triggers, the warning signal has to be received by the
control center, the circuit breakers must not trip. When testing the trigger
function, the circuit breakers must trigger or the generator separation must
become effective.
The respective messages in the control center must be verified.
The directional arrow points from the transformer/reactor to the
conservator.
Oil sludge formation

Strong aging of the oil can be recognized by dark discoloration. Such oils will
precipitate oil sludge. It collects at the bottom of the Buchholz relay and
impairs the function of the vane and the lower float for switch-off.
Connection space
The test and connection space must be inspected for condensate formation.
The venting openings of the connection space must be permeable.
Test facility
The Buchholz relay is equipped with a test device that permits separate
functional control of the two contact systems from the outside even if the
relay casing is completely filled with oil.
Warning: Push test button

The warning function (gas alarm) is inspected effectively with the circuit
breakers inserted. When the warning triggers, the warning signal has to be
received by the control center, the circuit breakers must not trip. Another
test option for the warning signal is slow pumping of air though the venting
valve.
Switch-off
Slowly turn test button to the stop in the direction of the arrow, then slowly
press it.
The switch-off test is performed effectively with the circuit breakers
inserted. When turning back the test button into the initial position (against
the direction of the arrow), the mechanism is unlocked again. The
respective messages in the control center must be verified.

Contacts
The protective gas tubes must be checked for correct position, correct
triggering and good contact transfer. We recommend replacing the contact
tubes after 10 years of operation.
See document "Two-float Buchholz relay“.
Diverter switch protection The load control switch protection in newer transformers are load control
switch protection relays, while older transformers have a blast protection.
The functional test of the protective devices must be performed according to
the device description. Performance switch tripping, generator de-excitation
and signaling in the control center when the load control switch protection
devices trigger must be inspected.
When the load control switch protection devices trigger, the transformer
must be switched off. Switching to warning is not permissible.
Check the load diverter switch protection relay

Push test button. The transformer circuit breakers must trigger. Then unlock
by pressing the button "operation" or turning the test button counter-
clockwise by about 90°.
The load control switch protection relay can only be reset at the device.
Test the blast protection

The destruction blade lever or plunger in the blast protection must be
manually lifted until the integrated snap switch triggers and the circuit
breakers in the transformer trigger. The snap switch remains in the lock
position. Then pull the snap switch head from the trigger position to the
operating position stop again. Check distance between destruction blade
and membrane. The distance at normal oil level in the conservator must be
about 5 mm at a membrane diameter of ≤ 490 mm and about 15 mm at a
membrane diameter of > 490 mm.
Oil level monitor transformer main The oil level monitor function must be tested by pressing the alarm contacts.
compartment Specifically watch out for swapped lines for max and min contacts.
Oil level monitor on-load tap The oil level monitor function must be tested by pressing the alarm contacts.
changer compartment Specifically watch out for swapped lines for max and min contacts.
Dial thermometers Adjustment with stem-type thermometer
Document the set temperature and indicate if the oil or coil temperature
was measured.
Coil temperature
The converter circuits of the thermal images must be closed and must not be
opened when the transformer is under voltage. The jumpers at the
converter must be open.
Function test
Adjustment of the dial thermometer is performed by heating the
disassembled temperature sensor in the oil or water bath. Temperature is
controlled by a rod thermometer.
Resistance thermometer The resistance thermometer must be checked for function. The impedance
at 0 °C = 100 Ω.
Resistance increase = 0.38 Ω/K. Resistance of the measuring line must be
observed.
Temperature monitor setting Record set temperature in °C. Triggering of the contact is audible by a
"Click".
Oil circulation pumps Before commencing any work at the oil circulation pumps, ensure that they
were switched off and secured against reactivation.
Maintenance is essentially limited to monitoring the bearings lubricated by
the transported liquid. If the operating conditions permit, remove the
bearing and clean the bearing as well as all flow paths at intervals of approx.
2 years or when there are any noticeable irregularities.
Fans Inspection

Times indicated for required overhaul and maintenance work at fans can be
taken from the fan description in the operating manual or, for larger fan
types, the notice signs attached at the transformer close to the fan. In
particular, observe bearing lubrication and the terminal boxes being free of
condensate.
Cleaning
Clean the fan at intervals. Do not use a pressurized water jet!
If the temperature difference rises noticeably, cooler and protective grille
are contaminated and must be cleaned. In winter operation, observe ice
formation on the protective grille and open and arrest the frost flaps if
required.
Oil flow monitors The correct installation position of the oil flow monitors is visible by the cast-
in arrows. The contacts being established here is to be inspected at each oil
flow monitor by closing a corner valve with the pump running.
The function of other flow monitors can be inspected by closing a slide in
the main pipeline.
Air flow monitors Check contact of the air flow monitors. Contact can be achieved effectively
by covering the suction-side protective grille. Contaminated air flow
monitors must be cleaned.
Water flow monitors Check contact of the water flow monitors.
Leak monitors The leakage indicator function, in particular that of the floats as signaling
devices, must be verified by filling in spirit according to the device
description. Then ensure complete emptying and vaporizing of the test
liquid and attach the connection hoses between the cooler and leakage
indicator again.
Do not use water for testing due to danger of corrosion!
Fan and pump control Check that the control works according to the circuit diagram. Fans and
pumps must run perfectly.
Pressure relief device Check the pressure relief device for the transformer tank and, if present, for
the tap changer as well.
Test contacting the trigger elements remain in the trigger position. They
must be put in the operating position again after inspection at the device.
Cooling system The time of operation after which the coolers must be cleaned cannot be
indicated as a general value; the cleaning intervals to be determined mainly
depend on the local air and cooling water conditions. Cleaning of the cooler
is required at the latest when the oil temperature has a rising trend with the
transformer load and air or water entry temperature remaining the same.
Oil entry temperature / oil exit temperature

Read and record oil entry and exit temperature for each cooling circuit.
Monitor pressure on the oil and water sides of each cooling circuit. The oil
pressure must be larger than the water pressure at normal pipe coolers.
Water entry temperature / water exit temperature

Read and record cooling water entry and exit temperature for each cooling
circuit.
Current transformer Current transformer terminals
Integrated current transformers either must be connected to measuring
instruments or short-circuited, e.g. in the transport condition.
Current transformer earthing

Every converter secondary coil must be earthed at a clamp pursuant to the
circuit diagram. The preferred clamp for earthing is the clamp "K".
De-energized tap changer The tap changer must only be operated in the powered down condition of
the transformer. Otherwise, there is a danger of total damage!
For detailed instructions, see tap changer operating instructions (chapter 9).
Switching through all positions

Over time, the copper contact parts may coat with a layer of foreign matter
that may increase the temperature at the contacts. Therefore, it is
recommended to go through the complete setting range several times with
the tap changer at occasional breaks in operation of the transformer - at
least once annually - to clean the contacts of the foreign matter layer that
occurred in the meantime.
Interlocks
If electrical locking mechanisms are present, check their function, i.e. even
trying to operate the tap changer must switch off the transformer.
The end positions are mechanically secured. When the end position of the
tap changer is reached, further adjustment is only possible in the reverse
direction.
Drive
Operating the tap changer must be easily possible mechanically with the
hand-crank or by motor operation.
Checking the control cubicles Heating, lighting
Heating and illumination (door contact) must be checked for proper
function. The heating temperature must securely prevent condensate
formation! The thermostat of the cabinet heating must be set to approx.
20 °C.
Tightness
Switching cabinets must be water- and dust-tight according to their
protection type. Door seals and lock must not be damaged. Check and clean
casing vents if required.
Contact functions
Proper contacting pursuant to the circuit diagram must be warranted.
Wiring, ducts
Cover ducts and lines must be free of damage, wiring must not have any
aging damage.
Tap changer
Tap changer revision depends on Tap changer revision depends on switching numbers or duration of use. For
switching numbers or duration of this information, see the operating instructions of the tap changer (chapter
use 9).
Motor drive Switching through all positions
If the tap changer is operated less than 3,000 times per year or not moved
across the whole setting range, the complete setting range must be gone
through about 10 times with the transformer powered down for cleaning
the contacts.
Contactor control
Must be verified for proper function according to the circuit diagram.
Stops, mechanical and electrical

Mechanical inspection is to be performed first for safety reasons. Electrically
control the tap changer to the second to last position and then go to the end
position by turning the hand crank. If the hand crank is then turned on for
about 2 ½ rotations, the mechanic end stop must catch. Pressing the push-
button in the same control direction - after removing the hand-crank - must
not cause the drive to start up. Proceed accordingly in the opposite
direction. After mechanical inspection of the end stops, perform electrical
inspection. For this, switch to the motor drive end position. If further
impulses are generated the drive must not start up again; it must only start
if impulses are given in counter-direction. This test also needs to be

performed for both end positions.
Tap-to-tap interlock
To test the step control, operate the toggle or push-button S1 or S2 during
the complete run-time of an adjustment process. After switching the load
control switch, the motor drive must switch off independently. Further
adjustment must only take place after another impulse is given.
If the overrun lock in the motor drive or control center is a time relay to
switch off the drive's motor protection switch after approx. 8 sec after run-
time of 1 stage is exceeded, its function must be tested as well.
Anti-corrosion coating
See chapter 8.3.
Miscellaneous
Inspect the door seal and locking mechanism for tightness or damage.
Clean vents if required.
Check heating function, thermostat setting (approx. 20 °C) if applicable or
hygrostat if present.
Check the lighting.
Check the contact tracks and position indicators, as well as firm seat of all
terminal clamps on terminal rails.
Clean the motor drive if required..
In case of stronger mechanical vibrations transferred to the drive casing
from outside, check the seat of all screws and tighten them if required.
Oil examination
Gas-analysis examination For measuring the breakdown voltage, verification of chemical and physical
Gas-chromatography examination characteristics of the insulating liquid, taking of oil samples from the
transformer is required. Sampling is performed before commissioning of the
transformer, after extended operating duration or in case of interference.
Oil examinations are performed for the following oil spaces:
- Transformer tank
- Conservator
- Tap selector compartment
- Bushing compartment
- Cable box
- Condenser bushing (only in special cases on instructions of the bushing
manufacturer)
Cable box
Entry of moisture into the cable Check moisture content of the cable boxes filling compound (UD).
box filling compound of
compound-filled or the oil of oil-
filled cable terminal boxes
Moisture collecting in air-filled Any collected condensation must be able to run off.
cable cover hoods
Miscellaneous
Corrosion protection Timely repair of the top coat of paint generally makes it possible to avoid
replacing the complete paint coat.
For performance, see "Repair of coatings and zinc covers“.
Spark gaps, setting according to The protective spark gaps must be set according to the indications of the
dimension drawing dimension drawing or the respective binding stipulations. Increased
distances must be considered according to the stipulations when setting up
the transformer in altitudes exceeding 1,000 m. When over-voltage
deflectors are attached, the distance of the arcing horns is generally
increased or they are completely removed.
Sound absorption Inspect the sealing strips for completeness. Entering moisture will lead to
corrosion at the transformer/reactor and the sound absorption walls.
Earth connections (protective To avoid current loops, the transformer tank and any cooling system must
earth) be earthed with a sufficient line cross-section. The earthing screw must be
inspected for firm seal and re-tightened if required.
Gas test device The bottles with the test liquids "silver nitrate solution" and "palladium
chloride solution" are marked with the best before date. Using the test liquid
after the best before date may lead to falsification of the analysis of gas
samples.
Instructions pursuant to gas test device description (chapter 9).
Electrical tests
Electrical tests at transformers/reactors must be performed under consideration of relevant
safety provisions and assembly instructions applicable for them.
NOTE
Electrical tests are to be performed on demand but at least in a 5-year cycle.
Winding insulation resistance

Transformation measurement
No-load currents
Winding resistance
Dielectric dissipation factor at the According to device description based on the works test documents.
transformer / reactor
Dielectric dissipation factor at We recommend having these measurements performed by the transformer
condenser bushing or bushing manufacturer.
Electrical inspection of the For all electrical tests at accessories, ensure that the switching devices,
accessories accessories or monitoring devices in the measuring circuit are not
impermissibly strained and thus destroyed or damaged.
Insulation resistance of the wiring
Insulation resistance of the motors

8.2 Removing Leaks and Soldering Copper Lines

Repair work at live parts is generally prohibited at high-voltage systems. In exceptions,
leakage points in the danger area of live parts may be repaired if they are small, e.g. by
grouting, without powering down the transformer/reactor.
The decision must be made by construction management and should be confirmed in

writing due to the great risk.

1. Power down
8.2.1 Cleaning and marking of leaks

Localized leaks must be cleaned of oil and dirt with suitable cleaning agents. To mark the
leak, spray chalk spray on the cleaned area. This method can be generally used for
transformer tanks, pipe lines and compensation vessels.
8.2.2 Grouting
For small leaks in tank walls with a thickness of ≥ 8 mm, grouting may be sufficient. For this,
a die, mandrel or chisel is used to drive the material around the leak towards the hole as
evenly as possible.
ATTENTION
This way, the leak is only closed temporarily and must be welded as soon as possible.
Fig. 8-1 Grouting of leaks
8.2.3 Relieving pressure from the leak

Repair by cementing or welding must be prepared as follows:
Shut off or plug the supply lines (e.g. at the compensation container). Close any other
openings at the tank, tank cover and load control switch vessel. Then open the lowest
sampling valve or drain cock and drain insulating oil into a bucket or tray. Draining of
insulating oil at the tank bottom leads to a vacuum in the tank. The vacuum is the largest
above the oil level and drops to zero towards the exit height. When the tank is closed
completely, approx. 0.3 % of the overall oil volume may flow out. If more insulating oil flows
out, there is a leak somewhere that must be removed. Since the pressure outside of the tank
is higher than on the inside, no insulation oil flows out at the leak. However, air may be
sucked in through the leak. For larger transformers (> 40 MVA) or larger leaks, application of
a vacuum pump is appropriate. However, ensure that the tank is vacuum resistant, or too
high a vacuum may lead to permanent tank deformation. Corrugated sheet tanks are not
vacuum resistant!
Harp or radiator tank

If the tank or conservator is vacuum-resistant can be seen in the output and circuit sign.
Transformer tanks and conservator ≥ 10 MVA are usually vacuum resistant. If the
conservator is vacuum resistant, the vacuum pump can be connected to the conservator at
the highest point, i.e. at the dehumidifier pipeline. Otherwise, the insulating oil must be
drained so that no insulating oil enters the vacuum pump (observe volume reduction by tank
deformation!). Loosen the pipe line between the transformer and conservator and install
reduction flange with connection piece for the vacuum pump. Connect the vacuum pump.
Keep the vacuum at a level that will not lead to air being sucked into the leak.
If a load control switch vessel is present, it must be evacuated as well for pressure
compensation. Install reduction flange and vacuum pump downstream of the load control
switch vessel in this case.
8.2.4 Fire-protection measures for welding

Oil vapors may result and form an explosive and flammable mixture with air at a certain ratio
in case of overheating of insulation oil, e.g. during subsequent welding of oily or oil-filled
containers. Welding and soldering work with open flames at oil-filled or partially oil-filled - or
oily - transformer tanks, conservator, etc. therefore requires special safety measures, e.g.
filling with nitrogen or creation of a vacuum.
8.2.5 Welding
Prepare repair work well so that the time the insulting oil is subject to higher heat
development remains short. Comply with fire protection measures as described. Provide two
or more fire extinguishers with suitable extinguishing agent against oil fire (fire class B)
according to transformer size.
If the weld point is above the oil level, flush the clearance with nitrogen and open it against
overpressure.
8.2.6 Welding staff

Welding work must only be performed by trained and currently practiced welders -
preferably from the manufacturer’s plant. Welder examinations, e.g. pursuant to
DIN EN 287-1, may be taken as prerequisite for performing repairs, but do not replace
special training. If problems are expected, request precise instructions for the respective
special case from the manufacturer’s plant. Welding work at material temperatures of less
than 5 °C must be coordinated with the manufacturer’s plant.
8.2.7 Precautions for repairs at oil transformers after internal

damage
An electrical defect in the transformer will cause formation of flammable gases. They form
explosive gas mixes in connection with air. Smoking and handling of spark-generating tools
is therefore prohibited in the danger area. With the exception of taking of gas samples for
gas-chromatography examinations, measurements and tests at the transformer must only
be performed if it is ensured that all flammable gases have been removed by venting the
transformer or by flushing with oil or nitrogen.
In particular, no air but only nitrogen must be pressed in through the dehumidifier when
lowering the oil level after an electrical defect.
Before opening the transformer, remove nitrogen by evacuation and replace by dry
compressed air.
8.3 Corrosion Protection - Repair of Coatings and Zinc

Covers
Climatic influences and effects of chemically aggressive atmospheres usually cause slow but
continuous degradation in particular of the cover coating, so that it must be renewed every
5-10 years, or earlier at extreme strain.
The required repairs include cleaning of the coating surface and grinding off of the top layer,
repair of local damage and renewal of the top layer. If the coating films are strongly
hardened, apply an interim adhesive base before application of the cover coating that is
both well adhesive and has a good moisture resistance, because it is only painted over with
a single layer.
The colors used for the repair paint coats and paint repairs must be compatible with the old
coat of paint (see chapter 3.2.3 – safety data-sheets).
8.3.1 Surface preparation

Contamination of the paint surfaces must be removed. Oil-free and grease-free layers must
be removed with water, oils and solvents.
Tap off loosely adhesive layers, grind position to be repaired to the blank metal with sanding
paper and grind the edges to the remaining coating.
Then clean the repair place thoroughly of grinding residue.
8.3.2 Performance of paint work

The layers that were damaged or had to be removed at surface preparation must be
renewed. The repair and overhaul work for the coating must only be performed when the
weather is dry. The temperature must be at least 5 °C and surfaces wet from dew must not
be painted.
8.3.3 Application procedure

The coating can be repaired by painting or spraying. Painting usually can be performed at
the viscosity of the coating materials in their delivery condition, spraying requires an
addition of about 10 % thinner. Painting the top coat of paint must not lead to "patches".
Ensure that the top coat of paint is exactly flush with the visible edges of the areas to be
painted so that the repaired area is not obvious. Every layer must dry for 5 to 8 hours before
the next layer is applied.

8.3.4 Coating structure of the transformer

The coating structure for transformers/reactors is defined pursuant to TUN 901240.
· Coating structures (abbreviations): TUN 901240 chapter 3 (terms and definitions)
· Layer thicknesses of individual layers: TUN 901240 chapter 5.3.5
· Coating materials TUN 901240 chapter 5.3.1 (Appendix 1a – 1c)
· Inner coating (oil-side) of transformers and accessories: TUN 901240 chapter 5.3.9
8.3.5 Performance of coating

Repair of micaceous iron ore coatings is difficult because the color brightness varies for each
application type due to the flake-like pigment. Applying the coating materials with a brush
additionally leads to slightly patchy surfaces. "Spraying" is a much more suitable application
type.
For 2K-coatings, the original diluents of the coating suppliers must be used.
8.3.6 Zinc coatings

The following measures must be taken when there is any mechanical damage to zinc
coatings:
· Remove loosely adhesive zinc layer in the area of the damage. Grind damaged area with
sanding paper until it shows blank metal, and then thoroughly clean it from grinding
residue.
· Repair the damaged point with zinc dust coating.
Zinc dust coating material

· Binder basis: Epoxy resin
· Pigment basis: Zinc dust
Two layers must be applied the minimum layer thickness must be 80 µm. After application of
the zinc dust coating, interim and top coating must be applied pursuant to instructions.

9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and

Accessories
All part numbers indicated in these operating instructions (= position in the dimension
drawing) refer to the part numbers in the dimension drawing and numbering plan except
where indicated differently.
9.1 Iron Core

The iron core has an approximately circular cross-section in the leg-set and yoke and consists
of cold-rolled, high-alloy sheet with magnet pull direction. The sheets are applied with a
heat-resistant special insulation, cut diagonally without burrs and layered overlapping in the
edge area (step-lap layers). The leg-set sheets are bonded in the edge areas and pressed
with tape bindings. The yoke sheets are pressed by the pressing plates with glass-fiber
devices or yoke pressing bolts. Cooling gaps are integrated in the core and yoke in parallel to
the direction of the layer.
9.2 Coils
The coils are made of concentrically aligned coil groups and supported against the yokes.
The insulation of the twisted or massive conductors consists of oil-soaked paper with
electrical stability.
Paper insulation thickness is dimensioned according to the voltage load. Coils with parallel
conductors are twisted. Coils with a rated voltage of 110 kV or more are partially or
completely interleaved. The insulation between the coils and against the core or yoke
consists of cylinders and shaped parts made of transformer board.
The coils are equipped with capacity rings. In axial direction, the coils are clamped between
the press plates with supports made of insulating material; pressing is performed by internal
pull rods.
All control lines in the transformer are short-circuit proof and supported voltage-safely.
S1+S2: High voltage main winding

P: Public winding
R: High voltage regulating winding
TW: Low voltage winding
Fig. 9-1 Principle arrangement

9.3 Tank and Cover

The tank (conventional build) is made of steel sheet and welded oil-tightly. Sheet
thicknesses and reinforcements are dimensioned for 100 % vacuum. All welding was
performed by qualified personnel. The cover is designed as a panel cover and screwed to the
tank with a rubber seal.
This sealing system is based on the use of rubber seals in furrows. It consists of an oil- and
heat-resistant synthetic rubber NBR (or equal).
CAUTION
If the cover screw is insulated, it must not be bridged by any additional conversions.

2 Cover flange
3 Rubber seal (sealing cord - oval)
4 Tank flange
Fig. 9-2 Tank-cover-connection (schematic diagram)
All tank or cover attachment parts are placed in the dimension drawing.
Transport options:
Work steps Reference points Position in the dimension drawing
Lifting with hydraulic lifters 4 Lifting points 770
Lifting with crane 4 Lifting eyes 501
Pulling longitudinally 4 Pull eyes 775
Pulling transversely 4 Pull eyes 775
Console for land transport
Tab. 9-1 Transport options
9.4 Conservator
ATTENTION
The conservator is vacuum-proof
The conservator compartment volumes are designed based on maximum oil expansion.
The conservator can be structured in several compartments.

For transformers with on-load tap changer, at least two compartments are required at all
times, the main compartment and the on-load tap changer compartment.
The structure by main and on-load tap changer compartment prevents contamination of the
insulating oil by pollutants that may result from switching the on-load tap changer.
9.4.1 Main compartment

A Buchholz relay is installed in the connection line between cover and conservator. Right
before and after the Buchholz relay, there are sliders that must be opened during operation.
The main compartment is equipped with a breathing pocket to prevent the oil from taking
up oxygen and to thus protect it from oxidation and moisture intake.
9.4.2 On-load tap changer compartment

A protective relay is installed in the connection line between load control switch and
conservator compartment.
To protect the insulation oil against contamination by oil sludge from the conservator, the
oil line protrudes several centimeters into the conservator. The connection line for the
dehydrating breather ends right below the highest point of the conservator space.
Hand holes are intended for cleaning the conservator compartments.
All attachment parts are placed in the dimension drawing.

9.5 Earthings
9.5.1 Core earthing

The iron core is installed insulated in the tank and connected to the core earthing bushings
in one place with a copper rope. The earth connection is established outside the tank and
can be loosened for insulation impedance measurement.
1 Bushings 1kV. 400 A

2 Earth terminal
3 Flexible conductor
4 Pressing plate
5 Shield
6 Cover
7 Earthing clip
8 Tank wall
Fig. 9-3 Example of core earthing
9.5.2 Tank earthing

2 earthing connections pursuant to DIN 46011 each are present at each of the four tank
corners, close to the tank bottom.
9.5.3 Cooling system earthing

2 earthing connections pursuant to DIN 46011 each are present at each support of the front
cooling system close to the bottom.

9.6 Tap Changer

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
On-load tap changer
Position in the 201
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: MR, Germany
Type: VRFI 1001-300/C-10193W
Position range: ± 10 %
Number of steps: ±8
Number of positions: 17
Rated current: 1000 A
Operating instructions: VACUTAP VR operating instructions 54 0 2017.12
5817043/00
Connection diagram: 5812335_00 1 0 2017.11
Pressure relief device

Manufacturer: Messko, Germany
Type: LMPRD-20psi
Moter drive
Position in the 230
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: MR,Germany
Type: ED100L
Operating instructions: TAPMOTION ED operating instructions 60 BA138/07 2016.11
Digital signal transfer device SC001 30 1800153/0 2014.7
operating instructions 4
Circuit diagram: 5812790_00 9 0 2017.11
Protection relay
Position in the 805
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: MR,Germany
Type: RS 2001
Monitoring relay
Manufacturer: EMB
Type: 16 (25/10-26)
Operating instructions: Monitoring relay for tap changers 12 BA07/01/14
/02
Dimension drawing: Q05 03 341 1/1 2017.11
ATTENTION
For the contact types of the protective and monitoring devices, please see the circuit
diagram.
WARNING

On-load tap changers (OLTC) must only be operated by instructed and authorized
specialists.
A live transformer must never be switched directly from the motor operation cabinet of the
OLTC/ the load control switch. The OLTC/ the load control switch must only be operated via
remote control from a secure control center.
While persons are standing close to a live transformer, e.g. during commissioning and
maintenance, no controlling operations must be performed at the load control switch.
The transformer operator is asked to indicate any damage, injury or accidents in
connection with OLTC to Siemens manufacturer’s plant without delay.
Before connection or manipulation at the contacts (terminals), verify voltage freeness on
all sides and all pins.

Motor-Drive Unit
TAPMOTION® ED
Operating Instructions
138/07 EN
© All rights reserved by Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen
Dissemination and reproduction of this document and use and disclosure of its content are strictly prohibited
unless expressly permitted.
Infringements will result in liability for compensation. All rights reserved in the event of the granting of patents,
utility models or designs.
The product may have been altered since this document was published.
We reserve the right to change the technical data, design and scope of supply.
Generally the information provided and agreements made when processing the individual quotations and orders
are binding.
The original operating instructions were written in German.
Table of contents
Table of contents
1 Introduction......................................................................................................................... 6
1.1 Manufacturer....................................................................................................................................... 6
1.2 Supporting documents......................................................................................................................... 6
1.3 Safekeeping......................................................................................................................................... 6
1.4 Notation conventions........................................................................................................................... 6
1.4.1 Symbols................................................................................................................................................................. 7
1.4.2 Hazard communication system............................................................................................................................. 8
1.4.3 Information system................................................................................................................................................ 9
2 Safety................................................................................................................................. 10
2.1 General safety information................................................................................................................ 10
2.2 Appropriate use................................................................................................................................. 10
2.3 Inappropriate use............................................................................................................................... 11
2.4 Personnel qualification...................................................................................................................... 11
2.5 Operator's duty of care...................................................................................................................... 11
2.6 Personal protective equipment.......................................................................................................... 12
2.7 Protective devices in the motor-drive unit.......................................................................................... 13
2.8 Drying transformer............................................................................................................................. 13
2.8.1 Drying transformer in autoclave.......................................................................................................................... 13
2.8.2 Drying transformer in its own tank....................................................................................................................... 13
3 Product description.......................................................................................................... 14
3.1 Scope of delivery............................................................................................................................... 14
3.2 Function description.......................................................................................................................... 14
3.3 Type designation............................................................................................................................... 14
3.4 Design............................................................................................................................................... 15
3.4.1 Indication field..................................................................................................................................................... 17
3.4.2 Anti-condensation heater.................................................................................................................................... 17
3.4.3 Swing frame/terminal rail..................................................................................................................................... 17
3.4.4 Position transmitter equipment............................................................................................................................ 19
3.4.5 Transmission gear cover plate............................................................................................................................ 19
4 Packaging, transport and storage................................................................................... 21

4.1 Packaging.......................................................................................................................................... 21
4.1.1 Suitability............................................................................................................................................................. 21
Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH 2016 138/07 EN TAPMOTION® ED 3

Table of contents
4.1.2 Markings.............................................................................................................................................................. 21
4.2 Transportation, receipt and handling of shipments............................................................................ 22
4.3 Storage of shipments......................................................................................................................... 23
4.4 Unpacking shipments and checking for transportation damages...................................................... 24
5 Mounting............................................................................................................................ 25
5.1 Fitting motor-drive unit on transformer.............................................................................................. 25
5.2 Mounting drive shafts and bevel gear................................................................................................ 28
5.3 Centering on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit......................................................................... 28
5.4 Cable recommendation..................................................................................................................... 35
5.5 Installing electrics for motor-drive unit............................................................................................... 36
6 Commissioning................................................................................................................. 38
6.1 Starting up motor-drive unit............................................................................................................... 38
6.2 Tests on motor-drive unit................................................................................................................... 39
6.2.1 Checking correct electric switch-off..................................................................................................................... 39
6.2.2 Checking mechanical and electric end stop of on-load tap-changer/off-circuit tap-changer and motor-drive unit
............................................................................................................................................................................ 40
6.2.3 Checking tripping of motor protective switch....................................................................................................... 40
6.3 Tests on the transformer................................................................................................................... 41
6.3.1 High-voltage tests on the transformer................................................................................................................. 41
6.3.2 Dielectric tests on transformer wiring.................................................................................................................. 42
6.4 Transporting transformer to the operating site.................................................................................. 42
6.5 Commissioning the transformer at the operating site........................................................................ 43
7 Operation........................................................................................................................... 44
7.1 Operating the motor-drive unit remotely............................................................................................ 44
7.2 Operating motor-drive unit locally...................................................................................................... 44
7.3 Actuating motor-drive unit with hand crank....................................................................................... 45
7.4 Checking motor-drive unit.................................................................................................................. 46
8 Fault elimination................................................................................................................ 47
8.1 Safety instructions............................................................................................................................. 47
8.2 General information........................................................................................................................... 48
8.3 Fault in the environment of the motor-drive unit................................................................................ 48
8.4 Fault in the motor-drive unit when the switching operation has not ended........................................ 48
8.5 Fault in the motor-drive unit after the switching operation is ended correctly.................................... 49
8.6 Hand crank operation in the event of faults....................................................................................... 50
4 TAPMOTION® ED 138/07 EN Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH 2016

Table of contents
9 Inspection and maintenance............................................................................................ 51

9.1 Care................................................................................................................................................... 51
9.2 Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 51
9.3 Maintenance...................................................................................................................................... 51
10 Disassembly...................................................................................................................... 53
11 Special motor-drive unit models..................................................................................... 55
12 Technical data................................................................................................................... 56
12.1 Technical data for TAPMOTION® ED............................................................................................... 56
12.2 Technical data for position transmitter equipment............................................................................. 56
13 Appendix............................................................................................................................ 58
13.1 TAPMOTION® ED-L, protective housing (898802)........................................................................... 58
13.2 TAPMOTION® ED-S, protective housing (898801).......................................................................... 59

1 Introduction
1 Introduction
This technical file contains detailed descriptions on the safe and proper in-
stallation, connection, commissioning and monitoring of the product.
It also includes safety instructions and general information about the prod-
uct.
This technical file is intended solely for specially trained and authorized per-
sonnel.
1.1 Manufacturer
The product is manufactured by:
Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH
Falkensteinstraße 8
93059 Regensburg, Germany
Tel.: (+49) 9 41/40 90-0
Fax: (+49) 9 41/40 90-7001
E-mail: sales@reinhausen.com
Further information on the product and copies of this technical file are avail-
able from this address if required.
1.2 Supporting documents

The following documents also apply in addition to this technical file:
▪ Connection diagrams
▪ Routine test report
▪ Supplement
Also observe generally valid legislation, standards, guidelines and specifica-

tions on accident prevention and environmental protection in the respective
country of use.
1.3 Safekeeping
Keep this technical file and all supporting documents ready at hand and ac-
cessible for future use at all times.
1.4 Notation conventions

This section contains an overview of the symbols and textual emphasis
used.

1 Introduction
1.4.1 Symbols
Symbol Meaning
Wrench size
Tightening torque
Number and type of fastening material used
Fill with oil
Cut open, cut through
Clean
Visual inspection
Use your hand
Adapter ring
Apply a coat of paint
Use a file
Grease
Coupling bolt
Use a ruler
Use a saw
Hose clip

1 Introduction
Symbol Meaning
Wire eyelet, safety wire
Use a screwdriver
Apply adhesive
Lock tab
Table 1: Symbols
1.4.2 Hazard communication system

Warnings in this technical file are displayed as follows.
1.4.2.1 Warning relating to section
Warnings relating to sections refer to entire chapters or sections, sub-sec-

tions or several paragraphs within this technical file. Warnings relating to
sections use the following format:
WARNING Type and source of danger

Consequences
► Action
► Action
1.4.2.2 Embedded warning information
Embedded warnings refer to a particular part within a section. These warn-

ings apply to smaller units of information than the warnings relating to sec-
tions. Embedded warnings use the following format:
DANGER! Instruction for avoiding a dangerous situation.
1.4.2.3 Signal words and pictograms
The following signal words are used:
Signal Meaning
word
DANGER Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.

1 Introduction
Signal Meaning
word
WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in injury.
NOTICE Indicates measures to be taken to prevent damage to
property.
Table 2: Signal words in warning notices
Pictograms warn of dangers:
Pictogram Meaning
Warning of a danger point
Warning of dangerous electrical voltage
Warning of combustible substances
Warning of danger of tipping
Table 3: Pictograms used in warning notices
1.4.3 Information system

Information is designed to simplify and improve understanding of particular
procedures. In this technical file it is laid out as follows:
Important information.

2 Safety
2 Safety
2.1 General safety information

The technical file contains detailed descriptions on the safe and proper in-
stallation, connection, commissioning and monitoring of the product.
▪ Read this technical file through carefully to familiarize yourself with the
product.
▪ Particular attention should be paid to the information given in this chap-
ter.
2.2 Appropriate use

If used as intended and in compliance with the requirements and conditions
specified in this technical document as well as with the warnings in this tech-
nical document and attached to the product, then the product does not pres-
ent any danger to people, property or the environment. This applies through-
out the product's entire life, from delivery through installation and operation
to disassembly and disposal.
The operational quality-assurance system ensures a consistently high quali-

ty standard, particularly in regard to the observance of health and safety re-
quirements.
The following is considered appropriate use:

▪ Only operate the product in accordance with this technical file and the
agreed delivery conditions and technical data.
▪ Use the equipment and special tools supplied solely for the intended
purpose and in accordance with the specifications of this technical file.
▪ Use the product only with the transformer specified in the order.
▪ You will find the standard valid for the product and the year of issue on
the nameplate.
▪ The serial numbers of on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-changer
and on-load tap-changer accessories / de-energized tap-changer acces-
sories (drive, drive shaft, bevel gear, protective relay, etc.) must match if
these products are supplied as a set for one order.
▪ Electrically operate the motor-drive unit remotely during normal opera-
tion.
▪ In special operating cases (such as during maintenance tasks) the mo-
tor-drive unit can also be operated electrically on site via control switch
S3.
▪ Never operate the motor-drive unit electrically or with the hand crank be-
fore the transformer has been disconnected if you think there may be a
fault in the transformer or on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-
changer. For more information, refer to the "Troubleshooting" [► 47]
chapter.

2 Safety
▪ The provided hand crank is for activating the motor-drive unit during in-
stallation and tests in the transformer plant or during maintenance tasks
if the transformer has been disconnected.
▪ For details about using the hand crank in emergency operation when
the transformer is energized, refer to the "Operation" [► 44] chapter.
▪ Only connect the device to circuits with an external overcurrent protec-
tion device and an all-pole isolating device so that the equipment can be
fully de-energized if required (for service, maintenance, etc.).
2.3 Inappropriate use

Use is considered to be inappropriate if the product is used other than as de-
scribed in the Appropriate use section. Please also note the following:
▪ Risk of explosion and fire from highly flammable or explosive gases, va-
pors, or dusts. Do not operate product in areas at risk of explosion.
▪ Unauthorized or inappropriate changes to the product may lead to per-
sonal injury, material damage, and operational faults. Only modify prod-
uct following discussion with Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH.
2.4 Personnel qualification

The product is designed solely for use in electrical energy systems and facili-
ties operated by appropriately trained staff. This staff comprises people who
are familiar with the installation, assembly, commissioning and operation of
such products.
2.5 Operator's duty of care

To prevent accidents, disruptions and damage as well as unacceptable ad-
verse effects on the environment, those responsible for transport, installa-
tion, operation, maintenance and disposal of the product or parts of the prod-
uct must ensure the following:
▪ All warning and hazard notices are complied with.
▪ Personnel are instructed regularly in all relevant aspects of operational
safety, the operating instructions and particularly the safety instructions
contained therein.
▪ Regulations and operating instructions for safe working as well as the
relevant instructions for staff procedures in the case of accidents and
fires are kept on hand at all times and are displayed in the workplace
where applicable.
▪ The product is only used when in a sound operational condition and
safety equipment in particular is checked regularly for operational relia-
bility.
▪ Only replacement parts, lubricants and auxiliary materials which are au-
thorized by the manufacturer are used.
▪ The specified operating conditions and requirements of the installation
location are complied with.

2 Safety
▪ All necessary devices and personal protective equipment for the specific
activity are made available.
▪ The prescribed maintenance intervals and the relevant regulations are
complied with.
▪ Installation, electrical connection and commissioning of the product may
only be carried out by qualified and trained personnel in accordance
with this technical file.
▪ The operator must ensure appropriate use of the product.
2.6 Personal protective equipment

Personal protective equipment must be worn during work to minimize risks to
health.
▪ Always wear the personal protective equipment required for the job at
hand.
▪ Follow information about personal protective equipment provided in the
work area.
Always wear
Protective clothing
Close-fitting work clothing with a low
breaking strength, with tight sleeves and
with no protruding parts. It mainly serves
to protect the wearer against being caught
by moving machine parts.
Safety shoes
To protect against falling heavy objects
and slipping on slippery surfaces.
Table 4: Personal protective equipment to be worn at all times
Wear the following in spe- Special personal protective equipment

cial environments is needed in special environments.
The choice of equipment depends on
the circumstances.
Safety glasses
To protect the eyes from flying parts and
splashing liquids.
Hard hat
To protect from falling and flying parts and
materials.

2 Safety
Wear the following in spe- Special personal protective equipment

cial environments is needed in special environments.
The choice of equipment depends on
the circumstances.
Hearing protection
To protect from hearing damage.
Protective gloves
For protection from mechanical, thermal,
and electrical hazards.
Table 5: Personal protective equipment to be worn in special environments
2.7 Protective devices in the motor-drive unit

The following protective devices are fitted in the motor-drive unit:
▪ End stop device (mechanical and electric)
▪ Device protecting against unintentional passage
▪ Motor protection device
▪ Protection against accidental contact
2.8 Drying transformer
2.8.1 Drying transformer in autoclave

Observe the following information when drying the transformer in a auto-
clave.
NOTICE Damage to drive and on-load tap-changer/off-circuit tap-chang-

er!
If the drive is dried in an autoclave, the drive and on-load tap-changer/off-
circuit tap-changer may be damaged.
► Do not dry drive in an autoclave.
2.8.2 Drying transformer in its own tank

If you dry the transformer in its own tank, the drive can remain attached to
the transformer during drying.

3 Product description
This chapter contains an overview of the design and function of the product.
3.1 Scope of delivery

The motor-drive unit is packaged with protection against moisture and is de-
livered as follows:
▪ Motor-drive unit
▪ Product documentation
Please note the following:

1. Check the shipment for completeness on the basis of the shipping docu-
ments.
2. Store the parts in a dry place until installation.
3. The product must remain in its airtight, protective wrapping and may on-
ly be removed immediately before installation.
3.2 Function description

The motor-drive unit adjusts the operating position of on-load tap-changers
in regulating transformers to the individual operating requirements.
The tap-change operation is activated by starting the motor-drive unit (a sin-

gle control impulse triggered, for example, by a voltage regulator of the
TAPCON®-series). This operation is always completed regardless of any
other control pulses emitted during the tap-change operation. In the standard
design, the next tap-change operation can only proceed once all control de-
vices have reached their resting positions.
Behavior in the event of a voltage interruption
Should the voltage be interrupted during an on-load tap-change operation,

once the voltage supply returns, the motor-drive unit completes the started
on-load tap-change operation.
3.3 Type designation

The various basic designs of the TAPMOTION® ED are clearly identified by
explicit product definitions.
Type desig- Description Variants

nation
ED 100-ST Product designation Electric Drive
ED 100-ST Transmission gear de- 100 or 200 (depending on
sign the torque required)
ED 100-ST Protective housing de- S = small protective housing
sign L = large protective housing

Type desig- Description Variants

nation
ED 100-ST Special applications … = none
C = Plunger coil design
T = TAPCON® or
TAPGUARD®
ED 100-S-ISM Special application ISM = "Integrated Smart
Module"
for recording, aggregating
and interpreting data on the
transformer
Table 6: Type designation
3.4 Design
This chapter contains an overview of the design of the motor-drive unit.

Components not described here in detail are described in the motor-drive

unit's technical data.
Figure 1: Motor-drive unit, open
1 Protective housing cover 9 S3 control switch

2 Viewing window for indication 10 Swing frame/anti-condensa-
field tion heater
3 Fixing lug 11 Indication field
4 Ground connection 12 Nameplate
5 Output shaft 13 Motor protective switch Q1
6 Hand-crank aperture with 14 Document pocket
hand-crank interlock switch
7 Hand lamp 15 Transmission-gear cover plate
8 Hand crank

3.4.1 Indication field

A clear indication field is fitted in the motor-drive unit. Pointer and operations
counter are mechanically driven and indicate the tap-change operation se-
quence and operating position of the motor-drive unit. The reset wheel on
the operations counter is lead-sealed at the factory.
Figure 2: Indication field
1 Tap position indicator 3 Tap-change indicator: Shows

the current position of the
control cam (33 tap-change
indicator sections per operat-
ing position)
2 The two drag hands indicate 4 The mechanical operations
the regulating range currently counter shows the overall
used number of tap-change opera-
tions
3.4.2 Anti-condensation heater

The anti-condensation heater is designed as a panel heater which also acts
as the front cover of the swing frame.
The design of the motor-drive unit and panel heater ensures that air circu-
lates inside the motor-drive unit and therefore that there is a constant interior
temperature which is always higher than the outside temperature.
3.4.3 Swing frame/terminal rail

The swing frame protects all electrical and mechanical parts of the motor-
drive unit behind the swing frame against accidental contact.

The terminal rail behind the swing frame makes electrical connection of the
motor-drive unit a simple task. The wiring is easily connected using vertically
arranged cap rails with the corresponding installed terminal bars.
Figure 3: Terminal rail
1 Swing frame 4 Cable duct

2 Position transmitter module 5 Cap rail
3 Terminal bar X1 6 Opening for cable entry
(sealed by base plate)

3.4.4 Position transmitter equipment
NOTICE Damage to the on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit!

Damage to on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit due to incorrect use of
position transmitter equipment!
► Only circuits stated in the chapter Technical data for position transmitter
equipment [► 56] may be connected to the position transmitter mod-
ule connections.
► The switchover point of the position transmitter equipment in the motor-
drive unit is not the same as the switchover point of the diverter switch
operation. This depends on the type of diverter switch. This fact should
be noted when project planning the locking circuits between the motor-
drive unit and external equipment (e.g. transformer circuit breaker).
► For external monitoring, locking, and control purposes, it is not there-
fore the position transmitter equipment but the "Tap changer in opera-
tion" position transit contact shown in the connection diagram that
should be used.
The position transmitter equipment is used to indicate the operating position

of the on-load tap-changer/off-circuit tap-changer when idle.
The remote display is available in various versions.
The position transmitter module for connection by the customer is located on

the terminal rail [► 17].
For more information about the position transmitter equipment, see Techni-
cal data for position transmitter equipment [► 56].
3.4.5 Transmission gear cover plate
WARNING Danger of death and severe injury from electrical voltage!

Danger of death and severe injury from electrical voltage if the transmission
gear cover plate is not fitted.
► Never start up motor-drive unit without transmission gear cover plate.

The touch-protected transmission-gear cover plate features an opening for

the hand crank used in manual mode.
Transmission-gear cover plate

4 Packaging, transport and storage
4.1 Packaging
The products are sometimes supplied with a sealed packaging and some-
times also dried depending on what is required.
A sealed packaging surrounds the packaged goods on all sides with plastic
foil. Products that have also been dried are identified by a yellow label on the
sealed packaging.
The information in the following sections should be applied as appropriate.
4.1.1 Suitability
NOTICE Property damage due to incorrectly stacked crates!

Stacking the crates incorrectly can lead to damage to the packaged goods!
► Only stack up to 2 equally sized crates on top of one another.
► Do not stack crates above a height of 1.5 m.
The packaging is suitable for undamaged and fully functional means of

transportation in compliance with local transportation laws and regulations.
The packaged goods are packed in a stable crate. This crate ensures that
when in the intended transportation position the packaged goods are stabi-
lized to prevent impermissible changes in position, and that none of the parts
touch the loading surface of the means of transport or touch the ground after
unloading.
A sealed packaging surrounds the packaged goods on all sides with plastic
foil. The packaged goods are protected from humidity using a desiccant. The
plastic foil is bonded after the drying agent is added.
4.1.2 Markings
The packaging bears a signature with instructions for safe transport and cor-
rect storage. The following symbols apply to the shipment of non-hazardous
goods. Adherence to these symbols is mandatory.
Protect Top Fragile Attach lifting Center of

against gear here mass
moisture
Table 7: Shipping pictograms

4.2 Transportation, receipt and handling of shipments
WARNING Danger of death and damage to property!

Danger of death and damage to property due to tipping or falling load!
► Transport crate only when closed.
► Do not remove the mounting material used in the crate during transport.
► Only trained and appointed persons may select the sling gear and se-
cure the load.
► Do not walk under the hanging load.
► Use means of transport and lifting gear with a sufficient carrying capaci-
ty in accordance with the weight stated on the delivery slip.
In addition to oscillation stress and shock stress, jolts must also be expected
during transportation. In order to prevent possible damage, avoid dropping,
tipping, knocking over and colliding with the product.
If a crate tips over, falls from a certain height (e.g. when slings tear) or expe-
riences an unbroken fall, damage must be expected regardless of the
weight.
Every delivered shipment must be checked for the following by the recipient
before acceptance (acknowledgment of receipt):
▪ Completeness based on the delivery slip
▪ External damage of any type.
The checks must take place after unloading when the crate or transport con-
tainer can be accessed from all sides.
Visible damage If external transport damage is detected on receipt of the shipment, proceed
as follows:
▪ Immediately record the transport damage found in the shipping docu-
ments and have this countersigned by the carrier.
▪ In the event of severe damage, total loss or high damage costs, immedi-
ately notify the sales department at Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen and
the relevant insurance company.
▪ After identifying damage, do not modify the condition of the shipment
further and retain the packaging material until an inspection decision
has been made by the transport company or the insurance company.
▪ Record the details of the damage immediately onsite together with the
carrier involved. This is essential for any claim for damages!
▪ Photograph damage to packaging and packaged goods. This also ap-
plies to signs of corrosion on the packaged goods due to moisture inside
the packaging (rain, snow, condensation).
▪ NOTICE! Be absolutely sure to also check the sealed packaging. If the
sealed packaging is damaged, do not under any circumstances install or
commission the packaged goods. Either dry the dried packaged goods
again as per the operating instructions for the relevant on-load tap-

changer/de-energized tap-changer or contact Maschinenfabrik Reinhau-

sen GmbH to agree on how to proceed with drying. If this is not done,
the packaged goods may be damaged.
▪ Name the damaged parts.
Hidden damage When damages are not determined until unpacking after receipt of the ship-
ment (hidden damage), proceed as follows:
▪ Make the party responsible for the damage liable as soon as possible by
telephone and in writing, and prepare a damage report.
▪ Observe the time periods applicable to such actions in the respective
country. Inquire about these in good time.
With hidden damage, it is very hard to make the transportation company (or
other responsible party) liable. Any insurance claims for such damages can
only be successful if relevant provisions are expressly included in the insur-
ance terms and conditions.
4.3 Storage of shipments
Packaged goods dried by Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen
Upon receipt of the shipment, immediately remove the packaged goods

dried by Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen from the sealed packaging and store
air-tight in dry insulating oil until used if the packaged goods were not sup-
plied in oil.
Non-dried packaged goods
Non-dried packaged goods but with a functional sealed packaging can be

stored outdoors when the following conditions are complied with.
When selecting and setting up the storage location, ensure the following:
▪ Protect stored goods against moisture (flooding, water from melting
snow and ice), dirt, pests such as rats, mice, termites and so on, and
against unauthorized access.
▪ Store the crates on timber beams and planks as a protection against ris-
ing damp and for better ventilation.
▪ Ensure sufficient carrying capacity of the ground.
▪ Keep entrance paths free.
▪ Check stored goods at regular intervals. Also take appropriate action af-
ter storms, heavy rain or snow and so on.
Protect the packaging foil from direct sunlight so that it does not disintegrate
under the influence of UV rays, which would cause the packaging to lose its
sealing function.

If the product is installed more than 6 months after delivery, suitable meas-
ures must be taken without delay. The following measures can be used:
▪ Correctly regenerate the drying agent and restore the sealed packaging.
▪ Unpack the packed goods and store in suitable storage space (well ven-
tilated, as dust-free as possible, humidity < 50 % where possible).
4.4 Unpacking shipments and checking for transportation

damages
▪ NOTICE! Transport the packaged crate to the place where installation
will take place. Do not open the sealed packaging until just before instal-
lation. If this is not done, damage to the packaged goods may occur due
to ineffectively sealed packaging.
▪ WARNING! When unpacking, check the condition of the packaged
goods.Secure packaged goods in an upright crate from tipping out. If
this is not done, the packaged goods may be damaged and serious inju-
ries may result.
▪ Check completeness of supplementary parts on the basis of the delivery
slip.

5 Mounting
5 Mounting
This chapter describes how to correctly install and connect the device.
WARNING Risk of severe injury or death!

An energized transformer and energized on-load tap-changer components
can cause death or serious injuries when installing the motor-drive unit!
► Ensure de-energized state of transformer and on-load tap-changer
components during the installation of the motor-drive unit.
5.1 Fitting motor-drive unit on transformer

1. Fit 4 stud bolts (not supplied by MR) to transformer tank. The arrange-
ment and diameter of the fixing lugs can be found in the drawings in the
Annex [► 58].
Figure 4: Stud bolt
2. NOTICE! Fit the drive vertically to the transformer tank so that its output
shaft is exactly aligned with the vertical shaft of the bevel gear. If this is
not done, the drive may be damaged.
The assembly holes for this purpose are located externally on the protective
housing's fixing lugs.

5 Mounting
Figure 5: Fitting drive
3. NOTICE! Secure drive without warping or deforming. If this is not done,

the drive and drive shaft may be damaged and a lot of noise may be
produced.
Figure 6: Securing the drive
4. Vibration dampers (MR special design) must be used for transformers

where the motor-drive unit is subject to vibration.

5 Mounting
5. Connect the grounding screw of the motor-drive protective housing to

the transformer tank. It is essential that a CUPAL washer is placed be-
tween the cable shoe and connecting lug. The aluminum side of the CU-
PAL washer must be facing the connecting lug.
Figure 7: Grounding screw
6. Connect main protective conductor to protective conductor terminal on

terminal bar X1 (minimum connection cross-section 2.5 mm2).
Figure 8: Main protective conductor

5 Mounting
5.2 Mounting drive shafts and bevel gear

The process of mounting the drive shafts and bevel gear is described in the
installation and commissioning instructions for the on-load tap-changer.
5.3 Centering on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit
WARNING Danger of death or severe injury!

Danger of death or severe injury due to motor-drive unit starting up by acci-
dent and due to electric voltage!
► Before starting any coupling work make sure that the motor protective
switch is tripped.
► Carry out any adjustment work in manual mode only.
► When manually operating the motor-drive unit only use the hand crank
provided for this purpose.
► Note that the hand crank safety switch causes a 2-pole disconnection
of the motor circuit but that the control circuit is not interrupted.
NOTICE Damage to property!

The on-load tap-changer will be damaged by incorrectly centering the mo-
tor-drive unit.
► Do not perform more than 250 tap-change operations on the on-load
tap-changer. If more than 250 tap-change operations are performed,
completely fill oil compartment with insulating oil and lubricate sliding
surfaces of contacts on selector and selector gear with insulating oil.
The following steps for centering on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit
do not apply to the DEETAP® DU and COMTAP® ARS. The process for
centering motor-drive unit and DEETAP® DU or COMTAP® ARS is descri-
bed in the relevant operating instructions.
One on-load tap-change operation is represented by one rotation of the tap-

change indicator. This indicator is divided into 33 tap-change indicator sec-
tions each of which corresponds to one hand crank revolution in the stan-
dard motor-drive unit design. The time of the switchover depends on the on-
load tap-changer/de-energized tap-changer type, but is always 2 tap-change
indicator sections before the area marked in gray on the tap-change indica-
tor at the latest.

5 Mounting
To center the on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit, proceed as follows.

1. NOTICE! Move on-load tap-changer/de-energized tap-changer and the
motor-drive unit into adjustment position before commencing any adjust-
ment work. Ensure that tap position indicators for the motor-drive unit
and on-load tap-changer/de-energized tap-changer match. Otherwise
damage to the on-load tap-changer and transformer may result.
Figure 9: Adjustment position

5 Mounting
2. Attach the hand crank in the motor-drive unit to the shaft end located in
the upper cover plate. This activates a hand crank interlock switch which
disconnects the motor circuit at 2 poles.
Figure 10: Hand crank
3. Turn the hand crank clockwise until the diverter switch operation begins.
When turning the hand crank, observe the tap-change indicator which
mechanically reflects the progress of the tap-change operation.
Figure 11: Turning the hand crank until the diverter switch operation begins

5 Mounting
4. Once the diverter switch operation begins, turn the hand crank in the
same direction while counting the sections required for the pointer to
reach the mid-position of the area marked in gray on the tap-change in-
dicator. Note the number counted (value A) and the direction of rotation
(example: A=2).
Figure 12: Counting the tap changes needed to reach the mid-position
5. If value A is greater than 8 tap-change indicator sections, the tap-

change operation has been completed correctly. If value A is less than 8
tap-change indicator sections, turn another 8-A tap-change indicator
sections in the same direction (example: 8-2=6) to complete the tap-
change operation. Then turn in the opposite direction until the pointer is
in the mid-position of the area marked in gray on the tap-change indica-
tor.
Figure 13: Completing diverter switch operation

5 Mounting
6. Turn the hand crank counter-clockwise until the diverter switch opera-
tion begins.
Figure 14: Turning hand crank in the opposite direction
7. Once the diverter switch operation begins, turn the hand crank in the
same direction while counting the sections required for the pointer to
reach the mid-position of the area marked in gray on the tap-change in-
dicator. Note the number counted (value B) and the direction of rotation
(example: B=5).
Figure 15: Counting tap-change indicator sections needed to reach the mid-position
8. If value B is greater than 8 tap-change indicator sections, the tap-

change operation has been completed correctly. If value B is less than 8
tap-change indicator sections, turn another 8-B tap-change indicator
sections in the same direction (example: 8-5=3) to complete the tap-

5 Mounting
change operation. Then turn in the opposite direction until the pointer is
in the mid-position of the area marked in gray on the tap-change indica-
tor.
Figure 16: Completing diverter switch operation
9. If the values obtained for A and B are identical, the on-load tap-changer
and the motor-drive unit are correctly coupled (a slight imbalance of
maximum 1 tap-change indicator section is permitted). If the values ob-
tained for A and B are different, establish correction value C by halving
the difference between A and B: C=|(A-B) x 0.5|
Example: C=|(2-5) x 0.5|=|-1.5|=1.5
Also take numbers after the decimal point into account.
10. If the correction value |C| is less than 0.5 tap-change indicator section,
no further actions are required. Refer to point 18 for how to proceed
next.
11. Use hand crank to perform one on-load tap-change operation up to the
diverter switch action in the direction with the higher value A or B (exam-
ple: counter-clockwise because B > A).
12. After the diverter switch action, continue turning another 8 hand crank
revolutions in the same direction to correctly complete the tap-change
operation.

5 Mounting
13. Uncouple motor-drive unit and vertical drive shaft by removing coupling
brackets. After uncoupling, don't turn drive shaft any further.
Figure 17: Uncoupling motor-drive unit and drive shaft
14. Operate the motor-drive unit using the hand crank in same direction,
continuing by C tap-change indicator sections on the tap-change indica-
tor (example: 1.5 tap-change indicator sections).
15. Couple motor-drive unit and on-load tap-changer by refitting the vertical
drive shaft (tightening torque 9 Nm). Do not turn drive shaft and output
shaft of bevel gear and motor-drive unit any further.
16. Continue to turn in the same direction while counting the sections re-
quired for the pointer to reach the mid-position of the area marked in
gray on the tap-change indicator. Note the number counted (value A)
and the direction of rotation. If value A is greater than 8 tap-change indi-
cator sections, the tap-change operation has been completed correctly.
If value A is less than 8 tap-change indicator sections, turn another 8-A
tap-change indicator sections in the same direction (example: 8-4=4) to

5 Mounting
complete the tap-change operation. Then turn in the opposite direction

until the indicator is in the mid-position of the area marked in gray on the
tap-change indicator. Check coupling again as described previously.
17. The pointer of the tap-change indicator must be in the mid-position of
the area marked in gray once the on-load tap-change operation with the
hand crank is complete.
Figure 18: Indicator in mid-position
18. Once coupling is complete in both directions, check by undertaking sev-

eral on-load tap-change operations and check that the on-load tap-
changer and motor-drive unit are in the same tap position.
5.4 Cable recommendation

Electromagnetic interference on signal lines, which can be expected due to
the environment of the transformer, can disrupt the proper operation of the
motor-drive unit.
That is why Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH recommends using shield-

ed signal lines when possible.
NOTICE Damage to the device!

Current flow through the shielding of signal lines can lead to the device get-
ting damaged.
► For signal lines between the motor-drive unit and transformer, connect
the shielding of the signal line to the motor-drive unit only.
► For all other signal lines, connect the shielding on both sides, as long
as there is no potential difference between the two devices. If there is a
potential difference, then connect the shielding only on one side for
these signal lines, too.
Circuit Function Cable type

Motor circuit Power supply Unshielded, separate cable
Control circuit Power supply Unshielded, separate cable
Tap-change supervisory control Shielded
Pulse circuit, raise/lower Shielded
Trigger circuit Q1-Off Shielded

5 Mounting
Circuit Function Cable type

Monitoring circuit Temperature sensor Shielded
Signaling circuits Signal transmission Shielded
Cross wiring between motor- Power supply Unshielded, separate cable
drive units
Tap-change supervisory control Shielded
Pulse circuit, raise/lower Shielded
Trigger circuit Q1-Off Shielded
Table 8: Recommendation for connection cable
5.5 Installing electrics for motor-drive unit

An energized transformer and energized on-load tap-changer components
could cause death or serious injuries when installing the electrics!
► Adherence to the following safety precautions is mandatory.
The device may only be connected to circuits with an external overcurrent

protection device and an all-pole isolating device so the equipment can be
fully de-energized if required (service, maintenance etc.).
Suitable equipment includes isolating devices in accordance with IEC

60947-1 and IEC60947-3 (e.g. circuit breaker). When selecting the circuit
breaker type, the properties of the relevant circuits (voltage, maximum cur-
rents) must be observed. The following should also be noted during installa-
tion:
▪ It must be easy for the operator to access the isolating device
▪ The isolating device must be labeled for the device and circuits to be
isolated
▪ The isolating device must not be part of the power line
▪ The isolating device must not interrupt the main protective conductor
Unless specified otherwise, the connections for the supply circuits must have
a conductor cross-section of at least 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG).
The voltage supply for the motor-drive unit must be able to provide 5…7
times the nominal operating current of the motor-drive unit for one second.
A voltage tolerance of -20…+10% of the nominal voltage must be observed

to avoid damage to the drive.
Proceed as follows to electrically connect the motor-drive unit:

1. Switch off voltage supply.
2. Lock voltage supply to prevent unintentional restart.

5 Mounting
3. Make sure everything is de-energized.

4. Visibly ground and short circuit motor-drive unit.
5. Cover or cordon off adjacent energized parts.
6. Connect motor-drive unit in accordance with connection diagrams pro-
vided in the document pocket. Observe the supply voltages (motor cir-
cuit, control circuit, heating circuit) and connection assignments stated
in the connection diagram.
Figure 19: Example: Standard terminal block X1
7. When operating the motor-drive unit, ensure that a current correspond-

ing to that stated in the Technical data chapter (load capacity of micro-
switches, see page [► 56]) flows across the micro-switches in the mo-
tor-drive unit at all times to ensure correct functioning of the switches.

6 Commissioning
6 Commissioning
6.1 Starting up motor-drive unit

Proceed as follows to electrically start up the motor-drive unit.
Preparation
1. Make sure that the motor-drive unit is connected as shown in the con-
nection diagram provided.
2. Ensure that all protective conductors are connected correctly.
3. Ensure that the preliminary fuse is selectively configured for the protec-
tive devices in the motor-drive unit.
4. Ensure that motor-drive unit and on-load tap-changer are correctly cou-
pled and the operating positions of the motor-drive unit and on-load tap-
changer match.
5. Ensure that the hand crank is not inserted in the hand crank aperture.
6. Ensure that the motor protective switch and control circuit fuse are disa-
bled.
Commissioning
1. Apply voltage to motor-drive unit.
2. Measure voltage and frequency of motor circuit at terminal X1 and com-
pare with details on nameplate. The details must match.
3. As an option with separate control-circuit supply: Measure voltage and
frequency of control circuit at terminal X1 and compare with details on
nameplate. The details must match.
4. As an option with separate heating-circuit supply: Measure voltage of
heating circuit at terminal X1 and compare with details on connection di-
agram. The details must match.
5. As an option with three-phase motor: Make sure that voltage applied to
the connection terminals has a clockwise phase sequence.
6. As an option with DC motor: Make sure that the motor voltage has the
right polarity.
7. Engage motor protective switch and fuses for control circuit and heating
circuit (if present).
ð LED of voltage monitor and LED of thermostat (if present) on rear
of swing frame must light up green.
If you have successfully completed the above steps, you can undertake the
following tests on the motor-drive unit and transformer. Please contact Ma-
schinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH if anything is not clear or you encounter
problems during commissioning.

6 Commissioning
6.2 Tests on motor-drive unit
WARNING Electric shock!

Risk of severe injury or death due to electrical voltage!
► The relevant safety instructions must be observed.
► Make sure that the motor-drive unit is correctly connected as shown in
the connection diagrams provided.
► Make sure that the supply voltage is matched to the technical data of
the motor-drive unit.
► Provide protection against accidental contact before energizing the
drive. The transmission gear cover plate must be fitted and the motor
and swing frame closed.
► Ensure that the motor-drive unit and on-load tap-changer/de-energized
tap-changer are correctly coupled and that they are in the same tap po-
sition for each operating position.
Please contact Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH (MR) if any aspect of

the tests is not clear.
6.2.1 Checking correct electric switch-off

1. Change over motor-drive unit by moving control switch S3.
2. Check that the pointer of the tap-change indicator stops within the gray
field after completing a tap-change operation.
3. Carry out this test in both directions.

6 Commissioning
6.2.2 Checking mechanical and electric end stop of on-load tap-

changer/off-circuit tap-changer and motor-drive unit
1. Press the S3 control switch to switch the motor-drive unit to the second-
to-last operating position.
Figure 20: S3 control switch
2. Open motor-drive unit door and switch off motor protective switch Q1
(position O).
3. Using the hand crank, operate the motor-drive to move it to its last oper-
ating position. If the last operating position isn't reached, check coupling
between on-load tap-changer/de-energized tap-changer and motor-drive
unit.
4. Continue turning the motor-drive unit in the same direction with the hand
crank until the motor-drive unit is mechanically blocked.
5. Turn back motor-drive unit with hand crank to mid-position of tap-
change indicator.
6. Remove the hand crank.
7. Switch on motor protective switch Q1 (position I).
8. Check that the motor-drive unit no longer starts up when the S3 switch
is turned further in the same operating direction as under item 1.
9. Perform check for both end positions.
6.2.3 Checking tripping of motor protective switch

Proceed as follows to check tripping of the motor protective switch:
ü The motor protective switch Q1 is switched on (position I).
1. Close X1:14 - X1:15 Q1 OFF connection to trip the motor protective
switch.
ð The motor protective switch is tripped (position O). If the motor pro-
tective switch is not tripped, contact Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen
GmbH.
2. Switch on motor protective switch again (position I).
ð The tripping of the motor protective switch is checked.

6 Commissioning
6.3 Tests on the transformer

Please contact Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH (MR) if any aspect of
the tests is not clear.
6.3.1 High-voltage tests on the transformer

Danger of death or severe injury from explosive gases under the on-load
tap-changer head cover, in the pipework system, in the oil conservator, at
the dehydrating breather opening, and from flying parts and hot oil splash-
ing!
► Ensure that there are no naked flames, hot surfaces or sparks (for ex-
ample caused by static charging) in the immediate surroundings and
that none occur.
► Ensure that the oil compartment of the on-load tap-changer is com-
pletely filled with oil.
► Only use conductive and grounded hoses, pipes, and pump equipment
that are approved for flammable liquids.
► Ensure that all protective devices for the on-load tap-changer are ready
for use.
► Use suitable personal protective equipment/clothing.
► Keep away from the danger area during the transformer test.
► Observe applicable fire protection regulations.
► Make sure that only trained technicians perform work on the transform-
er.
It is essential that you ensure only trained, instructed expert personnel who
are familiar with and comply with the pertinent safety and technical regula-
tions, who are aware of the potential risks, and who consistently use the oc-
cupational safety equipment provided to prevent injury and property damage
are assigned to perform such a transformer test.
Note the following points before undertaking high voltage tests on the trans-
former:
▪ Ensure that the ground connections on the motor-drive protective hous-
ing and protective housing fastening are free of paint.
▪ Only perform high voltage test if motor-drive unit door is closed.
▪ Disconnect external connections to electronic components in the motor-
drive unit to prevent damage from overvoltage.
▪ When connecting the motor-drive unit's supply voltage, only use the ca-
ble bushings in the protective housing base intended for lead insertion.

6 Commissioning
▪ Guide all ground connecting leads to one central connection point (es-
tablishment of suitable reference earth).
▪ Disconnect all electronic components before the high voltage test. Be-
fore a wiring dielectric test, remove all devices with a withstand voltage
of < 1,000 V.
▪ Remove leads used for testing before the high voltage test as these
function as antennas.
▪ Wherever possible, route the measurement and data leads separately
from the energy cables.
Contact the manufacturer if you have any questions about possible sources
of danger.
6.3.2 Dielectric tests on transformer wiring

Note the following points for dielectric tests on the transformer wiring:
The motor-drive unit is put through dielectric tests before delivery.

► Before the dielectric test for the transformer wiring, disconnect drive
from the section to be tested to rule out increased component loading
for those components fitted in the motor-drive unit.
6.4 Transporting transformer to the operating site

If you have to remove the drive to transport the transformer, proceed as fol-
lows:
1. Ensure that the drive and the on-load tap-changer/de-energized tap-
changer are in the adjustment position.
2. Remove the drive (see page [► 53]).
3. Do not actuate the drive while the on-load tap-changer/de-energized
tap-changer is not coupled and do not turn the output shaft.
4. Do not actuate an on-load tap-changer/de-energized tap-changer which
is not coupled and do not turn its drive shaft.
5. Transport the drive to the installation site in the MR delivery packaging.
6. Fit the drive and drive shaft to the transformer at the installation site in
accordance with the respective instructions and check for correct cou-
pling and centering.

6 Commissioning
6.5 Commissioning the transformer at the operating site

Damage to on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit due to condensate in
protective housing of motor-drive unit!
► Always keep protective housing of the motor-drive unit tightly closed.
► In the event of downtimes prior to initial commissioning of more than 8
weeks or operation interruptions of more than 2 weeks, connect and
operate the anti-condensation heater in the motor-drive unit. If this is
not possible (e.g. during transportation), place a sufficient amount of
dehydrating agent in the protective housing.

Damage to on-load tap-changer and motor-drive unit due to incorrect use of
position transmitter equipment!
► Only circuits stated in the chapter Technical data for position transmitter
equipment [► 56] may be connected to the position transmitter mod-
ule connections.
► The switchover point of the position transmitter equipment in the motor-
drive unit is not the same as the switchover point of the diverter switch
operation. This depends on the type of diverter switch. This fact should
be noted when project planning the locking circuits between the motor-
drive unit and external equipment (e.g. transformer circuit breaker).
► For external monitoring, locking, and control purposes, it is not there-
fore the position transmitter equipment but the "Tap changer in opera-
tion" position transit contact shown in the connection diagram that
should be used.
1. Before commissioning the transformer, start up the motor-drive unit (see

page [► 38]).
2. WARNING! Before commissioning the transformer, repeat the tests
on the motor-drive unit. Only start up transformer once you have per-
formed all the tests (see page [► 39]). Otherwise, there is the risk of fa-
tal injury.

7 Operation
7 Operation
7.1 Operating the motor-drive unit remotely

Operate the motor-drive unit remotely during normal operation.
You can do this with a single control pulse, e.g. using a voltage regulator of
the TAPCON® series.
This operation is always completed regardless of any other control pulses

emitted during the tap-change operation. In the standard design, the next
tap-change operation can only proceed once all control devices have
reached their resting positions.
Behavior in the event of a voltage interruption
If the voltage is interrupted during a tap-change operation, the motor-drive

unit will complete the started tap-change operation once the voltage supply
returns.
7.2 Operating motor-drive unit locally

In special operating cases (such as during maintenance tasks) the motor-
drive unit can also be operated electrically on site via control switch S3.
In exceptional cases, the unit can be operated using a hand crank. You will
find more information in the following section.

7 Operation
7.3 Actuating motor-drive unit with hand crank
WARNING Danger of explosion!

Unauthorized operation of the motor-drive unit with the hand crank may re-
sult in death or serious injury.
► Never operate the motor-drive unit electrically or with the hand crank
before the transformer has been disconnected if you think there may be
a fault in the transformer or on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-
changer.
► Never use the hand crank to complete a tap-change operation that has
begun electrically, but has not been ended completely.
► If the hand crank is difficult to move, you must stop using it.
► When operating the motor-drive unit with the hand crank, never reverse
the direction of rotation.
► If there is any doubt about the on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-
changer being in proper working condition or about the cause of a fault
in the motor-drive unit, contact the Technical Service department of Ma-
schinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH immediately.
► To operate the motor-drive unit manually, only use the hand crank
mounted in the motor-drive unit.
For information about fault rectification, refer to the "Troubleshooting"

[► 47] chapter.
Normal operation
During normal operation, there is no need to operate the unit with the hand
crank. The hand crank is mainly required during installation or for tests in the
transformer plant.
Use of the hand crank for operating the motor-drive unit is permitted if the
transformer is disconnected, e.g. for maintenance tasks, if there is no detect-
able fault on the transformer or on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-
changer and the previous tap-change operation has been ended correctly.
Emergency operation exception
An operation is considered an emergency operation if a tap-change opera-

tion is absolutely necessary when a transformer is energized, despite a fault
in the motor-drive unit. In this case, be sure to observe the warnings listed
above.
Operating motor-drive unit with hand crank
To carry out a tap-change operation with the hand crank, proceed as follows:
1. Open door of protective housing of motor-drive unit.
2. Switch off motor protective switch Q1 (position 0).

7 Operation
3. Insert the hand crank mounted in the motor-drive unit into the hand
crank aperture in the upper cover plate.
ð The built-in hand crank interlock switch interrupts the motor circuit
at two poles. The control circuit will not be interrupted.
4. NOTICE! Turn in one direction with the hand crank until the pointer has
fully circled the tap-change indicator once and is again in the mid-posi-
tion of the area marked in gray on the tap-change indicator. Otherwise
the tap-change operation is not completed correctly, which may result in
damage to the on-load tap-changer and transformer.
ð The tap-change operation is complete.
5. Take off hand crank and return to bracket.
6. Switch on motor protective switch Q1 (position I).
7. Close door of protective housing of motor-drive unit.
7.4 Checking motor-drive unit

Checking the motor-drive unit is limited to occasional visual checks. For effi-
ciency reasons these visual checks can be combined with the usual checks
on the transformer.
Check the following:

▪ Gaskets of protective housing of motor-drive unit
▪ Correct functioning of the installed electrical heater in the protective
housing of the motor-drive unit
Contact Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH if the gaskets or heating are

not in perfect condition.

8 Fault elimination
8 Fault elimination
8.1 Safety instructions

Danger of death or severe injury from explosive gases in the on-load tap-
changer / de-energized tap-changer, in the pipework system, at the dehy-
drating breather opening and from flying parts and hot oil splashing!
► If a protective device has been tripped or you suspect a fault, first check
the transformer, on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-changer and
motor-drive unit. Never operate the motor-drive unit electrically or with
the hand crank beforehand as long as the transformer is energized.
► Do not resume operation until the troubleshooting has been completed.
► Make sure that only trained technicians perform the work.
► Use suitable personal protective equipment/clothing.
► Ensure that there are no naked flames, hot surfaces or sparks (for ex-
ample caused by static charging) in the immediate surroundings and
that none occur.
► Ensure that all safety equipment for the on-load tap-changer / de-ener-
gized tap-changer is ready for use.
► Ensure that the oil compartment of the on-load tap-changer is correctly
filled with oil as per the instructions.

8 Fault elimination
8.2 General information

Document each fault, even if it is easy to rectify.
In the event of faults on the on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-changer

or motor-drive unit, which cannot be easily and immediately corrected on
site, or if a protective device has been tripped, please inform your authorized
MR representative, the transformer manufacturer or contact us directly at:
Technical Service
Postfach 12 03 60
93025 Regensburg
Germany
Phone: +49 94140 90-0
Fax: +49 9 41 40 90-7001
E-mail: service@reinhausen.com
Internet: www.reinhausen.com
8.3 Fault in the environment of the motor-drive unit

Error pattern Action
No change in voltage on transform- ▪ Contact MR
er despite change in position on
motor-drive unit
Noises on drive shaft or motor- ▪ Ensure that the motor-drive
drive unit when changing tap posi- unit is attached correctly, in ac-
tion cordance with the "Assembly"
[► 25] chapter.
▪ Make sure that the drive shaft
including protective cover is
assembled correctly, in ac-
cordance with the operating in-
structions for the on-load tap-
changer / de-energized tap-
changer.
Table 9: Fault in the environment of the motor-drive unit
8.4 Fault in the motor-drive unit when the switching operation

has not ended
If the motor-drive unit stops and if the arrow of the tap-change indicator does
not point in the area highlighted in gray (see the "Indication field" [► 17] sec-
tion, Position 3), then the switching operation has not been ended correctly.

8 Fault elimination
This is a stationary state that is not allowed and must be rectified im-
mediately. If you cannot rectify the fault immediately, switch off the trans-
former. Contact the Technical Service department at Maschinenfabrik Rein-
hausen GmbH immediately.
If you notice a fault in the motor-drive unit right away, you should immediate-
ly start troubleshooting as described in the following table.

Tripping of the motor protective ▪ Hand crank operation is pro-
switch Q1 hibited
▪ Switch on Q1 only once
▪ If Q1 does not trigger again
and if no other fault is present,
the motor-drive unit automati-
cally ends the switching opera-
tion that was started.
▪ If Q1 is tripped again, do not
attempt any more switching
operations and contact MR.
Interruption of the supply voltage to ▪ Hand crank operation is pro-
the motor-drive unit or motor con- hibited
troller ▪ Reestablish the voltage supply
▪ Once the voltage supply re-
turns, the motor-drive unit au-
tomatically ends the switching
operation that was started.
Component defect in the motor- ▪ Hand crank operation is pro-
drive unit hibited
▪ Contact MR
Table 10: Fault in the motor-drive unit when the switching operation has not been
ended
8.5 Fault in the motor-drive unit after the switching operation is

ended correctly
Tripping of the motor protective ▪ Switch on Q1
switch Q1
Interruption of the supply voltage to ▪ Reestablish the voltage supply
the motor-drive unit or motor con-
troller
Component defect in the motor- ▪ Contact MR
drive unit
Table 11: Fault in the motor-drive unit after the switching operation is ended correctly

8 Fault elimination
8.6 Hand crank operation in the event of faults
Hand crank operation in the event of faults
An operation is considered an emergency operation if a tap-change opera-

tion is absolutely necessary when a transformer is energized, despite a fault
in the motor-drive unit.
WARNING Danger of explosion!

Unauthorized operation of the motor-drive unit with the hand crank may re-
sult in death or serious injury.
► Never operate the motor-drive unit electrically or with the hand crank
before the transformer has been disconnected if you think there may be
a fault in the transformer or on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-
changer.
► Never use the hand crank to complete a tap-change operation that has
begun electrically, but has not been ended completely.
► If the hand crank is difficult to move, you must stop using it.
► When operating the motor-drive unit with the hand crank, never reverse
the direction of rotation.
► If there is any doubt about the on-load tap-changer / de-energized tap-
changer being in proper working condition or about the cause of a fault
in the motor-drive unit, contact the Technical Service department of Ma-
schinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH immediately.
► To operate the motor-drive unit manually, only use the hand crank
mounted in the motor-drive unit.
For a detailed description of operation using the hand crank, refer to the
"Operation" [► 44] chapter.

9 Inspection and maintenance

This chapter contains information about inspecting and maintaining the prod-
uct.
9.1 Care
You can clean the outside of the motor-drive unit's protective housing with a
damp cloth. You can clean the inside of the protective housing with a dry
cloth.
9.2 Inspection
Check the tripping of the motor protective switch from the control room at
least once a year.
Proceed as follows:
ü The motor protective switch Q1 is switched on (position I).
1. Trip the motor protective switch from the control room.
ð The motor protective switch is tripped (position O). If the motor pro-
tective switch is not tripped, check the switch's connection to the
control room and if necessary contact Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen
GmbH.
2. Switch on motor protective switch again (position I).
ð The tripping of the motor protective switch from the control room is
checked.
9.3 Maintenance
Maintenance of the motor-drive unit is not required. The condition of the mo-
tor-drive unit and its correct function must however be checked in accord-
ance with the section "Checks on the motor-drive unit" (see page [► 39])
each time the on-load tap-changer is maintained.
Furthermore, certain components of the motor-drive unit (e.g. cam switch,

relay, contactor) have to be replaced every 1 million tap-change operations.
Contact the Technical Service department of Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen
GmbH for this.
We strongly recommend having on-load tap-changer maintenance and mo-

tor-drive unit checks carried out by our Technical Service department. If this
route is taken, in addition to the correct performance of all work, certain com-
ponents will be upgraded to the latest state of technology and manufacturing
status.
If the maintenance and checks are not carried out by our Technical Service
department, please ensure that the personnel who carry out the mainte-
nance are trained by MR or are otherwise suitably qualified to carry out the
work. In such cases, we would ask you to forward to us a report on the main-
tenance performed so we can update our maintenance files. For inquiries

about spare parts, please provide the serial number (see name plate on on-
load tap-changer and motor-drive unit) and the number of tap-change opera-
tions.
Technical Service

Technischer Service
Postfach 12 03 60
93025 Regensburg
Germany
Phone: +49 94140 90-0
Fax: +49 9 41 40 90-7001
E-mail: service@reinhausen.com
Internet: www.reinhausen.com

10 Disassembly
10 Disassembly
The safe disassembly of the motor-drive unit is described below.
WARNING Risk of severe injury or death!

An energized transformer and energized on-load tap-changer and motor-
drive unit components can cause death or serious injuries during disassem-
bly!
► Switch off voltage supply.
► Lock voltage supply to prevent unintentional restart.
► Make sure everything is de-energized.
► Cover or cordon off adjacent energized parts.
To disassemble the motor-drive unit, proceed as follows:

1. Remove horizontal drive shaft and protective tube between bevel gear
and motor-drive unit.
Figure 21: Disassembling protective tube and horizontal drive shaft
2. Connect lifting gear to fixing lugs on motor-drive unit.

3. Remove the nuts for fastening the motor-drive unit.

10 Disassembly
4. WARNING! Disassemble and lower the motor-drive unit using the

lifting gear. While doing so, ensure that the lifting gear cable angle does
not fall below 45° in relation to the horizontal. If this is not done, the mo-
tor-drive unit may be damaged and serious injuries may result.
ð The motor-drive unit is disassembled.

11 Special motor-drive unit models
11 Special motor-drive unit models

The standard design of the motor-drive unit can be modified to accommo-
date specific operating requirements.
Feature Special equipment in motor-

drive unit
VACUTAP® VT Recovery time delay (60 s)
On-load tap-changer with change- Star-delta monitoring
over selector for star-delta change-
over operation
Furnace and electrolysis operation Additional input terminals for “oper-
ation without step-by step switch”
Thermostat for on-load tap-chang- Temperature monitoring with break
ers contact for the control circuit
Higher maximum number of operat- Control gear + on-load tap-change
ing positions position indicator for 70 operating
positions
Control gear + on-load tap-change
position indicator for 105 operating
positions
Special on-load tap-changer ar- Control gear for ABC arrangement
rangement: ABC arrangement
Temperature range: Externally located control elements
- 40 °C to - 25 °C Main switch for disconnecting all
circuits except the heating circuit
Thermostatically controlled addi-
tional heater
Temperature monitoring depending
on oil used
Temperature range: Modified heater control system
+ 50 °C to + 60 °C Sunroof
Additional special options available
upon request
Table 12: Special designs

12 Technical data
12 Technical data
12.1 Technical data for TAPMOTION® ED

The technical data applies to the standard design and may vary depending
on the design delivered. Subject to change without prior notice.
Motor-drive unit ED 100-S/L ED 200-S/L

Motor power 0.75 kW 2.0 kW 2.2 kW
Power supply of motor circuit 3 AC/N 230/400 V
Current approx. 1.9 A approx. 5.2 approx. 6.2 A
A
Frequency 50 Hz
Synchronous speed 1,500 rpm
Rotations of the drive shaft per tap-change 16.5
operation
Duration of the tap-change operation approx. 5.4 s
Rated torque on the drive shaft 45 Nm 90 Nm 125 Nm
Rotations of the hand crank per tap-change 33 54
operation
Maximum number of operating positions 35
Voltage supply for control circuit and heater AC 230 V
circuit
Power consumption of the control circuit 100 VA/25 VA
(control / operation)
Heating power 50 W for ED 100/200 S
60 W for ED 100/200 L
Load capacity of micro-switches Switching capacity: 100 W
AC voltage/current intensity: 250 V AC 100 mA…4 A
DC voltage/current intensity: 220 V DC 10 mA…250 mA
Temperature range (ambient temperature) - 25 °C to + 50 °C
Protection from foreign objects and water IP 66 in accordance with DIN EN 60529
Test voltage to ground 2 kV/60 s
Weight maximum 130 kg
Table 13: Technical data for TAPMOTION® ED
12.2 Technical data for position transmitter equipment
Resistance-type position transmitter module
Standard resistance: 10.0 Ω (0.6 W, +/-1 %) per tap position
The number of desired operating positions determines the number of loaded

resistors.

12 Technical data
The decisive power loss of the position transmitter module is 0.6 W because
in the worst-case scenario only one resistor is energized. The supply voltage
should not exceed DC 220 V. If your setup is more demanding, please con-
tact Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen.
Position transmitter module with N/O contact range (break-before-make

contact)
AC: 250 V, 0.5 A (resistive loading)
DC: 220 V, 0.2 A (resistive loading)
Minimum voltage level for signal and data processing: 24 V
Position transmitter module with N/O contact range, (make-before-

break-type)
AC, DC: 250 V, 0.02 A (resistive loading)
AC, DC: 24 V, 0.20 A (resistive loading)
Position transmitter module with N/O contact range, 10 A (make-before-

break-type) for controlling current matching transformer in industrial
applications.
AC, DC: 250 V, 10 A (resistive loading)
Position transmitter module, diode matrix
DC: 220 V, 0.2 A (resistive loading)

13 Appendix
13 Appendix
13.1 TAPMOTION® ED-L, protective housing (898802)

13 Appendix
13.2 TAPMOTION® ED-S, protective housing (898801)

MR worldwide
Australia Malaysia
Reinhausen Australia Pty. Ltd. Reinhausen Asia-Pacific Sdn. Bhd
17/20-22 St Albans Road Level 11 Chulan Tower
Kingsgrove NSW 2208 No. 3 Jalan Conlay
Phone: +61 2 9502 2202 50450 Kuala Lumpur
Fax: +61 2 9502 2224 Phone: +60 3 2142 6481
E-Mail: sales@au.reinhausen.com Fax: +60 3 2142 6422
E-Mail: mr_rap@my.reinhausen.com
Brazil
MR do Brasil Indústria Mecánica Ltda. P.R.C. (China)
Av. Elias Yazbek, 465 MR China Ltd. (MRT)
CEP: 06803-000 开德贸易（上海）有限公司
Embu - São Paulo 中国上海浦东新区浦东南路 360 号
Phone: +55 11 4785 2150 新上海国际大厦 4 楼 E 座
Fax: +55 11 4785 2185 邮编： 200120
E-Mail: vendas@reinhausen.com.br 电话：＋ 86 21 61634588
传真：＋ 86 21 61634582
Canada 邮箱：mr-sales@cn.reinhausen.com
Reinhausen Canada Inc. mr-service@cn.reinhausen.com
3755, rue Java, Suite 180
Brossard, Québec J4Y 0E4 Russian Federation
Phone: +1 514 370 5377 OOO MR
Fax: +1 450 659 3092 Naberezhnaya Akademika Tupoleva
E-Mail: m.foata@ca.reinhausen.com 15, Bld. 2 ("Tupolev Plaza")
105005 Moscow
India Phone: +7 495 980 89 67
Easun-MR Tap Changers Ltd. (Joint Venture) Fax: +7 495 980 89 67
612, CTH Road E-Mail: mrr@reinhausen.ru
Tiruninravur, Chennai 602 024
Phone: +91 44 26300883 South Africa
Fax: +91 44 26390881 Reinhausen South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
E-Mail: service@easunmr.com No. 15, Third Street, Booysens Reserve
Johannesburg
Indonesia Phone: +27 11 8352077
Pt. Reinhausen Indonesia Fax: +27 11 8353806
German Center, Suite 6310, E-Mail: support@za.reinhausen.com
Jl. Kapt. Subijanto Dj.
BSD City, Tangerang South Korea
Phone: +62 21 5315-3183 Reinhausen Korea Ltd.
Fax: +62 21 5315-3184 21st floor, Standard Chartered Bank Bldg.,
E-Mail: c.haering@id.reinhausen.com 47, Chongro, Chongro-gu,
Seoul 110-702
Iran Phone: +82 2 767 4909
Iran Transfo After Sales Services Co. Fax: +82 2 736 0049
(Joint Venture) E-Mail: you-mi.jang@kr.reinhausen.com
Zanjan, Industrial Township No. 1 (Aliabad)
Corner of Morad Str. U.S.A.
Postal Code 4533144551 Reinhausen Manufacturing Inc.
E-Mail: itass@iran-transfo.com 2549 North 9th Avenue
Humboldt, TN 38343
Italy Phone: +1 731 784 7681
Reinhausen Italia S.r.l. Fax: +1 731 784 7682
Via Alserio, 16 E-Mail: sales@reinhausen.com
20159 Milano
Phone: +39 02 6943471 United Arab Emirates
Fax: +39 02 69434766 Reinhausen Middle East FZE
E-Mail: sales@it.reinhausen.com Dubai Airport Freezone, Building Phase 6
3rd floor, Office No. 6EB, 341 Dubai
Japan Phone: +971 4 2368 451
MR Japan Corporation Fax: +971 4 2368 225
German Industry Park Email: service@ae.reinhausen.com
1-18-2 Hakusan, Midori-ku
Yokohama 226-0006
Phone: +81 45 929 5728
Fax: +81 45 929 5741
Luxembourg
Reinhausen Luxembourg S.A.
72, Rue de Prés
L-7333 Steinsel
Phone: +352 27 3347 1
Fax: +352 27 3347 99
E-Mail: sales@lu.reinhausen.com
Maschinenfabrik Reinhausen GmbH +49 (0)941 4090-0 www.reinhausen.com

Falkensteinstrasse 8 +49(0)941 4090-7001
93059 Regensburg sales@reinhausen.com
138/07 EN ▪ 11/16 ▪ F0047006

Elektromotoren und
Gerätebau Barleben GmbH
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Monitoring relay
for tap changers
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH
2
Table of Contents
page
1. Safety instructions 4
2. Installation 5
2.1. Installation in pipework 5
2.2. Filling the monitoring relay 6
2.3. Connection of signal lead 8
3. Functional test 9
3.1. Checking by means of test key 9
3.2. Operating value of damper 10
4. Use of monitoring relay in combination with Buchholz relay 10
5. Maintenance 11
3
1. Safety instructions
Make sure that any persons installing, taking into operation and operating the monitoring relay:
- are qualified and competent and

- fully comply with these operating instructions.
Improper operation or misuse might cause danger to
- life and limb,

- the relay and other property of the operator and
- the relay’s proper function.
Warranty expires when the relay is opened or the adjusting screw for the damper is readjus-
ted from outside (see section 3.2).
Safety instructions in this manual are presented in three different forms to emphasize important
information:
Note
This symbol refers to important information on a specific subject.
Caution
This symbol indicates particular risks for the device or any other property of the operator.
Danger to life and limb cannot be excluded.
WArning
This symbol indicates serious danger to life and limb. Disregarding the warning can lead
to serious or even fatal injury.
4
2. Installation
2.1. Installation in pipework
The monitoring relay (1) is installed in the pipe (2) between the tap changer (3) and the conser-
vator (4) as close as possible to the tap changer head.
To ensure free escape of the gases generated during normal operation, the pipe leading to the
conservator should be installed with a slope of 2° to 4° and without any bends, if possible.
Shutoff valve
Figure 2.1. - Installation in piping
Make sure that
• the red arrow on the monitoring relay points to the conservator.

• the flanges are stressed evenly when tightening the screws.
• the slope of the pipe to the conservator is between 2° and 4°.
• the position of the monitoring relay in relation to the direction of flow does not deviate from the
perpendicular by more than 5°.
• the pipe has no elbows, and bends are designed preferably with an inside pipe radius R > 50 mm.
Caution
Make sure during installation that no dirt, moisture or foreign matter gets into the monito-
ring relay.
The insulating liquid of the tap changer may not contain conductive materials!
Caution
When supplied with sealing make sure that the elements protecting the equipment during
transport (protective cardboard) are removed.
5
2.2. Filling the monitoring relay
The monitoring relay is filled when the device to be protected is filled.
During normal operation of the tap changer gases are generated which accumulate in the gas
dome of the monitoring relay. If the gas volume generated exceeds the capacity of the gas dome,
the gas flows in the direction of the conservator.
Note
During normal operation the gas dome is always filled with gas. This gas does not affect
the operation of the device. Therefore, proper function does not require bleeding of the
device after installation.
Therefore, do not open the screw plug (1).
Figure 2.2.a - Screw plug
6
Note
If on customer’s request the screw plug was replaced by a bleeder valve, the monitoring
relay can be bled.
1
OPEN CLOSED
Figure 2.2.b - Bleeder valve
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the small cap nut (1) from the bleeder valve (2).
• Open the bleeder valve (turn counterclockwise) and let the air escape from the monitoring relay.
• As soon as insulating liquid comes out, close the bleeder valve (turn clockwise).
• Screw the small cap nut tightly on the bleeder valve.
7
2.3. Connection of signal lead

Multicore signal leads can be fitted in the monitoring relay through cable glands. A conductor cross
section of 1.5 mm2 (copper) is recommended. The maximum cross section that can be clamped is
4.0 mm2.
Proceed as follows:
• Remove 4 screws M5 (1)

• Remove the cap (2)
• Insert the lead through the cable gland (3)
• Connect the lead to the terminal studs (4) (maximum torque 3 Nm)
2 1 5 4 3
Connected load of the switching systems:

Voltage: AC 5 V - max. 250 V
DC 5 V - max. 250 V
Current: AC 0,01 A - max. 6 A cos φ > 0,5

DC 0,01 A - max. 6 A L/R < 40 ms
Switching capacity: AC max. 1500 VA

DC max. 1250 W
Figure 2.3. - Electrical connection
note
The inner side of the cap accommodates a plate with the graphic symbol and the con-
nection diagram. The schemes show the switching systems in their neutral position.
The neutral position is the operating condition when the device to be protected operates
without any fault.
Warning
Connect the protective conductor (green-yellow insulation) to the earth terminal (5)
(maximum torque 3 Nm).
• Tighten the cable gland

• Fit the cap
• Tighten 4 screws M5 (maximum torque 3 Nm)
8
3. Functional test
3.1. Checking by means of test key
The monitoring relay is provided with a test key that allows checking of the damper for proper func-
tion in installed state. The damper setting is not checked.
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the cap nut (1)

• Press the test key (2) down to stop position, then release the test key
(the damper will return to operating position)
• Obtain verification of correct function from the control room
• Turn the test key counterclockwise as far as to stop position, then release the key
(the damper will return to neutral position)
• Fit and tighten the cap nut
Figure 3.1.a - Press the test key Figure 3.1.b - Turn the test key
9
3.2. Operating value of damper
The operating value of the damper is set and checked by the manufacturer in accordance with the
order specifications.
The adjusting screw (1) must not be readjusted as in this case the operating value of the damper
would be changed.
Figure 3.2. - Lateral view of monitoring relay

with adjusting screw
4. Use of monitoring relay in combination with Buchholz relay

For instructions and information about installation and combination of monitoring relay and Buch-
holz relay, see the separate instructions enclosed.
10
5. Maintenance
Monitoring relays are insensitive to ambient conditions, provided these conditions were considered
when selecting the particular design of the monitoring relay. Therefore, no special maintenance is
required during operation.
Monitoring relays should be inspected and tested at specified intervals as described in the mainte-
nance instructions of the plant operator. Make sure that the functional tests described are perfor-
med.
Unless otherwise specified by the operator, EMB recommends operating the test key once a year
in the framework of the scheduled maintenance operations.
Warning
Potentially explosive gases (switching gases) are collected in the monitoring relay during
operation. When opening the monitoring relay, make sure that there are no open fires or
sparks in the vicinity. Otherwise the danger of explosion exists. Wait approx. 10 min until
the gases have volatilized before performing any work on the relay.
Caution
When removing the monitoring relay, make sure that there is no insulating liquid in the
device. On customers request EMB GmbH will ensure proper disposal of old relays.
11
Elektromotoren und
Hamburg
EMB GmbH
Otto-von-Guericke-Allee 12
D-39179 Barleben | Deutschland Hannover
Barleben Berlin
Magdeburg
Phone: +49 39203 790

Fax: +49 39203 5330 Köln Leipzig
Email: info@emb-online.de
Frankfurt
Website: www.emb-online.de
www.buchholzrelay.com
München
Due to technical improvement of our products, the information contained in these operating instructions is subject to change without
notice.
We would like to apologize for any printing errors which have not been found despite of intensive proof-reading.
Edition: Operating instructions monitoring relay BA 07/01/14/02 English

9.7 Control Cabinet (ELECTRICAL MONITORING)

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Control cabinet
Position in the dimension 512
drawing:
Manufacturer: Guangzhou to Industrial Co, Ltd.
Dimension drawing: Q05 03 329 02 B 2018.4
Circuit diagram: Q05 03 329 01 B 2018.4
Terminal box
drawing:
Assembly cabinet
The control cabinet is installed vibration-protected at the tank and contains the following
equipment:
1. Voltage supply
2. Cooling control
3. Terminal blocks and cable screws
4. Warning and trigger contacts
Heating elements, lighting and sockets for 250V, 1-phase are installed.
The cabinet is of protection class IP 55.
DANGER
1. Power down
ATTENTION
If the control cabinet is out of operation or stored for any extended period, the provisions
pursuant to chapter 4.8.3, long-term storage for accessories, must be observed.

9.8 Bushings
Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Bushing type Epoxy Resin impregnated paper condenser
bushing
Designation (U, V, W): A( B, C)
Position in the 101
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: Trench, Shenyang
Type: ETA-550/1250-3
Layout drawing: ET850 1 C1 2017.11
Operating instructions: Installation and maintenance 9 3 2007.6
recommendations IH 38

bushing
Designation (U, V, W): Am(Bm,Cm)
Position in the 103
dimension drawing:
Type: ETA-252/2000-3
Layout drawing: ET663-1 1 C1 2017.11
Operating instructions: Installation and maintenance 7 3 2008.6.20

bushing
Designation (U, V, W): 0
Position in the 108
dimension drawing:
Type: ETA-72.5/1250-3
Layout drawing: ET417 1 C1 2017.11
Bushing type Oil impregnated paper condenser bushing

Designation (U, V, W): a(b,c) , x(y ,z)
Position in the 102
dimension drawing:
Type: BRLW2-40.5/1600-4
Layout drawing: OT369 1 C1 2017.12

ET850
9.9 Current Transformer

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension 132,133,134,135
drawing:
Manufacturer: Jiangsu Zhida Electric Co., Ltd.
Type: LRB-500, LR-500, LRB-220, LR-220,
LRB-110, LR-35
ATTENTION
If measuring or protective devices are not connected, the secondary clamps of the
transformer must be short-circuited and earthed.

9.10 Cooling Control

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Radiators
drawing:
Manufacturer: Jiangsu Tengqi
Type: PC 2700(1700)-25(3)/520
Assembly and operating Finned type radiator installation and 5
instructions: operating instructions
Fans
drawing:
Manufacturer: ZIEHL-ABEGG
Type: FN 050-SDQ.4F.A7P1
Assembly and operating Assembly instructions for axial fans 4 L-BAL-001-
instructions: VRC-01
WARNING
all sides and all pins

变压器用片式散热器
FINNED RADIATOR FOR TRANSFORMER
说明书
DIRECTIONS
江苏腾奇电力设备科技有限公司
Jiangsu Tengqi Electrical Power Equipment Co., Ltd
地址：中国江苏省常州市新北区百丈工业园区
Adresse : NO.6 Gangkou Rd. Baizhang Industry zone. Changzhou. Jiangsu
电话 Tel :0519-85866776 传真 Fax :0519-85866722
邮编 Post Code : 213034
片式散热器说明书
Directions for finned radiators
1.应用范围：
片式散热器是电力变压器、电抗器等产品的专用冷却设备，可通过蝶阀直接
安装在变压器、电抗器等主机的油箱法兰上，或独立安装在主机附件的支架上。
1.Application：
Finned radiator are a kind of delicated device used for the products
such as electric power transformers and reactors. They can be dirrctly
connected to the flanges of oil tanks of the main machines of transformers
or reactors and so on through butterfly valves or can be independently
installed on the stands near the stands near the main machines.
2.产品标准：
本产品满足《变压器用片式散热器》设计、制造、检验试验。本公司产品经
“中国原子能科学研究院”的型式检验合格。
2.Product standard：
This product meets the transformer radiator design , fabrication ,an
d inspection test . Our company products are tested qualified by "
China institute of atomic energy " .
3.型号与规格：
3Models and Specifications：
中心距 A(或 A2) :400～4000mm 任选

片数 N：一般 4～40 片。可根据顾客特殊要求增减。
片宽 B：310mm、460mm、480mm、520mm、535mm 四种。
Center distance A（or A2）：400～4000mm。
Fin number N：commonly 4～40。More or less according to customer’s demand。
Fin width B：310mm、460mm、480mm、520mm、535mm in total 5 kind。
4.结构和尺寸：
片式散热器一般由散热片、集油管、连接法兰、放油塞、吊攀等组成。片式
散热器的法兰一般为方形，与φ80mm 口径蝶阀配套。各散热片由侧面的拉筋将
其联接牢固。
片式散热器尺寸见图一.
4.Structure and size：
The finned radiator consists of radiator fin，oil gathering tube，flange，
oil diain plug，air relief plug and shack and so on。The shape of the flanges
of the finned radiator is square generally。They can be matched with the
butterfly valves of caliber φ80mm。All the fins can be compaginated by
the lateral stiffening ribs。
See the size of the finned radiator in Diagram 1 .
5.表面涂装：
本产品涂装前经过除油、除锈、酸洗、磷化、钝化处理。
本产品内腔涂覆内壁漆；外表涂覆底漆、面漆，针对不同的使用环境，采用
不同的涂装工艺。
可以根据顾客要求提供外表层热镀锌的产品。
5.Coating：
This product undergoes degreasing，derusting，phosphating and
passivation treatment before coating。
This product is coated with paint inside it。The outside is coated with
precoat and then surface coating。Different coating technology are
applied to different radiators according to their working circumstances。
We can zincify on the outside first coat of the product if demanded by
the customers。
6.使用注意事项：
6.1 出厂前，散热器内部经过严格检查和冲洗，法兰口装有密封盖，顾客如
果在投用前打开，必须仍按要求密封好，防止杂物和潮气进入。
6.2 顾客如果再进行压力试验，绝对压强不得大于 120Kpa，持续时间为 20
分钟。
6.3 顾客如果再进行真空试验，真空压力不得大于 133Pa，持续时间 10 分钟。
6.4 联机注油时，应打开散热器上端的放气塞，当有油溢出时再拧紧螺塞，
并擦净外溢油液。
6.5 放油时，应打开散热器上端的放气塞，再从散热器下端的放油塞放油。
6.6 储存、吊装、运输过程中应避免碰撞和挤压，叠放时不应超过 4 只。运
输时散热器应与车厢底版捆紧，防止运输中颠簸损坏。
6.Points for attention：
6.1 Before ex—work，the inside of the radiator has been strictly
examined and eleansed。There are seal covers at the flange outlets。If
the customer opens it up before use，please restore the seal to preventthe
impurities and the moisture from entering。
6.2 If the customer carries out the pressure test again，please keep
the abso lute pressure not greater than 120Kpa and last for 20minutes。
6.3 If the customer carries out the vacuum test again，please keep
the vacuum pressure not greater than133Pa and last for 20 minutes。
6.4 When on—line lubricanting，the plug of the air relief plug on
the top of the radiator should be opened up，and screw the plug tight when
there is oil overflowed，then clean the effluent oil。
6.5 When draining the pulg of the air relief plug on the top of the
radiator should be opened up first,then drain the oil from the oil drain
plug on the bottom of the radiator。
6.6 The product should avoid bommping or relief plug or squeezing
during its storage,lift,mounting and transportation。Whe stacked，the
number shouldn’t be in excess of 4。To avoid being damaged by jolt,the
radiator should be tied tight to the floor of the carriage when being
shipped。
7.质量保证：
在正常的运输、储存、使用条件下，保证散热器内腔清洁无杂物，出厂三年
内外表不锈蚀。
7.Quality guarantee：
Under the circumstances of normal transportion，storage and use，
we ensure that the radiator be clear and without any impurity and its
surface rustless within 3 years after ex—work。
8.订货须知：
8.1 订货时请注明型号、中心距、片宽、数量、使用地区气候条件或表面涂
装要求，见型号规格内容。
8.2 鹅颈式的散热器短片一般为 2 片，其余为长片。订货时注明长、短片的
中心距，片数为长、短片的总数。
8.3 固定式(PG 型)散热器无法兰，直接焊接在油箱上。其集油管管端至第一
片散热片的尺寸常规为 85mm。顾客如须加长，请在订货时说明。
8.4 顾客如要求在散热器上加焊其它安装支板等，请在订货时提供图样。
8. How to order :
8.1 Please specify the model,center distance,fin width,quantity,the
climate where it used and requirements for surface coating when place an order
for the product.See the related content in“Models and Specifications”.
8.2 There are 2 pieces of short fins on the gooseneck type radiator,the
other fins long .Please tell center distance of short and long fins.The fin number
is the total number of short and long fins.
8.3 There is no flange on fixed form radiator(Moder PG) so the radiator
is directly welded on oil tank.The distance from the end of the oil gathering
tude to the first fin 85mm.If the longer distance is needed,please specify when
order.
8.4 If other things like supporting plate etc are needed to be welded on
the radiator,please offer us the diagram when order.
oil drain plug
图一
Diagrm 1
Assembly instructions 安装说明
00280311-GB-VRC
Axial fans 轴流风机

Contents 内容摘要
Chapter Page 章节页
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1 使用 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1 安全事项 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Transport, storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2 储运 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2 安装 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 运行条件 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 调试 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Maintenance, repair, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 4 维修、维护、清洁 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 4 制造商 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Service address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 4 售后服务地址 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Application 使用
Ziehl-Abegg axial fans of the series FA, FB, FC, FE, FL, FN, 施乐百（Ziehl-Abegg）FA、FB、FC、FE、FL、FN、FH、FS
FH, FS, VR, VN (type designation see rating plate) with 、VR、VN（型号详见型号铭牌）系列轴流风机是整体式外
integrated external rotor asynchronous motor are not 转子异步电机，非最终产品，而是专为空调等通风排风设备设
ready-to-use products, but designed as components for air- 计的部件。特殊的马达设计使得可以运用调节电压来控制马达
conditioning, air supply and air extraction. A special motor 转速。用变频方式调速请参看“运行条件”部分。
design makes the speed control by voltage reduction possible.
By operation with frequency inverters see the notes in the 只有在风机按照其相应规定安装、并且在使用符合DIN
section Operating Conditions. EN 13857 (DIN EN ISO 12100)标准规定的防护装置或其
它搭建防护措施确保运行安全后方可对风机进行
The fans may only be operated when they are installed 操作。
as intended, and when safety is ensured by safety
equipment according to DIN EN ISO 13857 (DIN EN
ISO 12100) or by other protection measures.
Safety information 安全事项

• The fans are intended for the transportation of air of • 风机只能用于输送空气或类似空气的混和气体，不能用于
mixtures that are similar to air. Usage in potentially explo- 危险区域或易燃，易爆气体，雾气及其混合物的通风，
sive areas for the transportation of gas, mist, vapours or 也不能用于有固体成分的介质的流通。
their mixtures is not permissible. The transportation of solid • 安装、接线、调试必须由专业人员完成。(如DINEN50110
materials or similar materials in a transport media is also not 或IEC364所述)
permissible. • 有触电的危险！转子既没有采取绝缘保护，也没有遵循 DIN
• Mounting, electrical connection and commissioning must EN 60204-1 标准采用接地保护措施，因此在电机接通电源之
only be carried out by trained personnel (denition in DIN 前，设备的营造商必须设立遮挡物或根据 DIN VDE 0100-410
EN 50 110 or IEC 364). 标准附录 B 部分的要求在手部范围之外采取防范措施。
• Danger of electrical current! The rotor is not protected by • 马达只能在铭牌上指定的范围内运转，只能用于定单中指
insulation nor grounded to earth in accordance with DIN EN 定的介质流通,功能及授权的方式运行。
60204-1, and for this reason the system constructor must • 按照使用说明，Ziehl-Abegg 风机可在环境温度最低达到 -4
provide protection in the form of obstacles or a location 0℃ 时使用。在 -10℃ 至 -40℃ 的环境温度下使用该风机时
outside the handling area in accordance with DIN VDE ，应避免让风机的金属材料受到如机械负荷等剧烈外界
0100-410, Attachment B, before the motor is connected to a 作用力的冲击。带工作电容器的单相电机可最低在 -25℃
power source. 的环境温度下运行。请注意铭牌上标明的最大环境温度。
• The fan is only to be operated within the ranges specied on • 铭牌上的最大许可运行数据是基于空气密度为ρ= 1.2 kg/
the type plate! Use the fan only in the authorised fashion m3.
and only for the tasks and ow media specied in the order! • 内置在马达绕组上起开断作用的过热保护器或PTC电阻
• Ziehl-Abegg fans can be operated at ambient temperatures 器必须连接后使用！
down to -40°C when used properly. When used below -10°C • 热电偶的最大测试电压为2.5V！
and max. -40°C it is a prerequisite that no unusual external • 不带过热保护器的马达必须使用马达防护开关！
inuences such as abrupt mechanical stresses affect the • 带有本公司控制器的风机遵循EMC标准。风机与其他部
material. For 1~ motors with a service capacitor down to - 件整合后也应遵循EMC标准2004/108/EC。
25°C observe the maximum ambient temperature stated on • 注意与维护和服务相关的说明。
the type label. • 装配说明书是产品的组成部分，放到触手可及的地方妥善
• The maximum permissible operating data given on the 保存。
rating plate are valid from air density ρ = 1.2 kg/m3.
• The temperature monitors (TB) or PTC resistors built into
the winding serve as the motor protection and must be
connected!
• In models using PTC's, comply with the permissible test
voltage max. 2.5V!
• For motors without temperature monitors a motor protection
switch obligatory must be used!
• The EMC guideline is to be observed in connection with our
control units. If the fans are completed with components of
L-BAL-001-VRC-01/11-Index 007
other manufacturers, the manufacturer or operator of the

entire plant is responsible for keeping to the EMC guideline
2004/108/EG.
• Pay attention to the notes which concerning maintenance
and service.
• These assembly instructions are part of the product and, as
such, are to be kept accessible at all times.
english 中文
1
00280311-GB-VRC
Transport, storage 储运
• Ziehl-Abegg Fans are packaged at the factory to comply • 施乐百风机风机在工厂完成适合所要求的不同运输方
with requirements for the agreed mode of transport. 式要求的包装。
• Ship/transport the fan(s) either in the original packaging or, • 请使用原包装运输风机。运输较大体积的风机时，请将风
in the case of larger fans, on the dedicated transportation 机固定在指定的运输装置（悬臂钻孔、壁架板）上并使
xtures (holes in the supporting arms, wall plates) using a 用合适的运输工具。
suitable means of transportation. • 请注意铭牌上的重量说明。
• Observe the weight data on the type code • 禁止利用连接的电缆搬运风机。
• Do not transport the fan by the connecting cable! • 避免击打和碰撞，特别风机安装到设备后。
• Avoid impacts and collisions, especially on fans set-up on • 注意避免任何破坏包装或风机的行为。
devices. • 将原包装的风机存储在干燥、耐候的环境中，或在最终安
• Be on the alert for any damage to the packaging or the fan. 装前注意防尘、防候。
• Store the fan in the original packaging in a dry area • 避免过热或过冷环境。
protected from the weather or protect it from dirt and • 避免过期存放（建议最多一年），安装前检验风机的轴承
weather until nal installation. 运转状况。
• Avoid exposure to extreme heat and cold.
• Avoid excessive storage periods (we recommend a one
year max.) and inspect the motor bearings for proper oper-
ation prior to installation.
Mounting 安装
Installation, electrical connection and commissioning are only 安装、接线、调试必须由经过培训的专业人员完成。
to be performed by trained service personnel. • 系统或设备制造商负责设备相关的安装和安全注意事项与
• The system manufacturer or the machine builder is respon- 现有标准相一致(DIN EN ISO 12100 / DIN EN 13857)。
sible that the inherent installation and security information – A型风机使用强度等级为8.8的螺栓安装固定马达定子法
are harmonized with the valid standard and guidelines (DIN 兰，并装配相应的防松装置。允许扭矩：M4 = 2.1 Nm；
EN ISO 12100 / 13857). M6 = 9.5 Nm；M10 = 40 Nm； M12 = 70 Nm；根据DIN EN ISO 4
– Fans design A, for attachment to xed motor ange: use 014标准的规定，螺栓摩擦系数 μ ges = 0.12
property class 8.8 screws and provide with suitable – 马达尺寸 068 注意注明的螺栓最大拧入深度。
screw locking. Permissible tightening torque: M4 = 2.1 – 带有塑料壁架板的Q型风机：使用符合DIN 125标准的
Nm; M6 = 9.5 Nm; M10 = 40 Nm; M12 = 70 Nm; related 形板固定。允许扭矩：M8 = 10 Nm；M10 = 21 Nm
to friction coefcient according to DIN EN ISO 4014 µtot = • 以下要求适用于所有轴流风机：
0.12 – 安装时避免变形，安装面必须平整。
– Motor frame size 068: comply with stated length of thread – 为确保扇叶与壁架板之间的间隙如图示 "a" 均匀而
engagement 稳定。支撑表面不平引起的变形会导致叶轮磨损，进而
– Fans design Q with plastic wall plate: Use U-plates 造成风机失灵。
DIN 125 to secure. Starting torques allowed: M8 = 10
Nm; M10 = 21 Nm
• The following applies to all fan designs:
– Avoid structural damage or stress with installation. Make
sure the surface is at and even.
– Ensure that the clearance (gap) "a" see g. between the
fan impeller and the stationary housing section is
constant. Distortion due to uneven surface may lead to
fan failure. – 马达轴垂直安装时，相应下部的冷凝水排水孔必须
打开。（不针对防护等级为IP55的风机）
– 马达尺寸 068：冷凝水排水孔的位置取决于风机安装位
置以及用途。相关信息参阅产品相关的订货信息。请注
意不要关闭冷凝水排水孔!
– 通风设备只能连接到带全极隔离开关的电路中。
– 接线应与接线图所示完全一致。接线图附在：a)接线盒
内。b)没有接线盒的(电缆直接引出的)，接线图附
在电缆或底板上。
– In the case of a vertical motor axis, the respective lower – 切勿使用金属密封塞密封塑料接线盒，接线不
condensation drain hole must be open (does not apply to 当会引起电击！
protection class IP55 fans).
– Motor frame size 068: The condensation drain-holes are – 使用绝缘封塞密封接线盒。
attached dependent on the installation position or appli- – 在特别条件下运行时（潮湿环境），使用预装的密
cation. Please supply information about this in the 封元件。
product-specic ordering texts. Make sure the condensa- – 根据电缆导入形式使用排水弯管或密封胶。
tion drain-holes are not blocked! – 塑料接线盒的盖板螺钉应附加使用密封胶密封。
– Connect fan only to electrical circuits that can be discon- – 端子盒盖固定螺钉的扭矩为：塑料端子盒1.3Nm，金属端
nected with an all-pole isolating switch. 子盒2.6Nm
– Electrical connection corresponding to connection – 使用电缆扎带将风机电缆固定在网罩或马达支架上。
diagram a) in terminal box b) by cable design connection • 根据安装规格的不同，
diagram on cable or on wall ring. – 可以将马达装配PTC电阻器、内置温控开关、外接温控
– Do not use metal compression-gland ttings 开关或不装配温度防护装置。
with plastic terminal boxes. - Danger of an • 该部件根据以下方式连接：
electric shock if connection is not made – 将PTC电阻器连接在PTC触发装置。
correctly! – 热保护器内接时：无法外接。注意：当马达过
– Use a dummy plug seal for the compression-gland tting 热而热保护器动作，风机停转；当温度下降热保
as well. 护器自动复位，此时风机就自动开始运行。
– For operation under extreme conditions (damp operating
environment, open-air installation) use pre-installed – 外接过热保护器必须合并在控制器回路中，以便马达
出现故障时在冷却后不会自动起动。通过把多个马
sealing elements.
– Depending on the type of cable gland, attach a water 达串联起来，可以使用一个防护装置同时保护多个马达
drain sleeve or use a sealing compound. 。但务必注意：如果一个马达出现温度故障，所有
– Screw on plastic terminal box covers should be sealed 的马达都会同时断电。在实际运行中，可将多台马达分
with sealant. 成多组，当一台马达发生故障时，其他组马达可在
– Starting torque for screw on covers, Plastic version 1.3 紧急模式下以低负荷运转。
Nm, Metal version 2.6 Nm – 无热保护装置：使用马达保护开关！
– Fasten the fan connecting cable using cable ties to the • 如果单相 230V +/-10% 的风机马达长期运转在超过240V的市
guard grille or motor braces. 电电压下，过热保护器在极端情况下会响应。请使用小
一号的电容以替代标准电容。
english 中文
2
• Depending on the model the motors
00280311-GB-VRC
– can be equipped with PTC's, internally connected

thermal contacts, lead-out thermal contacts or without
thermal protection.
• Connect them as below:
– PTC on PTC triggering device.
– Internally connected thermocontact: no external
connection feasible or necessary. Caution:
Thermost switches switch after triggering by
excess temperature and closed independently
after cooling off. The fan can start up during this
time
– Lead-out temperature monitors must be integrated in the
control circuit in such a way that, if a fault occurs, the
motor cannot switch on again automatically after it
has cooled down. The protection of several motors using
one protection device is possible by connecting the
temperature monitors of the individual motors in series. It
must be remembered that if a temperature fault occurs at
one motor, all motors will then be switched off. In prac-
tice, motors are therefore assembled in groups so that
emergency operation with reduced performance is still
possible if a motor fails.
– without thermal protection: Use a motor protection
switch!
• When in fan motors for 1~ 230V +/-10% the mains voltage
is permanently over 240 V, in extreme cases the temper-
ature monitor can trigger.In such cases a capacitor-type
with the next smaller capacity should be used instead of the
stated capacity."
运行条件
Operating conditions
• 风机不能运行于易爆环境。
• Do not operate Fans in an explosive atmosphere. • 开关频率：
– 风机适用于S1连续运行模式，
• Switching frequency: – 不能极度频繁起停运行！
– Fans are rated for S1 continuous operation.
– Controls must not allow extreme switching operation. • 在满足以下条件的情况下，施乐百轴流风机适于变频
运转：
• Ziehl-Abegg Axial fans are suitable for operation with – 在变频器和马达之间必须如某些变频器制造商的说
frequency inverters when the following points are complied 明安装多线正弦滤波器（正弦输出电压！相间，相与
with: 零线间）。请索取我们的技术信息L-TI-0510。
– Between the inverter and the motor, sinusoidal lters – du/dt滤波器(也称马达/阻尼滤波器) 不能用来替代
should be incorporated which are effective for all 正弦滤波器。
phases (sinusoidal output voltage, phase against phase, – 使用正弦滤波器时，马达可以不使用屏蔽电缆、金
phase against protective conductor) as offered by manu- 属接线盒，也无须通过另外一根地线连接马达，需与正
facturers. Please ask for our technical information L-TI- 弦滤波器供应商协调。
0510.
– du/dt lters (also called motor or suppression lters) • 若运行时的漏电电流大于3.5mA，则必须依照DIN EN 50 178
，第5.2.11.1条标准的规定接地。
cannot be used in place of sinusoidal lters.
– When using sinusoidal lters, screened motor leads, • 对于以电子方式降低电压（相位角控制）的转速控制装置
，可能会因安装位置不同产生共振并且进而导致噪音增
metal terminal boxes and a second earth connection to 大。因此，我们推荐使用集成有正弦滤波器的Fcontrol变频
the motor can, if necessary, be omitted. Check-back by 器
the supplier of the sinusoidal lter.
• If the operational leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA, earthing • 如果使用其它制造商生产的电压控制器或变频器进行风机
的转速控制，我们将不负责对马达的正常功能与损坏进
in compliance with DIN EN 50 178, art. 5.2.11.1 must be 行质量担保。
provided.
• When speed controlling through electronic voltage reduction • A计权声功率级噪音可大至80 dB(A)，详见产品目录。
(phase control), depending on the installation situation, • 带有摩擦密封装置的 IP55- 风机可能会产生附加噪音。
increased noise formation caused by resonances can
occur. In such cases we recommend the use of the Fcontrol
frequency changer with integrated sine lter.
• We cannot guarantee that competitive makers of
voltage control devices and frequency converters will
function properly and not damage the motor when used
for rotational-speed control of our Fans
• A-rated sound power levels of over 80 dB(A) are possible,
see product catalogue.
• IP55 Fans with a seal which is rubbing may cause additional
noise.
Start-up 调试
• Before rst-time start-up, check the following: • 初次运转前，请检查如下事项：
– Have installation and electrical connection been properly – 机械和电气安装是否按照专业方式正确完成.
completed? – 安全装置是否已安装到位（→ 触摸防护装置）。
– Safety equipment is in place (→ Contact protection). – 清除风机段中的安装剩余材料和其他异物。
– All leftover installation materials and other foreign mate- – 零线已连接到位.
rials have been removed from the fan cavity. – 过热保护器/马达防护开关安装正确，运行良好。
– Protective conductor has been connected. – 电缆导入处是否密封良好（参阅“安装”）。

– Temperature monitor/motor protection switch are profes- – 安装位置和冷凝水排水口位置是否相吻合。
sionally connected and operating properly. – 接线数据与铭牌上的说明是否相符。
– Cable gland is sealed (see “Installation”). – 马达运行电容参数（单相电机）与铭牌上的数据是
– Installation position and the arrangement of condensa- 否一致。
tion water drains correspond to each other. – 旋转方向是否与叶片或机箱上的旋转方向一致。
– Connection data complies with the specications on the • 检查完所有的安全注意事项，并在排除所有危险后方可进
type plate. 行调试。
english 中文
3
– Motor operating capacitor data (1~ motors) complies with • 检查风机平稳运转。强烈的振动是由不平稳运行造成的（
00280311-GB-VRC
the specications on the type plate. 不平衡），例如运输途中损坏或不当处理造成的。
– The direction of rotation corresponds to the direction of
rotation arrow on the fan blade or fan housing.
• Commissioning may only take place if all safety instructions
have been checked and danger can be excluded.
• Check for low vibration operation. Strong vibrations due to
erratic operation (unbalanced), e.g. caused by transporta-
tion damage or improper use, can lead to failure.
Maintenance, repair, cleaning 维修、维护、清洁

• During all work on Fan in the hazardous area: • 在危险区域内对风机进行作业时：
– Maintenance operation is only to be performed by trained – 只能由经过培训的专业人员才能进行相关作业。
service personnel. – 遵守安全及工作规范（DIN EN 50 110, IEC 364）。
– Observe the safety and labour regulations (DIN EN 50 – 转子必须保持静止！
110, IEC 364). – 断开电路并采取措施防止重新通电。
– The rotor must be standing still! – 确定无电操作。
– Open the electrical circuit and secure against being – 切勿对运转中的风机进行维护作业!
switched back on. • 保持风机的风路畅通和清洁 — 飞出物体可能造成危险！
– Verify the absence of voltage. • 带电情况下进行湿式清洁时可能造成电击 — 生命危险！
– No maintenance work on running Fan! • 定期检查，并在必要时进行清洁，以免因污物造成不平衡。
• Keep the airways of the fan free and clean - danger – 清洁风机的风道区域。
because of objects dropping out! • 可以使用湿抹布对整个风机进行清洁。
• Wet cleaning under voltage may lead to an electric • 禁止使用任何腐蚀性的，油漆清洗剂清洗。
shock - danger to life! • 切勿使用高压清洗装置或喷射进行清洁。
• Regular inspection, and cleaning is necessary to prevent • 防止水进入马达或电气设备内。
imbalance due to ingress of dirt. • 清洁后必须操纵马达以80-100%的最大转速运行30分钟进
– Clean the fans`s ow area. 行干燥，以便使进入到内部的水挥发。
• You can clean entire Fan with a moist cloth. • 风机因使用带有长效润滑剂的滚珠轴承而无须维护。
• Do not use any aggressive, paint solvent cleaning agents 在润滑剂消耗周期（约30-40,000 h）过后必须更换轴承。
when cleaning. • 注意是否有不寻常的噪音！
• Never use a high-pressure cleaner or spray jet to clean. • 注意运转振动是否正常！
• Avoid letting water permeate into the motor and the elec- • 润滑剂消耗周期后或在出现损坏时更换轴承（不适用于尺
trical installation. 寸为068的马达）。请索取我们的维护说明书或与我们的
• After cleaning, the motor must be operated for 30 minutes at 维修部门联络。（或使用专用工具！）
80-100% of the max. rpm to let it dry out. This will allow any • 更换轴承时请仅使用原装滚珠轴承（施乐百特殊油脂）。
possibly penetrated water to evaporate. • 出现其它损坏（例如线圈损坏）时请与我们的维修部门联
• Due to the selection of bearings with “lifetime lubrication”, 系。
the Fan is maintenance-free. Once the grease consumption • 对于单相马达而言，电容器的容量可能降低，根据DIN EN 60
period has expired (for standard applications, approx. 30- 252标准的规定，使用寿命估计为30,000小时.
40,000 hrs.), it is necessary to replace the bearings. • 室外放置：如果风机在潮湿的环境中长期不工作，应保证每
• Take note of abnormal operating noise! 月至少运行2小时以便使马达内的水挥发掉。
• Watch out for vibration free motion! • 防护等级为IP55或更高等级的风机：在冷凝水孔封闭的情
• Replace the bearings at the end of the grease-consumption 况下，应至少每半年打开一次。
period or if they are damaged (does not apply to motor • 在叶轮拆卸和重新安装后，必须根据DIN ISO 1940, T1标
frame size 068). To do this, ask for our Maintenance Guide 准的规定对旋转单元重新进行平衡校准。
or contact our Repair Department (special tools may be
required!).
• Replace bearings only with original parts (Ziehl-Abegg
special-grease).
• Please contact our service department about any other
damage (e.g. winding damage).
• On 1~ motors, the capacitor value can decrease. Life
expectancy is approx. 30,000 hrs. per DIN EN 60252.
• Outdoor fans: If a fan is stationary for long periods in a
humid atmosphere, it should be switched ON for
minimum of two hours every month to remove any
moisture that may have condensed within the motor.
• Fans with IP55 degree of protection or higher: open the
existing sealed condensation bores at least every six
months.
• After dismantling and reinstalling an impeller, the entire
rotating unit must be rebalanced in accordance with DIN
ISO 1940,-1.
Manufacturer 制造商
Our products are manufactured in compliance with valid inter- 我们的产品生产符合相关的国际标准和规范。
national standards and regulations. 如果您对任何与产品使用相关的问题或计划特殊的应用，请联
If you have any questions about how to use our products or if 系：
you are planning special applications, please contact:
Ziehl-Abegg AG
Ziehl-Abegg AG Heinz-Ziehl-Strasse
Heinz-Ziehl-Strasse D-74653 Kuenzelsau
D-74653 Kuenzelsau Tel. 07940/16-0
Tel. 07940/16-0 Fax 07940/16-300
Fax 07940/16-300 info@ziehl-abegg.de

info@ziehl-abegg.de
售后服务地址
Service address
有关各国家和地区售后服务网点地址的信息请参见公司主页
Please refer to the homepage at www.ziehl-abegg.com for a www.ziehl-abegg.com
list of our subsidiaries worldwide.
english 中文
4
9.11 Buchholz Relay (OIL MONITORING)

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Relay
drawing:
Manufacturer: EMB, Germany
Type: BF 80/10
Operating instructions: Operating instructions 12 BA01/01/15/02
transformer protection relay
Gas sampler
Position in the dimension
drawing:
Manufacturer: EMB, Germany
Type: ZG1.2
Operating instructions: Operating instructions gas 12 BA11/01/15/02
sampler
ATTENTION
diagram.
WARNING
For inspection of the Buchholz relay, you may require access to areas of the transformer
that pose a danger of falling (use of ladders or other aids).
Such work must only be performed by accordingly trained persons.
Before connection or manipulation at the contacts, verify voltage freeness on all sides and
all pins.

Elektromotoren und
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Transformer Protection Relay
(Buchholz principle)
Table of contents
Page
1 Safety instructions 3
2 Installation 4
2.1 Installation in piping 4
2.2 Filling and bleeding of the Buchholz relay 5
2.3 Removal of transport lock 5
2.4 Connection of signal lead 6
2.4.1 Electrical connection 6
2.4.2 Electrical connection with premounted Harting-Connector 7
3 Functional test 7
3.1 Testing by means of test key 7
3.1.1 Single-float Buchholz relay 7
3.1.2 Double-float Buchholz relay 8
3.1.3 Buchholz relay with „damper held in response position“ feature 8
3.2 Testing by means of test pump 8
3.3 Operating value of damper 9
4 Buchholz relay with additional air supply nipple 10
5 What to do in the case of gas accumulation 11
6 Maintenance 11
* For Buchholz relays with two-level gas alarm system (code 17A)
please note supplemental sheet
2
1 Safety instructions
Make sure that any persons installing, taking into operation and operating the Buchholz relay
- are qualified and competent and

- fully comply with these operating instructions.
- life and limb,

- the relay and other property of the operator and
- the relay’s proper function.
Opening of the device will void your warranty.
Safety instructions in this manual are presented in three different forms to emphasize important in-
formation:
Note
Caution
This symbol indicates particular risks for the device or any other property of the operator.
Danger to life and limb cannot be excluded.
Warning
This symbol indicates serious danger to life and limb. Disregarding the warning can lead
to serious or even fatal injury.
3
2 Installation
2.1 Installation in piping
The Buchholz relay (Fig. 1/ Number 1) is installed in the pipe (Fig. 1/2) between the tank (Fig. 1/3) of
the device to be protected (transformer, reactor) and the conservator (Fig. 1/4). Make sure that the
pipe and the Buchholz relay have the same nominal diameters.
Shutoff valve
Figure 1 - Installation in piping
Make sure that

• gases produced in the insulating liquid can flow unimpeded to the Buchholz relay.
• the red arrow on the Buchholz relay points to the conservator.
• the flanges are stressed evenly when tightening the screws.
• the slope of the pipe to the conservator is between 0° and 5°.
• the position of the Buchholz relay in relation to the direction of flow does not deviate from the
perpendicular by more than 5°.
• the pipe has no elbows, and bends are designed preferably with an inside pipe radius R > 50 mm.
• the free pipe length between the Buchholz relay and the nearest reference point does not exceed
the following values:
Pipe diameter DN (mm) 25 50 80
Distance (m) 0.5 0.7 1.0
Should the distance exceed the above values, a support has to be provided in the immediate vicinity
of the Buchholz relay.
Caution
• Make sure during installation that no dirt, moisture or foreign matter get into the relay.
• The insulating liquid of the transformer/reactor may not contain conductive materials!
4
2.2 Filling and bleeding of the Buchholz relay
Once the device to be protected is ready for operation and the conservator has been filled with
insulating liquid, bleed the Buchholz relay completely.
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the small cap nut (Fig. 2/1) from the bleeding valve (Fig. 2/2)
• Open the bleeding valve (turn anticlockwise) and let the air escape from the Buchholz relay
• Close the bleeding valve as soon as insulating liquid comes out (clockwise rotation)
• Fit and tighten the small cap nut
1
OPEN CLOSE
Figure 2 - Bleeding valve
2.3 Removal of transport lock
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the large cap nut (Fig. 3/1)
• Take the transport lock (Fig. 3/2) out of the large cap nut
• Fit and tighten the large cap nut without the transport lock
Figure 3 - Removal of transport lock
Caution
• Remove the transport lock before taking the Buchholz relay into operation.
• If the Buchholz relay has to be transported again, reinstall the transport lock!
5
2.4 Connection of signal lead
2.4.1 Electrical connection
Multicore signal leads can be fitted in the Buchholz relay relay through cable glands. A conductor
cross section of 1.5 mm2 (copper) is recommended. The maximum cross section that can be clam-
ped is 4.0 mm2.
Proceed as follows:
• Remove 4 screws M5 (Fig. 4/1)

• Remove the cap (Fig. 4/2)
• Insert the lead through the cable gland (Fig. 4/3)
• Connect the lead to the terminal studs (Fig. 4/4) (maximum torque 3 Nm)
2 1 5 4 3
Connected load of the switching systems:

Voltage: AC 5 V - max. 250 V
DC 5 V - max. 250 V
Current: AC 0.01 A - max. 6 A cos φ > 0,5

DC 0.01 A - max. 6 A L/R < 40 ms
Switching capacity: AC max. 1500 VA

DC max. 1250 W
Figure 4 - Electrical connection
note
The inner side of the cap accommodates a plate with the graphic symbol and the connection
diagram. The schemes show the switching systems in their neutral position. The neutral po-
sition is the operating condition when the Buchholz relay is filled with insulating liquid up the
required level and the device to be protected operates without any fault.
Warning
Connect the protective conductor (green-yellow insulation) to the earth terminal (Fig. 4/5)
(maximum torque 3 Nm)
• Tighten the cable gland

• Fit the cap
• Tighten 4 screws M5 (maximum torque 3 Nm)
6
2.4.2 Electrical connection with premounted Harting-Connector (code 59)
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the safety catch (Fig. 5/1)

• Remove the cap (Fig. 5/2)
• Connect the plug ensuring proper alignment
• Lock the connector using the safety catch
Figure 5 - Harting-Connector
3 Functional test
The test can be performed with the help of the test key (mechanically) or a special test pump (pneu-
matically). Perform the test while the Buchholz relay is filled with insulating liquid up to the required
level.
3.1 Testing by means of test key
3.1.1 Single-float Buchholz relay 1
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the large cap nut (Fig. 6a/1)
• Press the test key (Fig. 6a/2) down to stop position and 2
keep depressed
• Release the test key
• Fit and tighten the large cap nut
Figure 6a - Test key
7
3.1.2 Double-float Buchholz relay
Proceed as follows:
1
• Remove the large cap nut (Fig. 6b/1)
• Press the test key (Fig. 6b/2) half down and keep depressed
(check of upper switching system - alarm)
2
• Press the test key down to stop position and keep depressed
(check of lower switching system - disconnection)
• Release the test key
• Fit and tighten the large cap nut
Figure 6b - Test key
3.1.3 Buchholz relay with „damper held in response position“ feature (codes 23 and 24)
Buchholz relays with the feature „damper held in response position“ are designed such that the dam-
per after it was operated due to an unacceptable high flow rate of the insulating liquid is locked in its
position and, hence is kept in this position even after the flow rate has been reduced. This means
that the signal generated is maintained.
The damper has to be unlocked manually by turning the test key anticlockwise. When unlocking the
damper, also check the insulating liquid level in the Buchholz relay. Bleed the Buchholz relay,
if required.
Caution
For Buchholz relays with the code 23 and 24, the damper and hence
the lower switching system have to be unlocked after the test by
turning the test key anticlockwise.
Figure 6c - Test key
3.2 Testing by means of test pump
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the small cap nut (Fig. 7/1) from the bleeding valve (Fig. 7/2)
• Fit the adapter (Fig. 7/3) of the hose (Fig. 7/4) providing the connection to the test pump on the
valve nozzle (Fig. 7/5)
• Open the bleeding valve (turn anticlockwise)
• Pump air into the single-float Buchholz relay until falling of the float causes the magnet contact
tube to operate, or pump air into the double-float Buchholz relay until falling of the upper float
causes the magnet contact tube to operate
8
• Close the bleeding valve (turn clockwise)
• Remove the adapter from the valve nozzle
• Open the bleeding valve and let the air escape
• Close the bleeding valve as soon as insulating liquid comes out
• Fit and tighten the small cap nut on the bleeding valve
3
1
OPEN CLOSE
5
Figure 7 - Testing by means of test pump
NOTE
When the test is performed on the double-float Buchholz relay with the help of a test pump,
for design reasons, only the upper switching system (alarm) is tested. Use only test pumps
with suitable adapter (globe valve) supplied by EMB (ZG 5.1 or ZG 5.2).
3.3 Operating value of damper
The operating value of the damper is set and checked by the manufacturer in accordance with the
order specifications.
The adjusting screw (Fig. 8/1) must not be readjusted as in this case the operating value
of the damper would be changed.
Figure 8 - Lateral view of Buchholz relay with adjusting screw

Artikelnummer
Halbzeug / Werkstoff zul. Abw. für Maße
ohne
Material
Toleranzangabe
Benennung Maßstab
1:1.5
Bl.-Anz.
1
Bl.-Nr.
1
9
Ansicht verstellschraube
ÄZ Mitteilung Datum Name
Datum Name Zeichnungsnummer Elektromotoren und
Berab. Wolf S. Gerätebau Barleben GmbH
Gepr. Schlaugat H. Zeichn-nr.
Norm.
Ers. für Ers. durch
4 Buchholz relay with additional air supply nipple (code 32)

For Buchholz relays provided additionally with an air nipple (code 32), the mechanical function of the
two switching systems can be tested by means of test key (Fig. 8/1), and the upper switching system
(alarm) can be tested by pumping in air via the bleeding valve (Fig. 8/2) using a suitable test pump.
Additionally, the switching systems can be tested pneumatically. To this end, air is supplied via an
air supply nipple (Fig. 8/3) provided with a check valve. Perform the test while the Buchholz relay is
filled with insulating liquid up to the required level.
Pneumatic test of the upper switching system (alarm) using compressed air:
Air is introduced slowly into the Buchholz relay through the air supply nipple and the pipe air until
the alarm contact is made when the upper float is lowered.
Pneumatic test of the lower switching system (disconnection) using compressed air:
Through the air supply nipple and the pipe air is applied suddenly to the damper. When the damper
responds the disconnection contact is made.
After any test using air, bleed the Buchholz relay through the bleeding valve.
This special design of EMB GmbH combines the requirement of functional testing using compressed
air according to the former British standard B.E.B.S. T2 of 1966 and of functional testing using the
test key according to the former German norm DIN 42566.
2 3 1
Figure 8 - Testing by means of compressed-air through additional air supply nipple
note
This test serves to check the damper for correct function. The damper setting is not checked.
10
5 What to do in the case of gas accumulation
When a gas alarm signal is given, the gas should be checked immediately to determine the cause of
the fault and avoid potential extension of damage. To this end, withdraw the gas from the Buchholz
relay and analyse it.
For gas sampling and transport it is recommended to use the BGS gas sampler supplied by EMB.
Alternatively, the gas can be removed with the help of the gas sampling device ZG1 .2, installed at
normal operating height and connected with the Buchholz relay through a pipe.
Bleed the Buchholz relay after removal of gas.
6 Maintenance
Buchholz relays are insensitive to ambient conditions, provided these conditions were considered
when selecting the particular design of the Buchholz relay. Therefore, no special maintenance is
required during operation.
Buchholz relays should be inspected and tested at specified intervals as described in the mainte-
nance instructions of the plant operator. Make sure that the functional tests described are performed.
Unless otherwise specified by the operator, EMB recommends operating the test key once a year in
the framework of the scheduled maintenance operations.
Caution
When removing the relay, make sure that there is no insulating liquid in the device. On
customers request EMB GmbH will ensure proper disposal of old relays.
11
Elektromotoren und
Hamburg
EMB GmbH
D-39179 Barleben | Germany Hannover
Barleben Berlin
Magdeburg
Phone: +49 39203 790

Email: info@emb-online.de
Frankfurt
München
Due to technical improvement of our products, the information contained in this catalogue is subject to change without notice. We would
like to apologize for printing errors which have not been found despite intensive proof-ready. We assume no liability for such errors. Thank
you for your understanding.
Edition: Operating instructions Buchholz relays BA 01/01/15/02 English

Elektromotoren und
operating instructions
Gas Sampling Device ZG 1.2.
Table of contents
Page
1. Safety instructions 3
2. Use 4
3. Mode of operation 4
4. Scope of supply 5
5. Installation (Fig. 1, Fig. 3) 5
6. Taking into Operation 6
7. Gas sampling 8
8. Functional test of Buchholz relay by means of test pump on ZG 1.2. 9
9. Technical data 10
10. Accessories 11
2
1. Safety instructions
Make sure that any persons installing, taking into operation, operating and maintaining the gas
sampling device
• are qualified and competent, and

• fully comply with these operating instructions.
• life and limb,

• the device and any other property of the operator, and
• the device’s proper function.
Opening the device will void your warranty.
Safety instruction in this manual are presented in three different forms to emphasize important
information:
note
Caution
This symbol indicates risks for the device and other property of the operator. Danger to
life and limb cannot be excluded.
Warning
This symbol indicates serious danger to life and limb. Non-observation of this safety war-
ning may result in serious or even fatal injuries.
3
2. Use
The gas sampling device connected with the Buchholz relay through a tube is provided on the trans-
former. It allows sampling of gases accumulated in the Buchholz relay at normal service height,
hence improving safety when sampling gas. Easy use of the device reduces or even avoids trans-
former downtime when gas accumulation in the Buchholz relay is indicated.
3. Mode of operation
The gas collected in the Buchholz relay is pressed downwards, via a tube, to the gas sampling de-
vice by the oil in the conservator. Correct operation of the gas sampling device requires therefore
that the oil level in the conservator is at least 100 mm above the highest point of the tube (Fig. 3).
When operating the cocks of the gas sampling device as specified herein (see sections 6-8), the gas
sampling device is initially filled completely with oil. Once the upper switching system of the Buch-
holz relay is operated, the gas in the relay flows to the gas sampling device as described (section
7), and the relay is filled again with oil. The relay gas can now be analysed via the gas outlet cock
by the gas tester or sampled for laboratory analysis by means of a gas sampling cartridge or similar
device. Gas sampling or testing is by screwing the relevant devices onto the gas outlet cock (same
procedure as for the test valve of the Buchholz relay).
The gas sampling process can be interrupted by closing the gas outlet cock.
Once the gas has escaped, the tube and the gas sampling device will be filled again with oil.
4
4. Scope of supply
The scope of supply of the ZG 1.2 gas sampling device with tube includes the following:
• ZG 1.2 gas sampling device

• Tube, rolled up, length as requested by customer
• Screw-type adapter for test valve
• Gasket, test valve/screw-type adapter
5. Installation (Fig. 1, Fig. 3)
Install the gas sampling device with 2x M8 screws on a straight

and vertical surface approx. 1.4 m above ground.
Screw the screw-type adapter (Fig. 1/1) on the test valve

1 (Fig. 1/3) of the Buchholz relay and fit the gasket supplied (Fig.
1/2) (Fig. 1). Roll out the tube and connect one end to the Buch-
holz relay using the cutting ring fitting.
2
Fasten the tube with suitable clamps not included in the scope
3 of supply. Over a length of max. 1.2 m the tube can be routed at
a minimum gradient of 15°, provided the remaining tube length
runs vertically.
Connect the tube to the gas sampling device with another cut-
ting ring fitting. Tighten the screwed connections at a max.
torque of 15 Nm.
Fig. 1 - Test valve connection
5
6. Taking into Operation

On completion of installation fill the gas sampling device completely with insulating liquid to ensure
readiness for service.
• Open the test valve on the Buchholz relay (turn antic

lockwise) and keep it open (see Fig. 3).
2 open 1 • Remove the screw cap from the gas outlet cock
open
close (Fig. 2/2).
• Open the inlet cock (Fig. 2/1) and the gas outlet cock
close
(turn anticlockwise).
• Keep the oil outlet cock (Fig. 2/3) closed.
• The pressure in the conservator causes the oil to flow
through the tube and fill the gas sampling device.
4
• Check the oil level in the inspection glass (Fig. 2/4)
while the sampler is filled.
• Close the gas outlet cock (turn clockwise) as soon as
oil comes out of the cock.
• Perform the pressure test in accordance with the
instructions of the transformer manufacturer.
• The gas sampling device is now filled completely with
oil and ready for operation (see Fig. 3).
• Make sure that the screw caps are fitted to protect
open from contamination (cocks 2 and 3).
close • Both the inlet cock (Fig. 2/1) and the test valve on
the Buchholz relay must remain open when the
3 sampler is filled with oil!
Fig 2 - Gas sampling device in as-supplied state
6
>100
Conservator
min 15°
0
>5
R
Test valve of Buchholz relay

fully open when turned Tube
anticlockwise as far as to
stop position
Inlet cock open

(vertical position)
Gas sampling device

210
Ø9
15
125
10
30
93
Fig. 3 – Gas sampling device in installed state
7
7. Gas sampling
Screw the screw cap onto the gas outlet cock.
To sample gas, proceed as follows:

• Check if the inlet cock (Fig. 2/1) is open.
• Remove the screw cap from the oil outlet cock (Fig. 2/3).
• Open the oil outlet cock and collect the oil coming out in a suitable container.
• Close the oil outlet cock as soon as the oil level is visible in the lower section of the inspection
glass (Fig. 2/4).
• Screw the screw cap onto the oil outlet cock.
• Remove the screw cap from the gas outlet cock (Fig. 2/2).
• Screw the ZG 3.1./ZG 3.2. gas tester or the BGS Buchholz gas sampling device etc. onto the gas
outlet cock.
• Open the gas outlet cock and analyse/sample the gas in accordance with the instructions of the
device manufacturer.
• Close the gas outlet cock and remove the device connected.
• Open the gas outlet cock and let the residual relay gas escape from the gas sampling device.
• Close the gas outlet cock as soon as the device is filled completely with oil and oil comes out of
this cock.
Caution
Proper function of the device requires that the screw caps are screwed on.
Warning
Explosion hazards and hazards due to flammable and toxic gases.

Open flames and sparks in the direct vicinity are not admissible as they represent an ex-
plosion hazard. Wait for some 10 minutes until the gases have evaporated before you start
working.
8
8. Functional test of Buchholz relay by means of test pump on ZG 1.2.
Proceed as follows:
• Check if the inlet cock (Fig. 2/1) is open.

• Remove the screw cap from the gas outlet cock (Fig. 2/2).
• Screw the adapter of the connecting hose of the test pump (ZG 5.1. or ZG 5.2.) onto the valve
neck of the gas outlet cock.
• Open the gas outlet cock (turn anticlockwise).
• Pump air into the ZG 1.2. gas sampling device until the magnet contact tube in the Buchholz
relay is ope rated due to lowering of the upper float (double-float Buchholz relay).
• Obtain verification of correct function from control room.
• Close the gas outlet cock (turn clockwise).
• Remove the adapter from the gas outlet cock.
• Remove the screw cap from the oil outlet cock (Fig. 2/3).
• Open the oil outlet cock and collect the oil in a suitable container.
• Close the oil outlet cock as soon as the oil level is visible in the inspection glass.
• Screw the screw cap onto the oil outlet cock.
• Open the gas outlet cock and let the air escape.
• Close the gas outlet cock as soon as the gas sampling device is filled completely with oil and oil
comes out of this cock.
• Screw the screw cap onto the gas outlet cock
caution
Proper function of the device requires that the screw caps are screwed on.
Warning
When checking the function of the double-float Buchholz relay using the test pump, for
design reasons, only the upper switching system (alarm) is checked. Use only test pumps
with suitable adapter (ball valve) supplied by EMB (ZG 5.1. or ZG 5.2.).
9
9. Technical data
The technical data in the following table apply to any standard-design gas sampling devices manu-
factured by EMB.
Parameter Data Notes

Gas tester connection G 1/8“ other dimensions available on
request
Oil outlet opening G 1/8“ other dimensions available on
request
Temperature range: - 40 °C to + 55 °C Climatic test acc. to
- Ambient temperature - 40 °F to + 131 °F DIN EN 60068-2-78: 2002-09
- Operating range
* Insulating liquid temperature - 40 °C to + 115 °C up to +135°C variant 21
- 40 °F to + 239 °F (ester-based insulating liquid)
* Insulating liquid viscosity 1 mm2/s to 1100 mm2/s

Weight without tube 2.2 kg
Tube dimensions Ø 6x1 copper tube
Length of tube max. 25 m as requested by customer
Other variants and options on customer’s request.
10
10. Accessories
A box that can be locked is available for the ZG 1.2. gas sampling device.
Fig. 4 – ZG 1.2. gas sampling device with box
11
Elektromotoren und
Hamburg
EMB GmbH
D-39179 Barleben | Germany Hannover
Barleben Berlin
Magdeburg
Phone: +49 39203 790

E-Mail: info@emb-online.de
Frankfurt
München
Due to technical improvement of our products, the information contained in these operating instructions is subject to change without notice.
We would like to apologize for any printing errors which have not been found despite of intensive proof-reading.
Edition: Operating Instructions Gas Sampling Device BA 11/01/15/02 English

9.12 Contact Indicator Thermometer (TEMPERATURE

INDICATOR)
Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Oil thermometer
Position in the dimension 834.1, 834.2
drawing:
Manufacturer: Qualitrol
Type: AKM 34\4\01\15\10
Operating instructions: Oil and winding temperature 17
indicators
Manual TD34 7
Winding thermometer
Position in the dimension 833.1, 833.2, 833.3
drawing:
Type: AKM 35\4\01\15\10
Operating instructions: Oil and winding temperature 17
indicators
Manual TD34 7
Digital indicator
Type: 47875
ATTENTION
diagram.
WARNING

Manual TD34
EC 10001
2010
(TD34)
www.qualitrolcorp.com
Manual TD34
2 www.qualitrolcorp.com
Manual TD34
Manual TD34
Manual TD34
About QUALITROL®:
®
QUALITROL manufactures substation and transformer monitoring and protection devices used by electric utilities and
manufacturing companies. It is the global leader in sales and installations of transformer asset protection equipment, fault
®
recorders and fault locators. Established in 1945, QUALITROL produces thousands of different types of products on
demand, each customized to customers' unique requirements.
©2010 QUALITROL® Company LLC, an ISO 9001 system certified company. All rights reserved. Information subject to change without notice.
All trademarks are properties of their respective companies, as noted herein. AKM_MANUAL_TD34_EC10001.
OTI and WTI series 34/35 No. TD119-5
Acc.
with transmitter
4 - 20 mA and 0 – 5 V Date 29-11-10
EC 10001 Page 1(2)
GENERAL AKM contact thermometers Series 34 for oil temperature and Series
35 for winding temperature can be supplied with a transmitter for
remote indication or recording. This gives several advantages over the
conventional method with a separate resistance thermometer, e.g.
lower costs, no errors due to different time constants and connecting
wires to indicator.
TECHNICAL DATA Housing: The transmitter is mounted inside

the instrument, well protected.
Nominal supply voltage: 20 - 40V DC
Output: 4 -20 mA for ranges acc. To Bulletin 345.
0 – 5 V for computer etc.
Load: 500 Ohm 24V DC.
Min 10 kOhm (voltage output)
Accuracy: (Related to local indication) ±2 °C.
Ambient temperature: -40°C to +70°C.
Mechanical life: Meets BEBS-T2. Section XXVIII: F2.1(a)
2.1a requirement (min.1000 hours
vibration test at 100 Hz and 0.2 to 0.25
mm vertical amplitude).
Insulation test: 2000 V, 50 Hz, 60 s to earth acc. to
IEC 60-2.
Warning: Note: Terminals 61,62,63 and 64 must be
short-circuited during insulation test, and
the test voltage shall be raised gradually.
Installation: See page 2.
Qualitrol LLC. An ISO 9001 system Phone +46 8447 5460

certified company. Information subject Fax +46 8604 6810
to change without notice. Email akminfo@qualitrolcorp.com
(TD119-5)
OTI and WTI series 34/35 No. TD119-5
Acc.
with transmitter
4 - 20 mA and 0 – 5 V Date 29-11-10
EC 10001 Page 2(2)
Control cabinet
Alternative 1
Control room
Power Computer Indicator

Supply 47877
48450
61 62 63 64
+ - + - + -
+24 V
0-5 V
4-20 mA
Gnd
Control cabinet
Alternative 2
Control room
Computer Indicator Power

47877 Supply
48450
61 62 63 64
+ - + - + -
0-5 V
+24 V
4 -20 mA
Gnd
Qualitrol LLC. An ISO 9001 system Phone +46 8447 5460

certified company. Information subject Fax +46 8604 6810
to change without notice. Email akminfo@qualitrolcorp.com
(TD119-5)
9.13 Oil Level Indicator (OIL LEVEL MONITORING)

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
drawing:
Manufacturer: CEDASPE
Type: FK2T3C210
Operating instructions: Magnetic oil level indicators 9

drawing:
Manufacturer: CEDASPE
Type: BQ2T1C210
Operating instructions: Magnetic oil level indicators 9
ATTENTION
diagram.
WARNING

MAGNETIC OIL LEVEL INDICATOR
FOR POWER TRANSFORMER
IFG SERIES – 03/13
(Inclined Flange Gauge)
File : IFG rev. 05 dtd 22/03/2011 page 1 of 9

THIS IS AN UNCONTROLLED COPY : information given in this leaflet can change without prior notice
 Features
The magnetic oil level indicators type IFG has been specially studied for use on power transformer to
give an analogical indication of the oil level inside the conservator by a graduated dial with arrow plus
one or more electric signal (max 4 signals) when the oil inside the conservator reaches the max or min
level.
 Construction features
o Materials and components
The body of the gauge is made in one piece of solid compact aluminium alloy casting oiltightned proof.
The dial face is inclined of 20° from the connecting flange towards the ground, offering a better view at
human height of the oil level indication system.
The indicating system is located Inside the body and is composed by a yellow arrow, a graduated scale
with ten division, one or more contacts activated by cams and a permanent magnet.
The monitoring system is partially located inside the fixing flange and is composed by a permanent
magnet, a bevel gear rigidly connected to a float arm which follows the movement of the surface of the
oil.
The two systems are connected by a magnetic joint obtained using the magnetic flux of the permanent
magnets
The electric signal coming from contacts are carried out through a waterproof terminal box (IP55) fitted
with a PG16 cable gland and a ground screw
o Oil-tightness and resistance to pressure
The magnetic oil level indicators IFG are suitable to work with oil up to a max temperature of 115°C;
lowest ambient temperature –25°C and are mechanically resistant to vacuum (10 torr)
o Resistance to dynamical stress
The magnetic oil level indicators IFG can operate without undue operation in following conditions:
Sinus vibrations with frequency ≤120 Hz and amplitude ≤250 µm;
Dynamical conditions causing following accelerations:
- Max 3g in all directions, sinus vibration, amplitude ≤ 20 mm;
- Shock condition with max 10 g in all directions.
o Surface protection
Body, frame, terminal box and cover are painted internally and externally with one primer coat of epoxy
paint and externally with a finishing coat of polyurethane paint colour RAL 7030. The primer coat on the
internal surfaces is compatible with transformer mineral oil up to temperatures of 120°C. Total thickness
of two coats is 80 microns; special painting cycle can be provided for transformers located in very
polluted areas
 Manufacturing program
Magnetic oil level indicator series IFG is manufactured in 2 different execution
- Type IFG FK2 axial type suitable for use in conservator with rubber bag
- Type IFG BQ2 radial type suitable for use on OLTC compartment
All execution are equipped with 1,2 or more electric contacts , microswich type that are activated when
the oil (and consequently the arrow of the instrument) reaches presetted positions.
Indicating arrow moves over a 180° angle, float arm moves over an angle of 60°/140° respectively for
type FK2, BQ2; for type BQ2 is also available a special execution with float arm rotation angle of 90°.
White indicating dial having 10 divisions with black marking.
 Operation, installation and maintenance
o Operation
Should an increase of oil inside the conservator (due to heating) or a decrease of oil (due to an oil loss)
the float arm detects this variation and gives an optical signal (analogic type) through the arrow and
when the oil reaches the presetted value for alarm and/or trip a microswitch is activated and an electric
signal is provided inside the terminal box.
o Installation
Use one magnetic oil level indicator for the conservator of the main tank and one for OLTC conservator
(if present); the oil level indicator can be fixed to the conservator using 8 (or 6) nuts M10 complete with
washer and spring washer that have to be mounted on studs M10x30mm
o Maintenance
Magnetic oil level gauges IFG don’t need specific maintenance; we suggest to check regularly contacts
during the normal maintenance of the transformer

 Electric contacts
The contacts are microswitches changeover type and are mechanically operated by a cam.
Following main characteristic of microswitches
Lever Stainless steel
Body and pushbutton Thermosetting composition
Contact material Silver
7
Mechanical endurance of contact 1x10 cyles
Temperature range -40°C - +125°C
Standard interruption power AC AC 250V-5A
Standard interruption power DC see diagram at end of brochure
Insulation to earth at 20°C 2.000V
Protection degree of terminal box IP 55
 Wiring diagrams
Available wiring diagram are:
- wiring diagram type C1 : gives a signal when oil reaches low level inside conservator
- wiring diagram type C2 : gives a signal when oil reaches low and max level inside conservator
- wiring diagram type D1 : gives an alarm signal when oil reaches low level and trip signal for very low
level inside conservator
- wiring diagram type D2 : gives a double signal when oil reaches low level inside conservator
All contacts are operated 3/5 degrees before the arrow reach the minimum or the maximum level of oil
See sketch
 Compatibility of installation
The installation compatibility of the magnetic oil level indicator depend mainly on the material used for
the flange gasket; therefore the executions differ because of the material used for this gasket.
o Standard execution N – nitrile rubber gasket
Admitted operating conditions are:
Environmental conditions:
Ambient temperature -25°C to +50°C
Relative humidity 95% to 20°C - 80% to 40°C - 50% to 50°C
Insulating liquid: transformer mineral or silicon oil
Temperature - 25°C to + 115°C
o Execution C – cork gasket
Admitted operating conditions are:
Environmental conditions:
Ambient temperature -20°C to +50°C
Relative humidity 95% to 20°C - 80% to 40°C - 50% to 50°C
Insulating liquid: transformer mineral or silicon oil
Temperature - 20°C to + 110°C
o Special executions
For other environmental and/or operating conditions to be examined individually.
 Ordering Instructions
When ordering must be defined following data:
- Type of magnetic oil level indicator : IFG FK2 or BQ2
- Type of gasket required : N; C or special
- Wiring diagram: C1; C2; D1; D2
- For type FK2 also float arm length or a mounting sketch showing min, max and filling levels of
oil, (see form at the end of brochure)

File : IFG page 6 rev. 05 dtd 22/03/2011 page 6 of 9
File : IFG page 8 rev. 05 dtd 22/03/2011 page 8 of 9
9.14 Pressure Relief Valve (PRESSURE MONITORING)

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension 885.1,885.2
drawing:
Manufacturer: Messko, Germany
Type: LMPRD-10psi
Operating instructions: operating instructions BA2066 17 2066/05/07 2014.7
ATTENTION
diagram.
WARNING
DANGER
If a pressure relief valve triggers (pressure in the tank too high), there is a high risk of injury
by hot insulation oil spraying out under pressure.

MESSKO® MPreC®
DRUCKENTLASTUNGSVENTIL
PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE
DISPOSITIF DE SURPRESSION
VÁLVULA DE SOBREPRESIÓN MECÁNICA
Betriebsanleitung/Operating Instructions/Instructions d’opération/Instrucciones de Operación
B A 2 0 6 6 / 05/07 D E- EN - FR - E S . ME S S K O I NS TRUME NTS

Inhaltsverzeichnis/Table of contents/Table des matières/Tabla de Contenido
Inhaltsverzeichnis/Table of contents/Table des matières/Tabla de Contenido
deutsch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1 Sicherheit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 Produktbeschreibung. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 Montage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4 Elektrischer Anschluss (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5 Betrieb und Wartung. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
6 Technische Daten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
7 Anhang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
English. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1 Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 Product specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3 Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4 Electrical connection (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5 Operation and maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6 Technical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7 Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
français. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1 Sécurité . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2 Spécification du produit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3 Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4 Raccordement électrique (optionnel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5 Opération et entretien. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6 Données techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
7 Annexe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
español. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1 Seguridad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2 Descripción del Producto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3 Instalación. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4 Conecciones eléctricas (opcional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5 Operación y mantenimiento. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6 Datos técnicos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7 Anexo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
BA2066/05/07 3
1 Safety
NOTE
Information contained in these operating instructions may
differ from the actual equipment delivered.
Subject to change without prior notice. Please keep this manual for future reference!
1 Safety It is essential to read and observe the limit values for operation
indicated on the nameplate and in the operating instructions
1.1 Safety instructions prior to commissioning the device.
All personnel involved in installation, commissioning, operation
1.3 Notes on equipment operation
or maintenance of this equipment must:
- be sufficiently qualified The user must comply with the national accident prevention
- strictly observe these operating instructions. regulations.
Incorrect operator control or misuse can cause: It is particularly pointed out that work to be performed on live
- serious or fatal injury (i.e., touch-endangered) parts is only permitted when these parts
- damage to the equipment and other property of the user are either de-energized or protected against direct contact.
- a reduction in the efficiency of the equipment. Electrical installation is subject to the relevant national safety
The safety instructions in this manual are presented in three regulations. It is imperative to connect the protective conductor
different ways to highlight their importance. in order to ensure trouble-free operation.
WARNING
This information indicates particular danger to life and limb. CAUTION
Disregarding this warning may lead to severe or fatal injury.
Installation, electrical connection, commissioning, and
maintenance of the device may only be performed by qua-
lified, trained personnel and only in accordance with these
CAUTION operating instructions.
It is the responsibility of the user to make sure that the
This information indicates particular danger to the equip-
device is only used for the specified application.
ment or other property of the user. Severe or fatal injury
cannot be excluded. For safety reasons, all unauthorized and incorrectly exe-
cuted jobs (i.e., installation, modification, electrical connec-
tion, commissioning and maintenace of the equipment) are
NOTE prohibited without the prior permission of Messko!
These notes give important information on a certain topic.
WARNING
1.2 Operation in accordance with intended use All national fire prevention regulations must be strictly
observed.
The pressure relief device protects transformers against non-
permissible increases in pressure. Once a specific predetermined
degree of pressure has been reached, the pressure relief device CAUTION
will open, reduce the pressure, and reseal itself tightly after Never dry the pressure relief device together with the
achieving the required reduction in pressure. transformer’s active part.
10 BA2066/05/07
2 Product specification
2 Product specification
2.1 Model with standard cover
6
4 5
7
10
3
11
2
12
1
13
Fig. 1 14
Although the pressure relief device is available in different a semaphore (Fig. 1/6) can be attached which flips up when
models, its design and mode of operation are always identical. tripping occurs to call attention to the signal.
The housing flange (Fig. 1/1) of the pressure relief device is Furthermore, the pressure relief devices are available with either
mounted on the transformer tank or on the on-load tap-changer. one or two optional micro-switches (Fig. 1/8) which are force-
A gasket (Fig. 1/2) and a sealing lip (Fig. 1/12) are attached to switched by the signal pin when the valve trips. The different
the housing flange. The valve plate (Fig. 1/11) is pressed against types of connections of the micro-switches are described in
the gasket by a spring assembly (Fig. 1/3). The spring assembly is chapter 4.
held down by a counter-bearing (Fig. 1/9)fastened to the flange
with six screws (Fig. 1/10). Type Tripping pressure
[psi] [bar] [kPa]
WARNING LMPRD 4 psi 4±1 0.28 28
The counter-bearing preloads the spring assembly and is
secured with 6 screws. Never under any circumstances LMPRD 6 psi 6±1 0.41 41
unscrew these screws!!! LMPRD 8 psi 8±1 0.55 55
Danger of injury!!! LMPRD 10 psi 10 ± 1 0.69 69
LMPRD 12 psi 12 ± 1 0.83 83
The device is available with different tripping pressures. If the LMPRD 15 psi 15 ± 2 1.03 103
pressure under the valve plate exceeds the tripping pressure of
LMPRD 20 psi 20 ± 2 1.38 138
the spring assembly, the valve plate will open, causing an abrupt
normalization of the pressure. Afterwards the spring assembly LMPRD 25 psi 25 ± 2 1.72 172
closes the valve plate tight again. LMPRD 30 psi 30 ± 2 2.07 207
Every time the valve is tripped, a colored signal pin (Fig. 1/5) is Table 1
pressed out of the housing (red for mineral oil, blue for silicone
oil). This pin snaps into place while being pressed out. It signals
the user that the valve has been tripped (Fig. 3). In addition,
BA2066/05/07 11
3 Installation
2.2 Model with oil-directed cover (OD)
1 5
6
2
7
8
3
Fig. 2 9
The design of the MPreC® pressure relief device with a solid cast
min. 100 mm (4“)
with Semaphore)
metal cover for directed oil flow is similar to the design of an
(170 mm (6.7“)
MPreC® pressure relief device with a standard cover.
The pressure relief device is bolted to a transformer counter
flange with the cover removed (Fig. 2/2). Afterwards, the cover
is attached and secured to the device. The cover has an outlet
(Fig. 2/3) to let the oil escape in case the pressure relief device
is tripped but is otherwise sealed off with a gasket (Fig. 2/4) in
the direction of the device. A pipe can be flanged to the outlet
to drain off the escaping oil in a controlled manner. The micro-
switches (Fig. 2/7) are encapsulated from the functional part of 2
the valve with a gasket (Fig. 2/8) and are thus protected from
escaping oil as well as environmental influences.
1
3 Installation
Fig. 3
3.1 Installation of model with standard cover
CAUTION to leave sufficient space above the valve (min. 100 mm, with a
semaphore: min. 170 mm, Fig. 3) so that the signal pin can be
The operating and installation instructions specified for this
completely pressed out of the housing and the semaphore (if
installation and operating manual must be strictly complied
present) is able to fold over completely ("Alarm" position).
with.
3.1.1 Opening the pressure relief device
The pressure relief device can be installed horizontally or ver-
tically. For vertical installation, please make sure that the base To install the pressure relief device, remove the cover (Fig. 1/4)
plate (Fig. 3/2) never points up or down. It must always point to first. Pull out the signal pin (Fig. 1/5) and unscrew the signal
the right or to the left during installation. Also please be sure pin’s cap (Fig. 1/7) with two SW12 and SW32 fork wrenches (or
12 BA2066/05/07
pliers). Then remove the two SW10 screws (Fig. 3/1) from the
base plate (vertical plate) and the SW10 screw (Fig. 1/13) on the CAUTION
opposite side. Then remove the cover. The signal pin must be pressed back into the device
afterwards. If there is a semaphore, it must be folded
3.1.2 Mounting the pressure relief device over so that the tip is on the signal pin. Otherwise it will
The pressure relief device is installed via the drilled holes on indicate a tripping of the pressure relief valve (visually and
the housing flange by means of M12 respectively 1/2“ screws. electrically).
The dimensions are given in the Appendix. When mounting the
device, be sure to install a mounting gasket (Fig. 1/14)/(Fig. 9) 3.2 Installation of model with oil-directed cover (OD)
(optionally included in the delivery) under the device.
The pressure relief device is mounted on a counter-flange of the
transformer or similar.
First, remove the solid cast metal cover (Fig. 2/2) of the pressure
relief device. This is done by pulling out the signal pin (Fig. 2/6)
and unscrewing its cap (Fig. 2/5) with two SW12 and SW32 fork
wrenches (or pliers). Then unscrew the 4 screws SW13
(Fig. 2/1) on the cover and lift off the cover.
1
During assembly, first screw the housing flange to the spring
assembly using the 6 bored holes. A mounting gasket (Fig. 2/9,
is provided optionally) must be installed under the device. This
gasket can be provided optionally.
Fig. 4
CAUTION
The valve can only be bled when the cover is removed.
3.1.3 Bleed screw
Proceed as described in chapter 3.1.3.
If installed vertically, no gas will collect under the valve plate of
the pressure relief device and there is no need to bleed the The cast metal cover can now be placed on the pressure relief
valve. device. Turn the cover to the correct position and gently tighten
If installed horizontally, the pressure relief valve can be bled af- the 4 screws (figure 2/1) several times crosswise to prevent the
ter the transformer oil is filled. To do this, open the bleed screw cover from tilting when being lowered. After the cover has been
(Fig. 4/1) with a SW10 wrench or a screwdriver and tightly lock lowered, tighten the 4 screws in the same way up to a torque of
the screw as soon as oil starts to escape. 23 Nm to ensure a uniform pressure on the flat gasket located
inside (figure 2/9). Then screw the signal cap back onto the
CAUTION signal pin.
Bleeding a pressure relief valve on an on-load tap-changer CAUTION

is not permitted without the prior consent of the on-load
tap-changer manufacturer. The signal pin must then be pressed back into the device.
If a semaphore exists, it must be positioned to rest with its
tip on the signal pin. Otherwise, a triggering of the pressure
3.1.4 Closing the pressure relief device relief device is indicated both visually and electrically.
The pressure relief device must be closed after installation. To do
A drainage pipe or similar can be flanged to the front of the
this place the cover on the pressure relief valve in such a way
pressure relief device. Gasket and screws with spring washers
that the holes for the mounting screws in the cover are aligned
are included with the device. A welded or screw flange can be
with the associated threaded holes of the MESSKO® MPreC®
ordered as an option.
pressure relief device.
To attach the cover, screw the two SW10 screws (Fig. 3/1) to the CAUTION
base plate (vertical plate) and the SW10 screw (Fig. 1/13) on the
The outlet opening of the pressure relief device is closed
opposite side (MA = 5 Nm).
with a plastic cap (Fig. 2/3) during transportation. This cap
Then screw the SW32 cap back onto the SW12 signal pin (MA must be removed before the valve is assembled. Never under
= 8 Nm) and press the signal pin back into the device as far as any conditions use it as a closing cap during operation.
it will go.
BA2066/05/07 13
4 Electrical connection (optional)
5 Operation and maintenance
4 Electrical connection (optional) Connect the plug connector to the socket of the pressure relief
valve and tighten clockwise as far as it will go. We recommend
The optionally installed micro-switches can be connected as
holding the cable during mounting. Make absolutely sure not to
follows:
twist the connection cable.
- Cable gland connection inside the device
- Connection with ANSI or Westinghouse connectors
5 Operation and maintenance
- Connection with a terminal box
See also figures 6 to 11.
5.1 Commissioning
Each micro-switch is designed as a galvanically isolated NC and
The pressure relief device is ready for operation after instal-
NO contact.
lation and electrical connection.
CAUTION To check the micro-switches, proceed as shown below. Pull the

signal pin out of the housing to the position "ALARM" (Fig. 5)
Electrical connection of the pressure relief device may only to activate the micro-switches. Then press the signal pin back
be performed by qualified, skilled personnel trained in the into the housing to the position "OPERATION" to switch back the
applicable safety regulations of the particular country. micro-switches.
If a temporary power disconnection by the pressure relief device
is desired, check to determine whether the circuit breakers of the
WARNING transformer to be protected disconnect it from all power supply
Life threatening electrical voltage! sources while the signal pin is in the "ALARM" position.
It is imperative to turn off the power supply before While performing this test, please make sure that
opening the switch housing or the terminal box. - the transformer remains de-energized
- the working ground on the transformer is not neutralized
4.1 Connection with cable gland - the automatic fire extinguishing equipment is provided.
Switch-on must be made impossible until after the pressure
To connect micro-switches, the device must be open (chapter
relief valve is back in the "OPERATION" position by resetting the
3.1.1). Then unscrew the four screws of the micro-switch hou-
signal pin.
sing and remove the cover. The cable for the wiring connection
must be stripped and bared. Open the M20x1.5 cable glands 5.2 Signal pin in "OPERATION" position
(for Ø 8...15 mm leads) on the base plate (Fig. 3/2) and on the
micro-switch housing (Fig. 6, page 28) (SW24) and then thread If the signal pin is in the "OPERATION" position, this means that
the cable through the two cable glands. the pressure relief device has not been tripped. If the micro-
switch reports a signal anyway, the cause may be in the tripping
Wiring is done as shown by the connection diagram on the four circuit. In this case, check the tripping current circuit.
clamping screws and on one of the two grounding terminals
(ME) (Fig. 6, page 28). Then close the cable glands (MA=5.0 Nm),
the micro-switch housing, and replace the cover.
"OPERATION" "ALARM"
4.2 Connection via terminal box "Betrieb" "Alarm"
Open the terminal box with the 4 screws. Strip the cable for
the wiring and bare the wires approx. 7 mm. Open the M25x1.5
cable glands (for lines Ø 13 to 20 mm) and thread the cable
through. The wiring is based on the connection diagram (Fig.
8, page 29) on the labeled terminal strip. Then close the cable
glands (MA = 6.7 Nm) and the terminal box again.
Fig. 5
4.3 Connection with ANSI connector
Before connecting the pressure relief device, check to determine
whether the plug connector (pin allocation) fits on the socket
on the floor plate. The cable of the ANSI plug connector must
be installed based on the particular application. The cable jacket
must be stripped and the individual wires must be bared. The
wires must be connected as shown in Fig. 10, page 30 for 1 or 2
micro-switches.
14 BA2066/05/07
6 Technical data
5.3 Signal pin in "ALARM" position

If the signal pin is in the "ALARM" position, this means that the
CAUTION
pressure relief device has been tripped. In this case, clarify the The signal pin must be pressed back into the device or a
following questions and contact the transformer manufacturer new tripping of the valve cannot be indicated.
or the on-load tap-changer manufacturer so that any neces-sary
further measures can be initiated.
5.4 Maintenance
- Has oil escaped from the pressure relief device?
- Was the transformer subjected to mechanical stress? Regular maintenance is not required.
- How great was the stress exerted on the transformer at the We recommend performing the following checks during periodic
time the valve was tripped? transformer inspections:
- Was an adjustment of the on-load tap-changer performed - Inspection of the external condition of the built-in device
directly before or during the tripping? for damage and dirt. Remove dirt as necessary.
- Did additional safety devices respond at the same time that
the valve was tripped?
- Were switching operations being performed on the network
WARNING
at the time the valve was tripped? It is imperative to observe the relevant safety regulations to
- Were overvoltages registered at the time the valve was prevent life-threatening danger.
tripped?
- How high is the static pressure acting on the pressure relief
device (height difference between the oil level in the oil
conservator and the pressure relief device)?
6 Technical data
Dimensions: See Appendix Rated isolation
Outlet opening (model with oil-directed cover(OD)): voltage: AC: 2,500 V/1 min.
90 mm (3.54")
Cable gland connection:
Weight: Approx. 6 kg with standard cover
Approx. 11kg with oil-directed cover Connection terminals: Single wire: 0.5 - 2.5 mm2, AWG 20-10;
Materials: All components are weather-proof and Lead with core sleeve: 0.5 - 1.5 mm2,
transformer-oil resistant. All exterior AWG 20-15
components are seawater and Cable gland: All M25x1.5 for cables Ø 8...15 mm
UV-resistant Protecting rating: IP 65 as per IEC 60 529 (device closed)
Characteristic data: ANSI-connector:

Place of installation: Indoors and outdoors, suitable for the Cable: AWG 16, SOOW, 600 V
tropics Cable length: Different lengths on request
Ambient temperature: -50...+80 °C (mechanical) (24"...240" standard)
-40...+80 °C (micro-switch) Protecting rating: IP 65 as per to IEC 60 529 (device
Oil temperature: -30...+120 °C closed)
Tripping pressure: See table 1
Terminal box:
Valve tightness: Leakage test with helium overpressure
Connection terminals: Single wire: 1 - 4 mm2, AWG 18-8;
Micro-switch: Lead with core sleeve: 0.5 - 2.5 mm2,
Contacts: Per micro-switch: 1x NC contact, 1x NO AWG 20-10
contact, galvanically isolated Cable gland: All M25x1.5 for cables Ø 13...20 mm
Category of use: IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15/DC-13 Protecting rating: IP 65 as per IEC 60 529 (device
Switching capacity: AC: 3 A/240 V; 6 A/120 V closed)
DC: 1.1 A/250 V; 2.2 A/125 V
Mounting gasket (optional):
Max. continuous
Material: NBR or Viton
current: 10 A
Dimensions: Ø 200 x Ø 178.5 x 4.25
BA2066/05/07 15
7 Anhang/Appendix/Annexe/Anexo
7 Anhang/Appendix/Annexe/Annexe
7.1 Anschluss über Kabelverschraubungen Version Standardhaube/Cable gland connection model with standard cover/
Raccordement du presse-étoupe de câble version capot standard/Conexión mediante racores para cables versión cubierta estándar
Mikroschalter 2 Mikroschalter 1
Micro switch 2 Micro switch 1 Mikroschalter 2 Mikroschalter 1
Micro rupteur 2 Micro rupteur 1 Micro switch 2 Micro switch 1
Microinterruptor 2 Microinterruptor 1 Micro rupteur 2 Micro rupteur 1
Microinterruptor 2 Microinterruptor 1
Bild 6/Fig. 6
7.2 Anschluss über Kabelverschraubungen an Vollgusshaube (OD)/Cable gland connection model with oil-directed cover (OD)
Raccordement du presse-étoupe de câble version capot en alliage (OD)/Conexión mediante racores para cables a la cubierta
de control de llenado (OD)
Mikroschalter 1 Mikroschalter 2
Micro switch 1 Micro switch 2 Mikroschalter 1 Mikroschalter 2
Micro rupteur 1 Micro rupteur 2 Micro switch 1 Micro switch 2
Microinterruptor 1 Microinterruptor 2 Micro rupteur 1 Micro rupteur 2
Microinterruptor 1 Microinterruptor 2
Sicht in offene Vollgusshaube (OD)/View into open oil-directed cover (OD)

Vue du capot en alliage (OD) ouvert/Vista al interior de la cubierta de control
Bild 7/Fig. 7 de llenado abierta (OD)
28 BA2066/05/07
7.3 Anschluss über die Anschluss-Box/Connection via terminal box/

Raccordement par boîte à bornes/Conección por caja de terminales
Standardhaube/Standard Cover
Capot standard/Cubierta estándar
Vollgusshaube (OD)/Oil-directed Cover (OD)

Capot en alliage (OD)/Cubierta de control de llenado (OD)
siehe auch Kap 7.1 und 7.2/see also chapter 7.1 and 7.2
voir aussi chap 7.1 et 7.2/véase además cap 7.1 y 7.2
Bild 8/Fig. 8
7.4 Anschluss mit ANSI-Stecker/Connection with ANSI connector/

Raccordement à l’aide d’un raccord ANSI/Conección por medio de conector tipo ANSI
Standardhaube/Standard Cover Vollgusshaube (OD)/Oil-directed Cover (OD)

Capot standard/Cubierta estándar Capot en alliage (OD)/Cubierta de control de llenado (OD)
Bild 9/Fig. 9
BA2066/05/07 29
ANSI-Stecker 1 Mikroschalter/ANSI-connector 1 micro-switch

Raccord ANSI 1 micro rupteur/Conector ANSI 1 microinterruptor
– Pin 1 (schwarz, black,

noir, negro)
– Pin 2 (rot, red,

rouge, rojo
– Pin 3 (blau, blue,

bleu, brun)
ANSI-Stecker 2 Mikroschalter/ANSI-connector 2 micro-switch

Raccord ANSI 2 micro rupteur/Conector ANSI 2 microinterruptor

noir, negro)

rouge, rojo

bleu, brun)
– Pin 4 (orange, orange,

orange, naranjo)
– Pin 5 (gelb, yellow,

jaune, amarillo
– Pin 6 (braun, brown,

Bild 10/Fig. 10 azúl, café)
30 BA2066/05/07
7.5 Anschluss mit Westinghouse-Stecker/Westinghouse connector connection/

Raccordement à l’aide d’un raccord Westinghouse/Conexión por medio de conector tipo Westinghouse
Westinghouse-Stecker für 1 Mikroschalter ohne Erdung

Westinghouse-connector for 1 micro-switch without grounding
Raccord Westinghouse 1 micro rupteur
Conector Westinghouse 1 microinterruptor
– Pin 4 (grün, green,
vert, verde
– Pin 6 (weiß, white,

blanc, blanco)

noir, negro)
Westinghouse-Stecker für 1 Mikroschalter mit Erdung
Westinghouse-connector for 1 micro-switch with grounding
vert, verde

blanc, blanco)

noir, negro)

rouge, rojo
Westinghouse-Stecker für 2 Mikroschalter ohne Erdung

Westinghouse-connector for 2 micro-switch without grounding
bleu, brun)
– Pin 6 (orange, orange,

orange, naranjo)

rouge, rojo

vert, verde

blanc, blanco)

noir, negro)
Bild 11/Fig. 11 siehe auch Bild 9/see also Fig. 9
voir aussi fig. 9/ver también figura 9
BA2066/05/07 31
7 Anhang/Appendix/Annexe/Annexe
7.6 Abmessungen mit Standardhaube/Dimensions with standard cover

7.6
Dimensions avec capot standard/Dimensiones con cubierta estándar
)
6 0°
(=3
0°
6x 6
60°
Ø265 / 10.43"
Ø235 / 9.25"
A-A A
6x Ø15,5 / 0.61"
13 / 0.51"
Bild 12/Fig. 12 A
Stellung „ALARM“, “ALARM”,

Position «ALARME», Position «ALARMA»
Stellung „BETRIEB“, “OPERATION” position,

Position «OPERATION», Position «OPERACION»
50 / 1.97"
340 / 13.39"
230 / 9.06"
184,5 / 7.26"
3,2 / 0.13"
Montagedichtung, Mounting gasket, Ø170 / 6.69"

Joint de montage, Empaque de montaje
Bild 13/Fig. 13
32 BA2066/05/07
BA2066/04/07
Anschluss-Box,
Terminal box, Ø291 / 11.46"
Box Boîte à bornes,
Caja de terminales R188 / 7.40"
Entlüftungsschraube,
Bleed screw,
Vis de purge,
Tornillo de purga
45°
Anschluss über Kabelverschraubung,

Cable gland connection, ANSI Stecker,
Raccord de presse-étoupe de câble, ANSI connector,
Conección por prensacables Raccord ANSI,
Conector ANSI
Bild 14/Fig. 14
BA2066/05/07 33
7.7 Abmessungen mit Vollgusshaube (OD)/Dimensions with oil-directed cover (OD)

Dimensions avec capot en alliage (OD)/Dimensiones con cubierta de control de llenado (OD)
Position "ALARME" env./Posición "ALARMA" aprox. 342 [13.47"]
Position "ALARM" ca./Position "ALARM" approx. 342 [13.47"]
232 [9.13"]
3x M 12
25
0.99"
5.53"
140
5.00"
127
3.56"
90
Bild 15/Fig. 15
34 BA2066/05/07
BA2066/05/07
Bild 16/Fig. 16
160 [6.46"]
13 [0.51"]
3x 12
0° (=
360°
)
80 [3.15"]
40 [1.57"]
O 90 [3.54"]
O 150 [5.91"]
O 170 [6.69"]
O 120 [4.72"]
O 235 [9.25"]
O 295 [11.59"]
3,2 [0.13"]
53 [2.09"] 6x O 15,5 [0.61"]

196 [7.72"] 167 [6.56"]
Position "ALARME" env./Posición "ALARMA" aprox. 246 [9.69"] 204 [8.01"] 161 [6.34"]
232 [9.13"]
Position "ALARME" env./Posición "ALARMA" aprox. 342 [13.47"]
35
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Messko-Platz 1, 61440 Oberursel, Germany
Phone: +49 6171 6398-0

Fax: +49 6171 6398-98
Email: info@messko.com
www.messko.com
Please note:
The data in our publications may differ from
the data of the devices delivered. We reserve
the right to make changes without notice.
BA2066/05/07 DE-EN-FR-ES – MESSKO® MPreC® –

MS99084003 – 05/14 –
©Messko GmbH 2014
36 BA2066/03/07
9.15 Rapid Pressure Rise Relay

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
drawing:
Manufacturer: Qualitrol,USA
Type: 900-014-37
Operating instructions: 900/910 rapid pressure rise relays 6
900/910 rapid pressure rise relay 2 2006.9
installation and testing instructions
IST-087-1
ATTENTION
diagram.
WARNING

INSTRUCTION SHEET
IST-087-1
900/910 Rapid Pressure Rise Relay
Installation and Testing Instructions
BACKGROUND
The Qualitrol 900/910 Series Rapid Pressure Rise Relay (RPRR) is designed to respond only to
rates of pressure change outside the safe limits determined by the transformer manufacturer. It
will not respond to the normal pressure variations caused by temperature variation, vibration,
mechanical shock, or pump surges.
The 900 Series is calibrated for mounting under oil and the 910 Series is designed for the gas
space. Each Series offers separate models for vertical and horizontal mounting; the orientation of
the included vent is critical and the mounting styles cannot be interchanged.
INSTALLING THE RELAY

Care should be taken to assure that the relay mounting is rigid; ideally, the tank should be reinforced
near the RPRR. If the relay is mounted on an isolation valve, care should be taken to minimize the
moment arm (distance from the tank wall to the base of the RPRR): this will minimize the risk of false
operation due to vibration and shocks. Installed Rapid Pressure Rise Relays must not have natural
frequencies of 50/60 Hz or multiples thereof when measured at the relay.
The relay should never be left on the transformer with the shut-off valve closed. If it is the practice
of the transformer manufacturer to close this valve for shipment then the relay should be removed
and re-mounted after the transformer is in place and filled with oil. Note also that closing the shut-
off valve while the relay switch is connected to an energized breaker tripping circuit may cause
unintentional tripping.
All relays mounted in the horizontal position must be installed with the electrical connector pointed
straight down. On some terminal box models the bleed screw will then be located on the side
rather than on the top as is customary. Note that the taper of the oil chamber in the housing
facilitates the removal of air but that special models are available for those cases where a top
bleed valve is required.
After installing the relay, open the shut-off valve and release any air trapped in the sensing
chamber of the relay by cracking open the bleeder valve. Close the bleeder valve after the liquid
has begun to flow.
A valve or tank opening of Ø2.00 to Ø2.40 inches is recommended. A mounting gasket is not
supplied but for most models and applications a 3.50 inch OD by 2.50 inch ID by .187 thick, 70
durometer nitrile or Viton flat gasket is appropriate. The mounting gasket should be centered in the
gasket recess. Gasket cement or similar adhesive is recommended. Tighten the bolts in an
alternating pattern and repeat the pattern several times until the flange is seated to the mounting
surface.
FIELD TEST OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS

The 900/910 Series is calibrated at the factory to provide the response times given in PPS-9. The
Relay is not designed for field calibration but an approximate test for proper calibration can be
made either on the bench or after the Relay has been installed using KIT-013-1. The test requires
removing the vent to pressurize the switch chamber of the Relay and care must be taken to
properly orient the vent when re-assembling to horizontally mounted units (see illustration
below).
ECN-25883 Page 1 of 2 IST-087-1.doc

September 5, 2006
INSTRUCTION SHEET
IST-087-1
The KIT test results are not a precise measurement of calibration but an approximate indication of
Relay functionality. Frequency of testing varies greatly with criticality of application but once per
year is typical. The test procedure is described in PPS-9. If the Relay does not operate within the
range specified below, repeat the test with the pressure at the upper limit – this will help reduce
false negatives due to gauge calibration and process errors. Make sure to wait at least 45 seconds
after pressurizing the Relay for stabilization before releasing the pressure.
Relay Operates Relay Does Not Operate

900 Series 3.25 – 3.50 PSIG 1.25 – 1.50 PSIG
910 Series 2.50 – 2.75 PSIG .75 – 1.00 PSIG
Note that these values have changed slightly several times since the introduction of the Relays
owing to changes in the manufacturing process but that the calibration values themselves have
not been altered.
IMPORTANT: WHEN TESTING IS COMPLETE REASSEMBLE THE VENT WITH PROPER
ORIENTATION TO ASSURE WEATHERTIGHTNESS.
VERTICALLY MOUNTED UNITS

MUST HAVE VENT ORIENTED
AS SHOWN
HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED
UNITS MUST HAVE VENT
ORIENTED AS SHOWN
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Under certain conditions the Relay may respond to rapid rates of pressure rise which are not initiated by the
transformer on which it’s mounted. Through faults may generate pressure pulses by moving older, looser
cores. A sufficiently large external shock to the Relay body may likewise trigger a response. While the
sensitivity of the 900/910 Series Relays is not adjustable, the sensitivity of the 930 Series Electronic Pressure
Monitor is and it should be considered for these applications.
Critical installations may require redundant relaying schemes to minimize the risk of false tripping due to the
above conditions. Two-out-of-three logic can be employed with either the mechanical or electronic Relays.
High vibration installations (Reactors, older transformers) may also require the 930 Series Relays which have
no moving parts at the sensor and are inherently more resistant to wear from vibration over time.
ECN-25883 Page 2 of 2 IST-087-1.doc

September 5, 2006
QUALITROL 900/910 RPRR ®
Rapid pressure rise relays

Protection and detection of
dangerous sudden pressure changes
• 100% factory calibrated and tested to ensure performance
• Multiple mounting and calibration options for gas or oil applications
• From the original creator of mechanical rapid pressure rise relays
Product Summary
Description Patented mechanical device for
detection of sudden pressure events based on the
rate of pressure rise and safe limits established
by transformer manufacturers. When a dangerous
pressure rise has been detected, the QUALITROL
rapid pressure rise relay (RPRR) will change
state. This can be used as an alarm or trip signal
to minimize the potential of transformer
tank damage.
Application For transformer and other
electrical apparatus protection. Can be
used in both oil (QUALITROL 900) or
gas (QUALITROL 910) space of
a transformer.
900 910 RPRR L FINAL.indd 1 1/7/09 10:40:46 AM

QUALITROL® 900/910 RPRR rapid pressure rise relays
Protection and detection of • Devices calibrated to quickly alarm or trip during

dangerous sudden pressure changes rapid pressure rise changes (see response curves below)
• Actuation only occurs based on rate of pressure rise and will not
occur under normal pressure variations caused by temperature
change and vibration
• Can be subjected to full vacuum or 20 PSI positive pressure
without damage
• Standard operation from -40 to 180ºF ( -40 to 82ºC)
• Special units available for operation at -67ºF (-55ºC)

` 100% factory calibrated and • Units are serialized and calibration records are maintained
tested to ensure performance • Factory tested for switch (contact) performance and response time
• Field test kit available for simple GO/NO-GO test to assure proper
functionality of the device
Multiple mounting and calibration • Flange or thread mounting options available for both vertical or
options for gas or oil applications horizontal mounting
• Models calibrated for proper response in gas or oil space applications
(see response curves below)
From the original creator of • Original creator of patented bellows technology for mechanical
mechanical rapid pressure rise relays rapid pressure rise detection
• Over 25 years of experience and refinement in rapid pressure rise
protection with greater than 100,000 units installed

RPRR response curves
900 Series Response Limits 910 Series Response Limits

RPRR features
ATMOSPHERIC VENT
ELECTRICAL
GAS BLEED CONNECTION
SYSTEM
OPTIONAL
CONNECTOR
FLANGE
MOUNT
SENSING BELLOWS
(PRESSURE INPUT)
2 ½” - 8 NPT
THREAD MOUNT
Reaction speed Maximum protection
Rapid pressure rise relays offer quick For maximum protection, single channel or
reaction to protect the transformer. Unlike multi-sensor QUALITROL 930 electronic
other sudden pressure protection devices, pressure monitors are available.
QUALITROL RPRRs operate in oil or gas
space for optimal detection of pressure Typically used in the most critical situations,
events. these monitors add continuous pressure
remote monitoring, adjustable sensitivity,
static and rapid pressure detection, and 2
out of 3 logic for reliable trip functionality.


Components and accessories
Seal-in relay (909-300)
• Latching relay to “seal-in” momentary switch
actuations common with detection of rapid
pressure rise events

• Configurable for VAC or VDC

• Two output relays

• LED lights to indicate active status and actuation

• Low profile

• Redundant make/break circuit requirement
protects against false trips due to damaged wiring
• UL certified for use in hazardous locations

(Class 1, Div 2)
Factory test fixture (FIX-601)

• Mimics the calibration and verification
testing performed at the factory for all
QUALITROL RPRRs

• Designed for use in repair shops and transformer
manufacturing plants

• Built in LED indicator lamps show test
status and results
Field test kit (KIT-013-1)

• Easy field test kit for “go/no-go” testing of
all QUALITROL RPRRs

• Rugged carrying case

• Setup and test instructions in case

• Power supply and other required components
provided in kit
Email info@qualitrolcorp.com

QUALITROL® 900/910 RPRR rapid pressure rise relays
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mechanical Mounting Vertical or horizontal in gas or oil mediums
Mounting style Flange mount or thread mount
Dimensions Flange mount Four ½” diameter bolt slots equally spaced on a 4” bolt circle
Thread mount 2 ½” - 8 NPT tapered pipe male thread with 3” hex wrench flat
Materials Bleed valve Nickel plated brass
Finish Thermosetting powder coat (ANSI # 70 gray)
Hardware Stainless steel
Housing and cover Die cast aluminum
O-ring seal Viton

Vent Brass or copper

Environmental Ambient operating -40°F to 180°F ( -40°C to 82ºC). Special units available for
temperatures operation down to -67ºF (-55ºC)
Resistance to vibration Switch operation not affected when subjected to 50/60 Hz,
or whole multiples thereof
NOTE: Vibration amplitude of installed relay should be minimized
Max pressure 14.7 to 20 PSIG (1.0 to 1.4 bar)

(sensing bellows)

Electrical Switch type Snap action, SPST or SPDT
Switch rating (AC) 10 A @ 125, 250 & 480 VAC
Inductive power 75%

factor (AC)
Switch rating (DC) ½ A @ 125 VDC - resistive

¼ A @ 250 VDC - resistive
Electrical connection QUALITROL style circular 3 pin, ANSI style circular

3 pin, military spec MS3102E16-10P circular 3 pin,
flying leads or terminal box
?
Don’t see what you need?
QUALITROL regularly creates models with special customer requirements.
Contact your local sales representative or QUALITROL Application Engineer
to review your special requirements.

QUALITROL 900/910 RPRR rapid pressure rise relays
®
Flange mount (horizontal mount shown)
Thread mount (vertical mount shown)
About QUALITROL ®
QUALITROL Company LLC manufactures substation and transformer monitoring and protection devices used by
electric utilities and manufacturing companies. It is the global leader in sales and installations of transformer asset
protection equipment, fault recorders and fault locators. Established in 1945, QUALITROL Company produces
thousands of different types of products on demand, each customized to customers’ unique requirements.

©2008 QUALITROL® Company LLC, an ISO 9001 system certified company. All rights reserved. Information subject to change without notice.
All trademarks are properties of their respective companies, as noted herein. AP-P06-01L-01E.

9.16 Dehydrating Breather (OIL PROTECTION)

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension 955,956
drawing:
Manufacturer: Hejian Yachen
Type: XS3-5, XS3-1
Operating instructions: Operation manual for dehydration 2
breather
ATTENTION
diagram.

9.17 Valve Fittings

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Vacuum connection DN80 Q05 03 342A4 2/5 0 2017.11
Main gas connection DN 80 Q05 03 342A4 2/5 0 2017.11
Valves for evacuation item 400 DN25/PN10 Q05 03 342A4 2/5 0 2017.11
Mian drain DN80 Q05 03 342A4 3/5 0 2017.11
Liquid-sump drain DIN 42 548-R Q05 03 342A4 3/5 0 2017.11
Sampling valve DN15 Q05 03 342A4 3/5 0 2017.11

9.18 Black Box10

Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Manufacturer: Siemens
Type: RS900
Operating instructions: SIMATIC S7-1200 documents in CD
SITOP PSU100S 4 A5E41342161 2017.3
SIMATIC net 3 A5E334440097- 2017.1
AC
Transducer_7KG6106 and 24 A5E38679986B
7KG6113 operating instructions
10 Instructions of black box are not included in the main Manual. They’re provided separately.

9.19 Monitoring11
Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Manufacturer: Siemens
Type: H2
Operating instructions: SITRAM H2 guard-oil monitoring 54 Rev. 1.2
system
IFM Oil humidity sensor 13 706104/01 2014.9
11 Instructions of Monitoring are not included in the main Manual. They’re provided separately.

10 Test Certificates of Accessories
10 Test Certificates of Accessories

This chapter contains test certificates of all tests performed according to delivery contracts,
product specifications or instruction manuals / leaflets, not necessarily within the scope of
the standards specified at chapter 1, beside test certificates of tests performed by sub-
suppliers.
No. Test certificate Supplier

1. Test certificate of OLTC with motor drive MR
2. Test certificate of bushings Shenyang Trench
3. Test certificate of radiators Jiangsu Tengqi
4. Test certificate of control cubicle / terminal box Guangzhou to Industrial
5. Test certificate of current transformers Jiangsu Zhida
6. Test certificate of winding/oil thermometer Qualitrol
7. Test certificate of pressure relief device Messko
8. Test certificate of oil level gauge CEDASPE
9. Test certificate of buchholz relay / gas sampling device EMB
10. Test certificate of monitoring relay EMB
11. Test certificate of rapid pressure rise relay Qualitrol
12. Test certificate of fan Ziehl-Abegg
13. Test certificate of black box Siemens

Q881507
Q881507
Q881508
Q881508
Q881509
Q881509
Q881507
Q881507
Q881507
Q881507
Q881507
Q881508
Q881508
Q881508
Q881508
Q881508
Q881509
Q881509
Q881509
Q881509
Q881509
Q881507
Q881507
Q881507
Q881507
Q881507
Q881508
Q881508
Q881508
Q881508
Q881508
Q881509
Q881509
Q881509
Q881509
Q881509
Q881507 for tank
Q881507 for tank
Q881507 for OLTC
Q881508 for tank
Q881508 for tank
Q881508 for OLTC
Q881509 for tank
Q881509 for tank
Q881509 for OLTC
Q881507 for tank
Q881507 for OLTC
Q881508 for tank
Q881508 for OLTC
Q881509 for tank
Q881509 for OLTC
Q881507
Q881507
Q881508
Q881508
Q881509
Q881509
Q881507
Q881508
Q881509
Q881507
Q881508
Q881509
11 Test Certificates of Transformer

This chapter contains all transformer test certificates performed at test bay according to IEC
60076.
11.1 Q881507 Test Report

No. Test certificate Page
1. Measurement of voltage ratio and phase displacement checking 7-8
2. Measurement of winding resistance 9-9
3. Measurement of insulation resistance, dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index 10-10
4. Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance of winding 11-11
5. Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance of bushing 11-11
6. Applied voltage test 12-12
7. Measurement of the harmonics of no-load current 12-12
8. Measurement of no-load current and no-load loss 13-13
9. Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss 13-13
10. Induced voltage test with partial discharge measurement (IVPD) 14-15
11. Lightning impulse test 16-22
12. Switching impulse test 23-24
13. Measurement of sound level 25-26
14. Temperature rise test 27-31
15. Measurement of the power taken by the fans 32-32
16. Bushing-type current transformer test 33-33
17. Tests on on-load tap-changers 34-34
18. Transformer oil test 35-35
19. Tank and conservator hermetic test 35-35
Annex1 Secondary circuit functional checking
Annex2 Transformer certificate and Bushing certificates
See test report as below:

TEST REPORT FOR POWER TRANSFORMER
电力变压器试验报告
Test product : Single-phase Auto-transformer with on-load tap-changer

试品名称：单相三绕组有载调压自耦电力变压器
Test product type:

ODFSZ-150000/500
试品型号：
Series number:
881507
出厂序号：
Manufacturer: Siemens Transformer (Guangzhou) Co.,Ltd.

制造单位：广州西门子变压器有限公司
Tested by： Siemens Transformer (Guangzhou) Co.,Ltd. Test center

试验单位：广州西门子变压器有限公司检测中心
No. 26 Jungong Road, East Section of GETDD

Company address：
510530 Guangzhou P.R. China
广州经济技术开发区东区骏功路26号
公司地址：
邮编：510530
2018-5-10
Ser.No.:
881507
TRANSFORMER TEST REPORT 出厂序号
变压器试验报告 Page:
1 of 35
页数
INDEX
目录
1 Test standards
试验标准 2
2 Specification
技术参数 3
3 Guaranteed value,Tolerance,Measured value

保证值,允许偏差,测试值 4
4 Test conclusion
试验结论 5
5 Measurement of voltage ratio and phase displacement checking

电压比测量和联结组标号检查 7
6 Measurement of winding resistance

绕组电阻测量 9
7 Measurement of insulation resistance，dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index

绕组绝缘电阻，吸收比及极化指数的测量 10
8 Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance of winding

绕组介质损耗因数和电容的测量 11
9 Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance of bushing

套管的介质损耗因数和电容的测量 11
10 Applied voltage test

外施工频耐压试验 12
11 Measurement of the harmonics of no-load current

空载电流谐波测量 12
12 Measurement of no-load current and no-load loss

空载电流和空载损耗测量 13
13 Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss

短路阻抗和负载损耗测量 13
14 Induced voltage test with partial discharge measurement (IVPD)

长时感应耐压试验 14
15 Lightning impulse test

雷电冲击试验 16
Ser.No.:
881507
2 of 35
页数
INDEX
目录
16 Switching impulse test

操作冲击试验 23
17 Measurement of sound level

声级测量 25
18 Temperature rise test

温升试验 27
19 Measurment of the power taken by the fans

风扇电机所吸收功率的测量 32
20 Bushing-type current transformer test

套管型电流互感器试验 33
21 Tests on on-load tap-changers

有载分接开关试验 34
22 Transformer oil test

变压器油试验 35
23 Tank and conservator hermetic test

油箱及储油柜密封试验 35
Annex1 Secondary Circuit Functional Checking

二次功能试验

产品合格证、套管合格证
Ser.No.:
881507
3 of 35
页数
1 Test standards
试验标准
IEC 60076-1：2011 Power transformer Part 1 General
Temperature rise for liquid-

IEC 60076-2：2011 Power transformer Part 2
immersed transformer
Insulation levels, dielectric tests and

external clearances in air
Guide to the lightning impulse and

IEC 60076-4：2002 Power transformer Part 4 switching impulse testing-Power
transformers and reactors
IEC 60076-5：2006 Power transformer Part 5 Ability to withstand short circuit
Loading guide for oil-immersed power

IEC 60076-7：2005 Power transformer Part7
transformers
IEC 60076-8：1997 Power transformer Part8 Application guide
IEC 60076-10- Determination of sound levels -

Power transformer Part 10-1
1：2016 Application guide
Ser.No.:
881507
4 of 35
页数
2 Specification
技术参数
Ser. No. Connection symbol

881507 Ia0i0
出厂序号联结组标号
Type Number of phases Single phase

ODFSZ-150000/500
型号相数单相
Cooling type Rated frequency

ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 50Hz
冷却方式频率
Temp. rise of top oil Temp. rise of winding

55K 60K
油面温升绕组温升
h.v. line terminal SI/LI/AC 1175/1550/680

高压线路端子
m.v. line terminal LI/AC 1050/460
Insulation level 中压线路端子
绝缘水平 h.v./m.v. neutral LI/AC 325/140
高中压中性点端子
l.v. line terminal LI/AC 180/75
低压线路端子
Rating
额定值
Winding
h.v. m.v. l.v.
绕组
Rated capacity
150 150 30
额定容量/MVA
Rated voltage
500/ 3 225/ 3 35
额定电压/kV
Votage variation
±8×1.25 / /
调压范围/%
Rated current
520 1155 857
额定电流/A
Ser.No.:
881507
5 of 35
页数
保证值,允许偏差,测试值
Guaranteed
No. Item Tolerance Measured value
value
序号项目允许偏差测试值
保证值
No-load loss
1 空载损耗 45.00 / 39.15
kW
No-load current
2 空载电流 0.200 / 0.040
%
h.v./m.v.(150MVA)
250.00 / 240.48
高压/中压
Rated load loss

h.v./l.v.(30MVA)
3 额定档负载损耗 / / 35.24
高压/低压
kW
m.v./l.v.(30MVA)
/ / 36.02
中压/低压
Total losses
4 总损耗 295.00 +10% 279.63
kW
h.v./m.v.(150MVA)
12.50 ±10% 12.93
高压/中压
Rated short-
circuit
h.v./l.v.(150MVA)
5 impedance 45.00 ±10% 41.81
高压/低压
额定档短路阻抗
%
m.v./l.v.(150MVA)
28.00 ±10% 27.27
中压/低压
Partial discharge amount A ： 60

6 局部放电量 ≤250 /
pC Am ： 80
Ser.No.:
881507
7 of 35
页数
电压比测量和联结组标号检查
h.v./ m.v 高压/中压
h.v. winding m.v.winding Voltage ratio error
Rated ratio Connection
高压压绕组中压绕组电压比误差/%
额定变 symbol
Tap Voltage Voltage 比值联结组标号
AN/AmN
分接电压/V 电压/V
1 550000/ 3 2.4444 -0.15
2 543750/ 3 2.4167 -0.14
3 537500/ 3 2.3889 -0.12
4 531250/ 3 2.3611 -0.11
5 525000/ 3 2.3333 -0.09
6 518750/ 3 2.3056 -0.08
7 512500/ 3 2.2778 -0.06
8 506250/ 3 2.2500 -0.05
9 500000/ 3 225000/ 3 2.2222 -0.03 Ia0
10 493750/ 3 2.1944 -0.02
11 487500/ 3 2.1667 0.00
12 481250/ 3 2.1389 0.02
13 475000/ 3 2.1111 0.04
14 468750/ 3 2.0833 0.06
15 462500/ 3 2.0556 0.08
16 456250/ 3 2.0278 0.10
17 450000/ 3 2.0000 0.12

Ser.No.:
881507
8 of 35
页数
h.v./ l.v 高压/低压

h.v. winding l.v.winding Voltage ratio error
高压绕组低压绕组 Rated ratio 电压比误差/% Connection
额定变 symbol
AN/ax
1 550000/ 3 9.0726 -0.08
2 543750/ 3 8.9695 -0.06
3 537500/ 3 8.8664 -0.05
4 531250/ 3 8.7633 -0.04
5 525000/ 3 8.6603 -0.03
6 518750/ 3 8.5572 -0.01
7 512500/ 3 8.4541 0.01
8 506250/ 3 8.3510 0.03
9 500000/ 3 35000 8.2479 0.04 Ii0
10 493750/ 3 8.1448 0.05
11 487500/ 3 8.0417 0.07
12 481250/ 3 7.9386 0.09
13 475000/ 3 7.8355 0.10
14 468750/ 3 7.7324 0.12
15 462500/ 3 7.6293 0.14
16 456250/ 3 7.5262 0.16
17 450000/ 3 7.4231 0.18
m.v./ l.v 中压/低压

m.v. winding l.v.winding Voltage ratio error
中压绕组低压绕组 Rated ratio 电压比误差/% Connection
额定变 symbol
Tap Voltage Voltage
比值 AmN/ax 联结组标号
/ 225000/ 3 35000 3.7115 0.04 Ii0
Measuring instrument ： 2796 transformer turns ratio meter accuracy ：
测试仪器： 2796 变比测量仪精度： 0.03%
Tester： Date：
测试人：陈健桐日期：2018-5-2
Ser.No.:
881507
9 of 35
页数
绕组电阻测量 Avg.oil temp. ：
平均油温： 25.5℃
Winding Tap Measured value
绕组分接测量值/Ω
1 0.5475
2 0.5426
3 0.5376
4 0.5327
5 0.5277
6 0.5228
7 0.5179
8 0.5130
9a 0.5078
h.v.
9b 0.5077
高压
9c 0.5078
10 0.5131
11 0.5179
12 0.5229
13 0.5277
14 0.5326
15 0.5376
16 0.5425
17 0.5475
m.v.
/ 0.1703
中压
l.v.
/ 0.02641
低压
Measuring instrument： JYR - 40 DC current resistance meter accuracy：
测试仪器： JYR - 40 直流电阻测试仪精度： 0.2%
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881507
10 of 35
页数
7 Measurement of insulation resistance , dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index
绕组绝缘电阻,吸收比及极化指数的测量
Humidity： Avg.oil temp. ：
湿度： 69.0% 平均油温： 26.0℃
Insulation resistance
Tested terminals 绝缘电阻/MΩ
测量端
R15'' R60'' R2' R3' R4' R5' R6' R7' R8' R9' R10' R60"/R15" R10'/R60"
l.v./h.v.,m.v.&E
12000 21000 28900 36100 38300 40500 44500 47700 51500 54900 55500 1.75 2.64
低压/高压,中压及地
h.v.,m.v.,/l.v.&E
25800 44000 48700 50900 53600 56600 58800 61000 63000 65700 66200 1.71 1.50
高压,中压/低压及地
h.v.,m.v.&l.v./E
8500 22300 29200 34600 37500 39800 42500 44500 46600 48200 49900 2.62 2.24
高压,中压及低压/地
Core－Earth
/ 5810 / / / / / / / / / / /
铁芯－地
Clamp－Earth
/ 5200 / / / / / / / / / / /
夹件－地
Core－Clamp
/ 6210 / / / / / / / / / / /
铁芯－夹件
Measurement of insulation resistance with DC 5000V megger, measurement of core and clamp insulation resistance with DC2500V megger
绝缘电阻测试用 5000V 兆欧表，铁芯及夹件绝缘电阻测试用 2500V兆欧表
Measuring instrument： Megger S1-552/2 5kV Digital insulation tester accuracy ：
测试仪器： Megger S1-552/2 5kV数字绝缘测试仪精度： 5%
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881507
11 of 35
页数

绕组介质损耗因数和电容的测量
湿度： 67.0% 平均油温： 25.5℃
Tested terminals Mode tgδ Cx

测量端子测试方式介损/% 电容/pF
l.v./h.v.,m.v.&E
GST A+B 0.226 12440
h.v.,m.v.,/l.v.&E
GST A+B 0.228 6099
h.v.,m.v.&l.v./E
GST A+B 0.234 15740
h.v.,m.v./l.v.
UST A 0.199 1401
高压,中压/低压

套管的介质损耗因数和电容的测量 Humidity： Avg.oil temp. ：
湿度： 67.0% 平均油温： 25.5℃
Nameplate value Measured value

铭牌值测量值
Bushing code Bushing No.
套管代号套管编号
tgδ Cx tgδ Cx
介损/% 电容/pF 介损/% 电容/pF
ET850 1804378 0.416 596 0.368 588.6
ET663-1 1804148 0.420 693 0.350 693.6
ET417 1804125 0.420 602 0.353 601.9
OT369 1804107 0.240 383 0.238 383.8
OT369 1804109 0.230 371 0.250 370.2

Measuring instrument：DELTA 4010 Automatic insulation test system
测试仪器： DELTA 4010 绝缘诊断系统
Tester： Date：
测试人：薛建贵日期：2018-5-2
Ser.No.:
881507
12 of 35
页数
外施工频耐压试验
Applied Earthed Test voltage Test frequency Duration Conclusion
施加端接地端试验电压/kV 试验频率/Hz 持续时间/s 结论
Neutral, h.v.＆m.v. l.v. Passed
140 50 60
中性点,高压,中压低压合格
l.v. Neutral, h.v.＆m.v. Passed
75 50 60
低压中性点,高压,中压合格
Measuring instrument： YDTCW - 500/250, Power frequency test transformer
测试仪器： YDTCW - 500/250, 工频试验变压器
500 kV Power frequency voltage devider
500 kV 工频分压器
Tester： Date：
空载电流谐波测量
Exciting： Frequency：
励磁侧： l.v. 频率： 50Hz
Applied voltage 1.0UN
施加电压 I1%
1 100.000
3 75.017
Order
5 36.127
谐波次数
7 15.238
9 6.122
Measuring instrument：D6000 Power Analysis System
测试仪器： D6000 变压器功率损耗测量系统
Tester： Date：
测试人：魏裕锋 .日期：2018-5-4
空载电流和空载损耗测量
Applied voltage No-load current No-load loss
施加电压/kV 空载电流/A 空载损耗/kW
r.m.s.value Mean value Meas. value Corr. value
% a x I0 %
有效值 U 平均值 U' 测量值 Pm 校正值 P0
110 39.609 38.496 4.546 4.558 0.106 60.623 58.87
105 37.474 36.797 2.224 2.219 0.052 46.219 45.37
100 35.508 35.005 1.726 1.711 0.040 39.717 39.15
95 33.751 33.334 1.595 1.577 0.037 35.119 34.68
90 31.883 31.522 1.525 1.507 0.035 30.913 30.56
Guaranteed value 保证值： P0≤45.00kW I0(%)≤ 0.20%
P0 = Pm*(1+d) d = (U'-U)/U'
U：Measurement of r.m.s. value voltmeter U'：Measurement of mean value voltmeter
U：有效值电压表读数 U'：平均值电压表读数
Tester： Date：
测试人：魏裕锋日期：2018-5-5
Ser.No.:
881507
13 of 35
页数

短路阻抗和负载损耗测量
h.v. / l.v. (PK Related to 30MVA, UK Related to 150MVA)
Avg.oil temp. ：
油温： 25.8℃
高压 / 低压 (负载损耗折算至30MVA, 阻抗电压折算至150MVA)
Applied Measured Load loss

损耗/kW Pk (75℃) Uk S.C imp
Tap current voltage
负载损耗阻抗电压短路阻抗
分接施加电流测量电压 Measured Corr. to IN
kW % Ω
A kV 测量值校正到 IN值
1 50.61 14.069 8.84 30.80 34.36 41.28 277.48
9b 55.80 12.985 9.11 31.60 35.24 41.81 232.27
17 60.47 11.685 9.28 33.84 37.75 42.85 192.84

Guaranteed value 保证值： Tap9b Uk ＝45%(±10%)
h.v. / m.v. (PK & UK Related to 150MVA) Avg.oil temp. ：

高压 / 中压 (负载损耗和阻抗电压折算至150MVA) 油温： ℃
25.8℃

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
1 250.69 20.705 61.90 219.78 241.74 12.29 82.59
9b 276.86 19.894 62.40 219.80 240.48 12.93 71.86
17 304.93 19.346 69.40 248.79 272.77 14.10 63.45

Guaranteed value 保证值： Tap9b Uk ＝12.5%(±10%)
Pk≤250.00kW
m.v. / l.v. (PK Related to 30MVA, UK Related to 150MVA)

Avg.oil temp. ：
油温： 25.8℃
中压 / 低压 (负载损耗折算至30MVA, 阻抗电压折算至150MVA)

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
/ 123.95 3.819 8.94 31.03 36.02 27.27 30.68

Guaranteed value 保证值： Uk ＝28%(±10%)
Tester： Date： .
测试人：郭宫日期：2018-5-2
Ser.No.:
881507
14 of 35
页数
长时感应耐压试验
14.1 Before insulation test
绝缘试验前
Frequency： Guaranteed value：
频率： 200Hz 保证值: ≤250 pC
Partial discharge amount
Applied voltage Percent of Um Duration
局部放电量/pC
施加电压/kV 感应倍数时间
A Am
115 0.40Ur - 15 30
346 1.20Ur 1min 55 70
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 80
520 1.80Ur 30sec / /
456 1.58Ur 0min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 10min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 15min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 20min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 25min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 30min 60 80
346 1.20Ur 1min 55 70
115 0.40Ur - 15 30
Inception voltage
1.41 1.42
起始电压 Ur / 3
Extinction voltage
1.31 1.32
熄灭电压 Ur / 3
Test circuit Test process
试验接线图试验过程
Measuring instrument ： TWPD-2B Partial discharge Analyzer

测试仪器： TWPD-2B 局部放电测试仪
Tapping position：
分接档位： Tap9b
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881507
15 of 35
页数
14.2 After insulation test
绝缘试验后
Applied voltage Percent of Um Duration 局部放电量/pC
A Am
115 0.40Ur - 15 30
346 1.20Ur 1min 55 70
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 80
520 1.80Ur 30sec / /
456 1.58Ur 0min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 10min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 15min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 20min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 25min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 30min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 35min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 40min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 45min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 50min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 55min 60 80
456 1.58Ur 60min 60 80
346 1.20Ur 1min 55 70
115 0.40Ur - 15 30
Inception voltage
1.41 1.42
起始电压 Ur / 3
Extinction voltage
1.31 1.32
熄灭电压 Ur / 3


Tapping position：
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881507
16 of 35
页数
雷电冲击试验
Applied Full-wave voltage Chopped-wave voltage
施加端全波电压截波电压
kV kV
A 1550 1705
Am 1050 1155
N 325 /
a 180 198
x 180 198
Measuring instrument： FYT800-400,FYI-2100KV/500pF Impulse system
测试仪器： FYT800-400,FYI-2100KV/500pF 冲击系统
Tester： Date：
Applied voltage
Applied Tap Sequence T1 T2 (Tc)
试验电压
施加端分接试验顺序
% kV μs
RFW 50 -786.76 1.61 50.63
FW 100 -1547.94 1.60 50.60
RCW 50 -858.90 1.66 3.76
A 1 CW 100 -1696.18 1.69 3.14
CW 100 -1699.16 1.68 3.63
FW 100 -1550.47 1.61 50.68
FW 100 -1551.05 1.60 50.75
RFW 50 -527.23 1.92 57.87
FW 100 -1053.98 1.90 58.03
RCW 50 -594.98 1.98 3.70
Am / CW 100 -1152.02 1.99 3.51
CW 100 -1152.30 1.99 3.72
FW 100 -1047.24 1.90 57.97
FW 100 -1055.13 1.90 57.99
RFW 50 -179.20 1.51 53.61
FW 100 -323.58 1.50 53.73
N 1
FW 100 -325.59 1.50 53.76
FW 100 -325.42 1.50 53.82
Remark：RFW: Reduced Full Wave 降低电压全波 RCW: Reduced Chopping Wave 降低电压截波
FW: Full Wave 全电压全波 CW: Chopping Full Wave 全电压截波
Ser.No.:
881507
17 of 35
页数
Applied voltage
T1 T2 (Tc)
Applied Tap Sequence 试验电压
% kV μs
RFW 50 -93.68 1.30 46.88
FW 100 -179.97 1.31 46.97
RCW 50 -103.12 1.29 3.80
a / CW 100 -198.24 1.30 3.39
CW 100 -198.55 1.30 3.42
FW 100 -180.07 1.32 46.81
FW 100 -180.01 1.31 46.88
RFW 50 -94.14 1.31 46.69
FW 100 -180.12 1.32 46.84
RCW 50 -103.39 1.30 3.81
x / CW 100 -198.68 1.31 3.39
CW 100 -198.74 1.31 3.40
FW 100 -180.19 1.33 46.80
FW 100 -180.26 1.32 46.80
Ser.No.:
881507
18 of 35
页数
A phase
Ser.No.:
881507
19 of 35
页数
Am phase
Ser.No.:
881507
20 of 35
页数
N phase
Ser.No.:
881507
21 of 35
页数
a phase
Ser.No.:
881507
22 of 35
页数
x phase
Ser.No.:
881507
23 of 35
页数

操作冲击试验
Tested terminal
A
被试端子
Switching wave voltage

操作波电压 1175
kV
Tester： Date：
Testing data record

试验数据记录:
Applied voltage Shape

试验电压波形
Applied Tap Sequence
% kV Tp/Td/Tz(μs)
RSW 50 -607.39 115.20/360.93/1815.74
SW 100 -1185.01 115.50/372.64/1949.69
A 1
SW 100 -1176.69 115.50/372.08/1966.77
SW 100 -1175.57 115.40/373.44/1968.7
Waveform parameter：
Remarks: 波形表示： Tp/Td/Tz
备注: Requirement：
要求： Tp≥100μs;Td≥200μs;Tz≥1000μs.
Ser.No.:
881507
24 of 35
页数
Switching impulse
操作波
Ser.No.:
881507
25 of 35
页数
17 Measurement of sound level

声级测量
Exciting： Applied voltage： Frequency：
励磁侧： l.v. 施加电压： 35kV 频率： 50 Hz
Measured value： Unit：
测量值：单位： dB (A)
Measured value Measured value

测量值测量值
Position Position
位置 0.3m 3.0m 位置 0.3m 3.0m
1/3h 2/3h 1/3h 2/3h 1/3h 2/3h 1/3h 2/3h
01 60.5 54.0 62.2 62.9 17 54.6 58.3 64.5 64.7
02 60.5 56.2 63.5 63.1 18 58.7 59.6 64.5 63.7
03 60.8 57.9 64.5 63.2 19 57.4 59.8 65.7 63.0
04 60.6 61.2 64.7 63.1 20 59.4 55.8 65.2 64.6
05 61.7 59.6 64.5 62.3 21 57.2 56.9 64.8 65.1
06 59.8 60.3 62.2 62.6 22 53.2 57.8 64.3 64.2
07 58.1 57.2 63.7 63.5 23 / / 64.2 63.2
08 57.8 54.3 63.2 63.2 24 / / 63.7 63.5
09 59.2 57.4 62.5 61.3 25 / / 65.4 63.7
10 58.9 58.7 61.4 61.1 26 / / 64.6 65.2
11 59.0 58.5 59.2 60.7 27 / / 64.4 63.6
12 59.1 59.0 60.6 59.9 28 / / 59.9 63.4
13 58.5 59.5 62.4 62.8 29 / / 60.7 60.5
14 58.9 58.1 61.6 61.8 30 / / 60.1 60.7
15 61.3 61.9 62.9 62.7 31 / / 61.9 60.3
16 59.6 57.9 63.9 63.5 32 / / 61.5 60.4
Ser.No.:
881507
26 of 35
页数
Distance form transformer

0.3m 3.0m
测量距离
State of coolers
ONAN ONAF
冷却器状态
Guaranteed value
75 75
保证值/dB
Area of test room

3475 3475
试验大厅总面积Sv/m2
Absorption amount
1216.3 1216.3
吸声量 A/m2
Radiating surface area

162.5 430.2
发声面面积/m2
Environmental correction
1.9 3.8
环境修正值 K(dB)
Mean of transformer noise

57.3 62.9
变压器噪声平均值 LPA'(dB)
Mean of background noise

45.0 45.0
背景噪声平均值/dB
Difference between transformer noise

and background noise 12.3 17.9
变压器噪声与背景噪声差/dB
Correction of background noise

0 0
背景噪声修正值X/dB
Sound pressure level

计权表面声级 55.4 59.1
LPA=LPA'-X-K/dB
Measuring instrument：HS5660A Sound level meter
测量仪器： HS5660A 声级计
Tester： Date：
测试人：邓育灏日期：2018-5-5
Ser.No.:
881507
27 of 35
页数
18 Temperature rise test
温升试验
Test condition
测试条件
Capacity
No-load loss Load loss Total losses
Cooling type 容量 Tap
空载损耗负载损耗总损耗
冷却方式 (MVA) 分接
(kW) (kW) (kW)
h.v./m.v./l.v.
ONAF2 150/150/30 17 39.15 272.77 311.92
Test result
测试结果
Winding tempearture rise
Capacity Top oil temp.
Cooling type rise 绕组温升
基准容量
(MVA) （K）
冷却方式油面温升
h.v. winding m.v. winding l.v. winding
h.v./m.v./l.v. （K）
高压绕组中压绕组低压绕组
ONAF2 150/150/30 40.80 42.86 42.98 48.98
Measured value
测量值
Exciting： Shorted： Tap：
励磁侧：h.v. 短路侧：m.v. 分接档位： 17
Applied loss
施加损耗 318.73 kW
Top oil temp. rise
油面温升 40.80 K
Average oil temperature rise
油平均温升 24.43 K
Winding tempearture rise hotspot h.v.
高压绕组热点温升 60.07 K
Winding tempearture rise hotspot m.v.
中压绕组热点温升 61.28 K
Winding tempearture rise hotspot l.v.
低压绕组热点温升 72.57 K
Hot spot tempearture rise of tank
结构件绕组热点温升 49.57 K
励磁侧：h.v. 短路侧：m.v. 分接档位： 17
Applied current
施加电流 578.10 A
The temp.difference between oil and winding of h.v.
高压绕组线油温差 18.01 K
The temp.difference between oil and winding of m.v.
中压绕组线油温差 18.13 K
励磁侧：h.v. 短路侧：l.v. 分接档位：/
Applied current
施加电流 115.40 A
The temp.difference between oil and winding of l.v.
低压绕组线油温差 24.07 K
Ser.No.:
881507
28 of 35
页数
Measurement of winding temperature rise by resistance method

绕组温升测量（使用电阻法）
Cold resistance
Oil temperature
冷态电阻 (Ω)
油温(℃)
A-Am Am-N a-x
0.3777 0.1705 0.02645 25.5
Measurement of winding resistance when shutdown at once

断电后测量绕组绕组电阻
Hot resistance of winding
Duration
绕组热态电阻(Ω)
时间(S)
A-Am Am-N a-x
0 / / /
30 / / /
60 / / /
90 / / /
120 0.4463 0.2018 /
150 0.4451 0.2013 /
180 0.4441 0.2009 0.03026
210 0.4431 0.2005 0.03016
240 0.4422 0.2001 0.03008
270 0.4413 0.1998 0.03001
300 0.4403 0.1994 0.02994
330 0.4396 0.1991 0.02987
360 0.4388 0.1987 0.02981
390 0.4380 0.1984 0.02975
420 0.4373 0.1981 0.02970
450 0.4367 0.1978 0.02965
480 0.4360 0.1975 0.02960
510 0.4354 0.1973 0.02955
540 0.4347 0.1970 0.02950
570 0.4342 0.1968 0.02946
600 0.4336 0.1965 0.02942
630 0.4331 0.1963 0.02938
660 0.4325 0.1960 0.02934
690 0.4321 0.1958 0.02930
720 0.4315 0.1956 0.02927
750 / / 0.02924
Extrapolation of winding hot resistance at zero point of shutdown

图解外推法推算断电零点热态电阻
Hot resistance of winding
Duration
绕组热态电阻/Ω
时间(S)
A-Am Am-N a-x
0 0.4512 0.2037 0.03117
Ser.No.:
881507
29 of 35
页数
Drawing of curve
温升曲线 (h.v.)
R[Ω]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Time [min]
Ser.No.:
881507
30 of 35
页数
Drawing of curve
温升曲线 (m.v.)
R[Ω]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Time [min]
Ser.No.:
881507
31 of 35
页数
Drawing of curve
温升曲线 (l.v.)
R[Ω]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Time [min]
Ser.No.:
881507
32 of 35
页数
19 Measurment of the power taken by the fans

风扇电机所吸收功率的测量
Name of product Unit Voltage Current Power

名称台电压（V）电流 (A) 功率 (KW)
Fan motor
1 385.9 0.686 0.260
风机
Fan motor
16 378.0 11.067 4.063
风机
Measuring instrument：TMS580 wide band power analyzer

测试仪器： TMS580 功率分析仪
Tester： Date：
试验人：齐恬磊日期：2018-5-8
Ser.No.:
881507
变压器试验报告 Page: 33 of 35
页数
套管型电流互感器试验
Measurement of winding resistance and Ratio error
绕组电阻测量及比差试验
Resistance
Position Current ratio Ratio error 电阻/Ω
位置额定电流比比差/% Temp.： Corrected temp.
温度：25.8ºC 折算至温度 75ºC
400/1(S1-S2) -0.97 0.8366 0.9944
T1 800/1(S1-S3) -0.40 1.6933 2.0127
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.17 2.574 3.060
400/1(S1-S2) -0.49 2.335 2.775
T2 800/1(S1-S3) -0.26 4.711 5.600
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.16 7.141 8.488
A
400/1(S1-S2) -0.49 2.333 2.773
T3 800/1(S1-S3) -0.25 4.715 5.604
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.15 7.155 8.505
400/1(S1-S2) -0.96 0.8339 0.9912
T4 800/1(S1-S3) -0.51 1.6899 2.0087
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.32 2.570 3.055
800/1(S1-S2) 0.01 5.251 6.242
T5 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.02 8.011 9.522
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.06 13.577 16.138
N
800/1(S1-S2) 0.01 5.263 6.256
T6 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.05 8.008 9.519
2000/1(S1-S4) 0.01 13.579 16.141
800/1(S1-S2) 0.04 7.165 8.517
T7 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.05 10.809 12.848
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.06 18.213 21.649
800/1(S1-S2) -0.16 7.088 8.425
Am T8 1200/1(S1-S3) -0.07 10.694 12.711
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.06 18.173 21.601
800/1(S1-S2) -0.05 6.871 8.167
T9 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.00 10.370 12.326
2000/1(S1-S4) 0.03 17.525 20.831
A T10 519/2(S1-S2) -0.18 0.7732 0.9191
Am T11 1154/2(S1-S2) -0.02 2.567 3.051
a T12 857/2(S1-S2) -0.14 1.3287 1.5794
Polarity:
极性: "－"
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881507
34 of 35
页数

有载分接开关试验
Type of OLTC ：
VRF I 1001-300/C-10193W
有载开关型号：
Manufacturer ：
MR
制造单位：
Ser. No. ：
1923086
出厂序号：
21.1 Operation test

操作试验
[1] Ten complete cycles of operation with the transformer un-energized

变压器不励磁，完成10个操作循环
[2] One complete cycle of operating with the transformer un-energized at 85% reduced auxiliary
rated voltage
变压器不励磁，且操作电压降到其额定值的85％时，完成一个操作循环
[3] One complete cycle of operating with the transformer energized at rated voltage and
frequency at no load
变压器在额定频率和额定电压下，空载励磁时，完成一个操作循环
[4] Ten tap-change operations across the range of two steps on each side from middle tapping at
load test
变压器在负载试验时，在中间分接每一侧的两个分接范围内，完成10次分接变换操作
21.2 Auxiliary circuits insulation test

辅助线路绝缘试验
After tap-changer is assembled on the transformer, a power frequency test shall be applied
AC 2kV to the auxiliary circuits for one minute.
变压器完成装配后，对分接开关辅助线路进行一分钟工频耐压试验，试验电压2kV
Ser.No.:
881507
35 of 35
页数
变压器油试验
Type of insulation oil Water content
KI25X 5.8
绝缘油型号微水含量mg/kg
Breakdown voltage Dielectric dissipation factor
77.6 0.089%
油击穿电压/kV 介质损失角正切（90°C）
Gas chromatography analysis of the transformer oil

绝缘油气相色谱分析
（μL/L)
试验过程/试验时间
氢气一氧化碳二氧化碳甲烷乙烯乙烷乙炔总烃
Test process/time
H2 CO CO2 CH4 C2H4 C2H6 C2H2 ∑CH
Before test
试验前 0.12 0.41 17.89 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.06
After temperature rise

温升后 0.41 6.04 15.61 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.11
After lightning impulse

0.73 6.91 22.43 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.13
雷电冲击后
After switching impulse
0.53 7.48 21.31 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.14
操作冲击后
After all tests
试验后 0.38 7.91 23.86 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.14
Measuring instrument： Water content apparatus, Breakdown voltage instrument , Dissipation factor
instrument, Colour analysis and Solid content apparatus
测试仪器：微水仪－KFM1000S 耐压仪－DTA100 介损仪－AI6000 色谱仪－中分2000B
Tester： Date：
测试人：冯倩璇日期：2018-5-7

油箱及储油柜密封试验
The oil tank and conservator of oil-filled transformer shall withstand a static pressure 0.03MPa
which is applied from the highest oil level for 24 hours, during this period no oil leakage happened．
变压器油箱及储油柜注满油，在油箱及储油柜的最高油面施加0.03MPa的静压力，试验时间持续
24小时。油箱及储油柜没有渗漏。
Measuring instrument： Pressure meter
测试仪器：压力表
Tester： Date：
测试人：熊斌日期：2018-5-8
End of the report
试验报告结束
Ser.No.:
881507
INFORME DE PRUEBA DE TRANSFORMADOR Page:
1 of 2
页数

二次功能试验
Item Function Details Conclusion
试验项目功能细节结论
position
/ ok
Conponents/wiring 安装位置
设备组件 numbering
/ ok
字码编号
group 1
ok
running direction 第一组
运行方向 group 2
ok
Coolers 第二组
冷却器 manual
ok
running mode 手动
运行方式 auto
ok
自动
alarm
ok
Main buchholz signal 报警
主体瓦斯信号 trip
ok
跳闸
OLTC buchholz signal trip
ok
开关瓦斯信号跳闸
Main pressure relief 1 signal trip
ok
主体压力释放阀1 信号跳闸
ok
Main oil level meter signal alarm
ok
主体油位计信号报警
OLTC oil level meter signal alarm
ok
开关油位计信号报警
signal alarm
ok
Oil temperature indicator 信号报警
油温度计 signal trip
ok
信号跳闸
signal alarm
Winding temperature ok
信号报警
indicator
绕组温度计 signal trip
ok
信号跳闸
heating/air exhaust/lamp
/ ok
Control cubicle 加热 /排风/ 照明
控制箱 temperature/indicator
/ ok
温度
Ser.No.:
881507
2 of 2
页数

On-line oil monitoring equipment condition
/ ok
油在线监测设备本体
heating/lamp
/ ok
加热/ 照明
minimum
ok
最低档位
OLTC maximum
ok
有载开关 signal 最高档位
信号 running
ok
开关运行中
remove/local
ok
远程/ 就地
Communication Host connection computer
ok
通讯主机连接电脑
OLTC/TAP POSITION
ok
开关档位
Clamp-on WTI CT
ok
套管电流
H2 in Oil
ok
BLACK BOX 油气体监测
在线监测 Monitoring data Ambient Temp
ok
监测数据环境温度
Top Oil Temp
ok
油面温度
Winding Temp
ok
绕组温度
Fan state
ok
风机状态
Tester： Date：
测试人：齐恬磊日期：2018-5-8



Test product type:

ODFSZ-150000/500
试品型号：
Series number:
881508
出厂序号：



Company address：
公司地址：
邮编：510530
2018-5-25
Ser.No.:
881508
1 of 27
页数
INDEX
目录
1 Test standards
试验标准 2
2 Specification
技术参数 3

4 Test conclusion
试验结论 5











Ser.No.:
881508
2 of 27
页数
INDEX
目录






二次功能试验

Ser.No.:
881508
3 of 27
页数
1 Test standards
试验标准




transformers

Ser.No.:
881508
4 of 27
页数
2 Specification
技术参数

881508 Ia0i0

ODFSZ-150000/500
型号相数单相

冷却方式频率

55K 60K

高压线路端子
低压线路端子
Rating
额定值
Winding
h.v. m.v. l.v.
绕组
Rated capacity
150 150 30
额定容量/MVA
Rated voltage
500/ 3 225/ 3 35
额定电压/kV
Votage variation
±8×1.25 / /
调压范围/%
Rated current
520 1155 857
额定电流/A
Ser.No.:
881508
5 of 27
页数
Guaranteed
value
保证值
No-load loss
1 空载损耗 45.00 / 41.10
kW
No-load current
2 空载电流 0.200 / 0.042
%
h.v./m.v.(150MVA)
250.00 / 238.44
高压/中压
Rated load loss

h.v./l.v.(30MVA)
3 额定档负载损耗 / / 34.85
高压/低压
kW
m.v./l.v.(30MVA)
/ / 36.02
中压/低压
Total losses
4 总损耗 295.00 +10% 279.54
kW
h.v./m.v.(150MVA)
12.50 ±10% 12.91
高压/中压
Rated short-
circuit
h.v./l.v.(150MVA)
5 impedance 45.00 ±10% 41.75
高压/低压
%
m.v./l.v.(150MVA)
28.00 ±10% 27.25
中压/低压
Partial discharge amount B ： 70

6 局部放电量 ≤250 /
pC Bm ： 80
Ser.No.:
881508
7 of 27
页数
额定变 symbol
BN/BmN
1 550000/ 3 2.4444 -0.17
2 543750/ 3 2.4167 -0.16
3 537500/ 3 2.3889 -0.15
4 531250/ 3 2.3611 -0.14
5 525000/ 3 2.3333 -0.13
6 518750/ 3 2.3056 -0.11
7 512500/ 3 2.2778 -0.09
8 506250/ 3 2.2500 -0.08
9 500000/ 3 225000/ 3 2.2222 -0.06 Ia0
10 493750/ 3 2.1944 -0.05
11 487500/ 3 2.1667 -0.03
12 481250/ 3 2.1389 -0.01
13 475000/ 3 2.1111 0.01
14 468750/ 3 2.0833 0.02
15 462500/ 3 2.0556 0.05
16 456250/ 3 2.0278 0.06
17 450000/ 3 2.0000 0.08

Ser.No.:
881508
8 of 27
页数

额定变 symbol
BN/by
1 550000/ 3 9.0726 -0.08
2 543750/ 3 8.9695 -0.06
3 537500/ 3 8.8664 -0.05
4 531250/ 3 8.7633 -0.03
5 525000/ 3 8.6603 -0.02
6 518750/ 3 8.5572 0.00
7 512500/ 3 8.4541 0.01
8 506250/ 3 8.3510 0.02
9 500000/ 3 35000 8.2479 0.05 Ii0
10 493750/ 3 8.1448 0.06
11 487500/ 3 8.0417 0.08
12 481250/ 3 7.9386 0.10
13 475000/ 3 7.8355 0.12
14 468750/ 3 7.7324 0.13
15 462500/ 3 7.6293 0.07
16 456250/ 3 7.5262 0.09
17 450000/ 3 7.4231 0.11

额定变 symbol
Tap Voltage Voltage
比值 BmN/by 联结组标号
/ 225000/ 3 35000 3.7115 -0.01 Ii0
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
9 of 27
页数
平均油温： 25.8℃
1 0.5481
2 0.5432
3 0.5383
4 0.5333
5 0.5284
6 0.5235
7 0.5186
8 0.5137
9a 0.5085
h.v.
9b 0.5084
高压
9c 0.5085
10 0.5137
11 0.5186
12 0.5235
13 0.5283
14 0.5333
15 0.5382
16 0.5431
17 0.5482
m.v.
/ 0.1703
中压
l.v.
/ 0.02647
低压
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
10 of 27
页数
湿度： 51.8% 平均油温： 25.6℃
测量端
l.v./h.v.,m.v.&E
16500 36500 58500 75000 87500 97600 106000 115000 121000 129000 138000 2.21 3.78
h.v.,m.v.,/l.v.&E
43500 46100 49700 53600 57100 60600 63800 66900 70100 73400 76200 1.06 1.65
h.v.,m.v.&l.v./E
14600 28000 37500 42600 47100 50300 53000 55500 57800 59900 61900 1.92 2.21
Core－Earth
/ 8180 / / / / / / / / / / /
铁芯－地
Clamp－Earth
/ 6140 / / / / / / / / / / /
夹件－地
Core－Clamp
/ 8380 / / / / / / / / / / /
铁芯－夹件
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
11 of 27
页数

湿度： 50.5% 平均油温： 25.5℃

l.v./h.v.,m.v.&E
GST A+B 0.22 11900
h.v.,m.v.,/l.v.&E
GST A+B 0.24 6136
h.v.,m.v.&l.v./E
GST A+B 0.21 15200
h.v.,m.v./l.v.
UST A 0.21 1430

湿度： 50.5% 平均油温： 25.5℃

铭牌值测量值
tgδ Cx tgδ Cx
ET850 1804323 0.413 603 0.35 604.0
ET663-1 1804146 0.420 678 0.35 686.8
ET417 1804123 0.420 553 0.34 562.1
OT369 1804106 0.250 386 0.24 391.5
OT369 1804110 0.230 373 0.22 377.8

Measuring instrument：Tettex 2881 insulation test system
测试仪器： Tettex 2881 绝缘分析系统
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
12 of 27
页数
140 50 60
75 50 60
Tester： Date：
测试人：朱文彬日期：2018-5-21
施加电压 I1%
1 100.000
3 83.162
Order
5 41.126
谐波次数
7 18.305
9 7.796
Tester： Date：
测试人：邓育灏 .日期：2018-5-20
% b y I0 %
110 39.642 38.494 5.078 5.089 0.119 63.778 61.88
105 37.498 36.797 2.368 2.364 0.055 47.693 46.79
100 35.521 35.009 1.802 1.798 0.042 41.709 41.10
95 33.750 33.312 1.609 1.592 0.037 36.015 35.54
90 31.869 31.507 1.538 1.519 0.036 31.615 31.25
P0 = Pm*(1+d) d = (U'-U)/U'
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
13 of 27
页数

Avg.oil temp. ：
油温： 24.1℃

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
1 51.60 14.321 8.96 30.04 33.83 41.22 277.06
9b 55.52 12.901 8.85 31.01 34.85 41.75 231.95
17 60.57 11.685 9.20 33.44 37.53 42.79 192.53


24.1℃

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
1 245.66 20.254 58.90 217.78 240.64 12.27 82.45
9b 271.59 19.475 59.20 216.70 238.44 12.91 71.71
17 302.02 19.100 67.90 248.13 272.86 14.05 63.24

Pk≤250.00kW

Avg.oil temp. ：
油温： 24.1℃

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
/ 122.04 3.758 8.62 30.87 36.02 27.25 30.66

Tester： Date： .
Ser.No.:
881508
14 of 27
页数
绝缘试验前
局部放电量/pC
B Bm
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
346 1.20Ur 1min 40 50
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 70
520 1.80Ur 30sec / /
456 1.58Ur 0min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 10min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 15min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 20min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 25min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 30min 60 70
346 1.20Ur 1min 40 50
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
Inception voltage
1.41 1.40
起始电压 Ur / 3
Extinction voltage
1.31 1.30
熄灭电压 Ur / 3

Tapping position：
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
15 of 27
页数
绝缘试验后
B Bm
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
346 1.20Ur 1min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 5min 70 80
520 1.80Ur 30sec / /
456 1.58Ur 0min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 5min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 10min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 15min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 20min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 25min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 30min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 35min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 40min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 45min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 50min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 55min 70 80
456 1.58Ur 60min 70 80
346 1.20Ur 1min 60 70
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
Inception voltage
1.41 1.43
起始电压 Ur / 3
Extinction voltage
1.35 1.36
熄灭电压 Ur / 3


Tapping position：
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
16 of 27
页数
雷电冲击试验
kV kV
B 1550 1705
Bm 1050 1155
N 325 /
b 180 198
y 180 198
Tester： Date：
Applied voltage
试验电压
% kV μs
RFW 50 -786.30 1.49 45.48
FW 100 -1542.12 1.52 45.14
RCW 50 -861.25 1.63 3.88
B 9b CW 100 -1683.47 1.61 3.79
CW 100 -1700.45 1.62 3.87
FW 100 -1542.66 1.54 45.20
FW 100 -1547.71 1.54 45.16
RFW 50 -530.63 1.89 56.57
FW 100 -1040.09 1.85 56.63
RCW 50 -582.27 1.89 4.54
Bm / CW 100 -1145.93 1.88 3.93
CW 100 -1145.08 1.88 4.06
FW 100 -1045.55 1.85 56.73
FW 100 -1047.20 1.86 56.67
RFW 50 -180.57 1.49 53.67
FW 100 -326.95 1.48 53.72
N 1
FW 100 -326.06 1.49 53.75
FW 100 -326.71 1.49 53.76
Ser.No.:
881508
17 of 27
页数
Applied voltage
T1 T2 (Tc)
% kV μs
RFW 50 -91.57 1.28 56.80
FW 100 -180.95 1.28 56.36
RCW 50 -98.46 1.28 4.01
b / CW 100 -198.04 1.27 3.52
CW 100 -196.23 1.21 4.07
FW 100 -179.32 1.22 57.19
FW 100 -181.20 1.28 56.57
RFW 50 -101.60 1.31 56.43
FW 100 -178.99 1.32 56.89
RCW 50 -99.33 1.30 3.13
y / CW 100 -198.17 1.29 2.65
CW 100 -195.99 1.23 3.60
FW 100 -179.06 1.31 56.84
FW 100 -179.10 1.31 56.83
Ser.No.:
881508
18 of 27
页数
B phase
Ser.No.:
881508
19 of 27
页数
Bm phase
Ser.No.:
881508
20 of 27
页数
N phase
Ser.No.:
881508
21 of 27
页数
b phase
Ser.No.:
881508
22 of 27
页数
y phase
Ser.No.:
881508
23 of 27
页数

操作冲击试验
Tested terminal
B
被试端子

kV
Tester： Date：
Testing data record

试验数据记录:

试验电压波形
% kV Tp/Td/Tz(μs)
RSW 50 -597.49 115.00/365.41/2324.65
SW 100 -1175.93 115.40/372.89/1878.56
B 1
SW 100 -1168.61 115.00/372.34/1895.45
SW 100 -1163.76 115.00/373.42/1904.28
Ser.No.:
881508
24 of 27
页数
Switching impulse
操作波
Ser.No.:
881508
页数
Resistance
400/1(S1-S2) -0.15 0.8414 1.0001
T1 800/1(S1-S3) 0.17 1.6967 2.0168
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.04 2.582 3.069
400/1(S1-S2) -0.48 2.325 2.764
T2 800/1(S1-S3) -0.25 4.697 5.583
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.17 7.127 8.472
B
400/1(S1-S2) -0.46 2.352 2.796
T3 800/1(S1-S3) -0.24 4.747 5.643
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.15 7.190 8.546
400/1(S1-S2) -0.92 0.8481 1.0081
T4 800/1(S1-S3) -0.55 1.7089 2.0313
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.35 2.594 3.083
800/1(S1-S2) 0.02 5.254 6.245
T5 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.02 7.984 9.490
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.04 13.584 16.147
N
800/1(S1-S2) 0.03 5.308 6.309
T6 1200/1(S1-S3) -0.07 8.063 9.584
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.06 13.684 16.265
800/1(S1-S2) -0.17 6.886 8.185
T7 1200/1(S1-S3) -0.09 10.394 12.355
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.05 17.563 20.876
800/1(S1-S2) 0.00 6.871 8.167
Bm T8 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.03 10.382 12.341
2000/1(S1-S4) 0.06 17.558 20.870
800/1(S1-S2) 0.02 6.976 8.292
T9 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.04 10.527 12.513
2000/1(S1-S4) 0.13 17.744 21.091
B T10 519/2(S1-S2) 0.05 0.7735 0.9194
Bm T11 1154/2(S1-S2) 0.01 2.601 3.092
b T12 857/2(S1-S2) 0.11 1.3336 1.5852
Polarity:
极性: "－"
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881508
26 of 27
页数

Type of OLTC ：
VRF I 1001-300/C-10193W
Manufacturer ：
MR
制造单位：
Ser. No. ：
1923087
出厂序号：
18.1 Operation test

操作试验

rated voltage
load test

Ser.No.:
881508
27 of 27
页数
变压器油试验
KI25X 5.8
80.5 0.095%

（μL/L)
Test process/time
Before test
试验前 0.00 0.15 9.63 0.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.15
预局放后
After ACLD before 0.14 1.70 10.99 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20
insulation
0.12 1.98 17.88 0.19 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.19
雷电冲击后
0.20 2.02 11.40 0.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.17
操作冲击后
After all tests
试验后 0.24 2.12 10.88 0.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.17
Tester： Date：

Tester： Date：
测试人：熊斌日期：2018-5-23
End of the report
试验报告结束
Ser.No.:
881508
1 of 2
页数

二次功能试验
position
/ ok
/ ok
字码编号
group 1
ok
ok
Coolers 第二组
冷却器 manual
ok
running mode 手动
运行方式 auto
ok
自动
alarm
ok
ok
跳闸
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
signal alarm
ok
ok
信号跳闸
signal alarm
信号报警
indicator
ok
信号跳闸
/ ok
/ ok
温度
Ser.No.:
881508
2 of 2
页数

/ ok
heating/lamp
/ ok
加热/ 照明
minimum
ok
最低档位
OLTC maximum
ok
信号 running
ok
开关运行中
remove/local
ok
远程/ 就地
ok
OLTC/TAP POSITION
ok
开关档位
Clamp-on WTI CT
ok
套管电流
H2 in Oil
ok
ok
Top Oil Temp
ok
油面温度
Winding Temp
ok
绕组温度
Fan state
ok
风机状态
Tester： Date：



Test product type:

ODFSZ-150000/500
试品型号：
Series number:
881509
出厂序号：



Company address：
公司地址：
邮编：510530
2018-5-25
Ser.No.:
881509
1 of 27
页数
INDEX
目录
1 Test standards
试验标准 2
2 Specification
技术参数 3

4 Test conclusion
试验结论 5











Ser.No.:
881509
2 of 27
页数
INDEX
目录






二次功能试验

Annex3 FRA reports（for 881507~881509）

绕组变形报告（ 881507~881509）
Ser.No.:
881509
3 of 27
页数
1 Test standards
试验标准




transformers

Ser.No.:
881509
4 of 27
页数
2 Specification
技术参数

881509 Ia0i0

ODFSZ-150000/500
型号相数单相

冷却方式频率

55K 60K

高压线路端子
低压线路端子
Rating
额定值
Winding
h.v. m.v. l.v.
绕组
Rated capacity
150 150 30
额定容量/MVA
Rated voltage
500/ 3 225/ 3 35
额定电压/kV
Votage variation
±8×1.25 / /
调压范围/%
Rated current
520 1155 857
额定电流/A
Ser.No.:
881509
5 of 27
页数
Guaranteed
value
保证值
No-load loss
1 空载损耗 45.00 / 39.69
kW
No-load current
2 空载电流 0.200 / 0.040
%
h.v./m.v.(150MVA)
250.00 / 238.18
高压/中压
Rated load loss

h.v./l.v.(30MVA)
3 额定档负载损耗 / / 34.75
高压/低压
kW
m.v./l.v.(30MVA)
/ / 35.93
中压/低压
Total losses
4 总损耗 295.00 +10% 277.87
kW
h.v./m.v.(150MVA)
12.50 ±10% 12.90
高压/中压
Rated short-
circuit
h.v./l.v.(150MVA)
5 impedance 45.00 ±10% 41.79
高压/低压
%
m.v./l.v.(150MVA)
28.00 ±10% 27.31
中压/低压
Partial discharge amount C ： 50

6 局部放电量 ≤250 /
pC Cm ： 100
Ser.No.:
881509
7 of 27
页数
额定变 symbol
CN/CmN
1 550000/ 3 2.4444 -0.15
2 543750/ 3 2.4167 -0.14
3 537500/ 3 2.3889 -0.12
4 531250/ 3 2.3611 -0.11
5 525000/ 3 2.3333 -0.09
6 518750/ 3 2.3056 -0.08
7 512500/ 3 2.2778 -0.06
8 506250/ 3 2.2500 -0.05
9 500000/ 3 225000/ 3 2.2222 -0.03 Ia0
10 493750/ 3 2.1944 -0.02
11 487500/ 3 2.1667 0.00
12 481250/ 3 2.1389 0.02
13 475000/ 3 2.1111 0.04
14 468750/ 3 2.0833 0.06
15 462500/ 3 2.0556 0.08
16 456250/ 3 2.0278 0.10
17 450000/ 3 2.0000 0.12

Ser.No.:
881509
8 of 27
页数

额定变 symbol
CN/cz
1 550000/ 3 9.0726 -0.08
2 543750/ 3 8.9695 -0.07
3 537500/ 3 8.8664 -0.05
4 531250/ 3 8.7633 -0.04
5 525000/ 3 8.6603 -0.02
6 518750/ 3 8.5572 -0.01
7 512500/ 3 8.4541 0.01
8 506250/ 3 8.3510 0.02
9 500000/ 3 35000 8.2479 0.04 Ii0
10 493750/ 3 8.1448 0.05
11 487500/ 3 8.0417 0.07
12 481250/ 3 7.9386 0.09
13 475000/ 3 7.8355 0.11
14 468750/ 3 7.7324 0.12
15 462500/ 3 7.6293 0.14
16 456250/ 3 7.5262 0.16
17 450000/ 3 7.4231 0.18

额定变 symbol
Tap Voltage Voltage
比值 CmN/cz 联结组标号
/ 225000/ 3 35000 3.7115 0.04 Ii0
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
9 of 27
页数
平均油温： 26.6℃
1 0.5448
2 0.5399
3 0.5350
4 0.5300
5 0.5251
6 0.5202
7 0.5154
8 0.5105
9a 0.5053
h.v.
9b 0.5052
高压
9c 0.5053
10 0.5105
11 0.5154
12 0.5203
13 0.5251
14 0.5301
15 0.5350
16 0.5398
17 0.5449
m.v.
/ 0.1696
中压
l.v.
/ 0.02631
低压
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
10 of 27
页数
湿度： 64.8% 平均油温： 25.8℃
测量端
l.v./h.v.,m.v.&E
19700 40600 63300 77100 86200 93700 100000 106000 110000 115000 122000 2.06 3.00
h.v.,m.v.,/l.v.&E
40900 42500 46900 50500 53600 56800 59700 62300 65300 68000 70700 1.04 1.66
h.v.,m.v.&l.v./E
18600 33100 42100 46100 49200 52300 54400 56300 58600 60400 62800 1.78 1.90
Core－Earth
/ 7520 / / / / / / / / / / /
铁芯－地
Clamp－Earth
/ 5900 / / / / / / / / / / /
夹件－地
Core－Clamp
/ 7890 / / / / / / / / / / /
铁芯－夹件
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
11 of 27
页数

湿度： 57.4% 平均油温： 27.0℃

l.v./h.v.,m.v.&E
GST A+B 0.190 12100
h.v.,m.v.,/l.v.&E
GST A+B 0.214 6005
h.v.,m.v.&l.v./E
GST A+B 0.194 15300
h.v.,m.v./l.v.
UST A 0.295 1383

湿度： 57.4% 平均油温： 27.0℃

铭牌值测量值
tgδ Cx tgδ Cx
ET850 1804379 0.374 596 0.368 586.1
ET663-1 1804147 0.330 677 0.381 669.6
ET417 1804124 0.430 567 0.363 567.6
OT369 1804108 0.240 386 0.248 385.9
OT369 1804105 0.240 384 0.247 383.5

Measuring instrument：JYC dielectric loss tester
测试仪器： JYC型介质损耗测试仪
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
12 of 27
页数
140 50 60
75 50 60
Tester： Date：
施加电压 I1%
1 100.000
3 65.607
Order
5 30.004
谐波次数
7 11.667
9 3.922
Tester： Date：
测试人：邓育灏 .日期：2018-5-23
% c z I0 %
110 39.515 38.484 4.168 4.181 0.097 58.943 57.36
105 37.462 36.807 2.163 2.158 0.050 46.606 45.78
100 35.510 35.015 1.704 1.691 0.040 40.264 39.69
95 33.738 33.324 1.577 1.560 0.037 35.538 35.10
90 31.868 31.508 1.512 1.494 0.035 31.272 30.92
P0 = Pm*(1+d) d = (U'-U)/U'
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
13 of 27
页数

Avg.oil temp. ：
油温： 24.6℃

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
1 51.12 14.203 8.83 30.16 33.82 41.26 277.35
9b 55.64 12.942 8.89 31.01 34.75 41.79 232.18
17 60.49 11.689 9.14 33.31 37.31 42.86 192.86


24.6℃

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
1 252.38 20.770 62.10 217.55 239.77 12.24 82.30
9b 271.96 19.495 59.50 217.21 238.18 12.90 71.69
17 305.81 19.379 69.20 246.65 270.85 14.08 63.37

Pk≤250.00kW

Avg.oil temp. ：
油温： 24.6℃

Tap current voltage
kW % Ω
/ 131.03 4.042 9.95 30.91 35.93 27.31 30.72

Tester： Date： .
Ser.No.:
881509
14 of 27
页数
绝缘试验前
局部放电量/pC
C Cm
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
346 1.20Ur 1min 50 60
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 70
520 1.80Ur 30sec / /
456 1.58Ur 0min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 5min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 10min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 15min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 20min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 25min 60 70
456 1.58Ur 30min 60 70
346 1.20Ur 1min 50 60
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
Inception voltage
1.43 1.42
起始电压 Ur / 3
Extinction voltage
1.32 1.33
熄灭电压 Ur / 3

Tapping position：
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
15 of 27
页数
绝缘试验后
C Cm
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
346 1.20Ur 1min 40 80
456 1.58Ur 5min 50 100
520 1.80Ur 30sec / /
456 1.58Ur 0min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 5min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 10min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 15min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 20min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 25min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 30min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 35min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 40min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 45min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 50min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 55min 50 100
456 1.58Ur 60min 50 100
346 1.20Ur 1min 40 80
115 0.40Ur - 30 40
Inception voltage
1.41 1.40
起始电压 Ur / 3
Extinction voltage
1.31 1.30
熄灭电压 Ur / 3


Tapping position：
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
16 of 27
页数
雷电冲击试验
kV kV
C 1550 1705
Cm 1050 1155
N 325 /
c 180 198
z 180 198
Tester： Date：
Applied voltage
试验电压
% kV μs
RFW 50 -791.18 1.49 47.21
FW 100 -1547.83 1.48 47.29
RCW 50 -849.28 1.52 3.73
C 17 CW 100 -1701.19 1.52 3.38
CW 100 -1698.57 1.52 3.40
FW 100 -1546.47 1.49 47.36
FW 100 -1504.06 1.50 47.42
RFW 50 -530.14 1.95 54.91
FW 100 -1053.35 1.94 54.94
RCW 50 -584.78 2.07 3.93
Cm / CW 100 -1154.20 2.07 2.88
CW 100 -1154.47 2.07 3.79
FW 100 -1049.96 1.95 55.10
FW 100 -1049.37 1.95 55.07
RFW 50 -171.81 3.71 57.01
FW 100 -325.34 3.71 57.07
N 1
FW 100 -325.34 3.71 57.09
FW 100 -324.56 3.70 57.09
Ser.No.:
881509
17 of 27
页数
Applied voltage
T1 T2 (Tc)
% kV μs
RFW 50 -91.23 1.03 50.61
FW 100 -180.37 1.02 50.62
RCW 50 -99.02 1.03 4.04
c / CW 100 -197.07 1.03 3.72
CW 100 -197.23 1.03 3.72
FW 100 -180.74 1.04 50.69
FW 100 -180.73 1.04 50.70
RFW 50 -91.33 0.99 50.30
FW 100 -180.59 1.01 50.41
RCW 50 -99.82 1.01 4.08
z / CW 100 -197.57 1.00 3.77
CW 100 -197.75 1.00 3.81
FW 100 -180.72 1.01 50.49
FW 100 -180.68 1.01 50.50
Ser.No.:
881509
18 of 27
页数
C phase
Ser.No.:
881509
19 of 27
页数
Cm phase
Ser.No.:
881509
20 of 27
页数
N phase
Ser.No.:
881509
21 of 27
页数
c phase
Ser.No.:
881509
22 of 27
页数
z phase
Ser.No.:
881509
23 of 27
页数

操作冲击试验
Tested terminal
C
被试端子

kV
Tester： Date：
Testing data record

试验数据记录:

试验电压波形
% kV Tp/Td/Tz(μs)
RSW 50 -605.74 114.80/366.11/3129.46
SW 100 -1178.37 115.10/369.39/1780.67
C 1
SW 100 -1178.57 115.20/369.32/1954.46
SW 100 -1178.06 115.20/369.78/1922.66
Ser.No.:
881509
24 of 27
页数
Switching impulse
操作波
Ser.No.:
881509
页数
Resistance
400/1(S1-S2) -0.26 0.8406 0.9984
T1 800/1(S1-S3) -0.50 1.7004 2.0196
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.25 2.590 3.076
400/1(S1-S2) -0.39 2.355 2.797
T2 800/1(S1-S3) -0.16 4.762 5.656
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.12 7.220 8.575
C
400/1(S1-S2) -0.47 2.338 2.777
T3 800/1(S1-S3) -0.26 4.724 5.611
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.17 7.164 8.509
400/1(S1-S2) -0.49 0.8368 0.9939
T4 800/1(S1-S3) -0.64 1.6954 2.0137
1200/1(S1-S4) -0.33 2.586 3.071
800/1(S1-S2) 0.03 5.322 6.321
T5 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.02 8.101 9.622
2000/1(S1-S4) 0.00 13.738 16.317
N
800/1(S1-S2) 0.05 5.341 6.344
T6 1200/1(S1-S3) 0.02 8.131 9.658
2000/1(S1-S4) 0.00 13.771 16.356
800/1(S1-S2) -0.16 6.944 8.248
T7 1200/1(S1-S3) -0.08 10.488 12.457
2000/1(S1-S4) 0.00 17.731 21.060
800/1(S1-S2) -0.13 6.913 8.211
Cm T8 1200/1(S1-S3) -0.10 10.450 12.412
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.05 17.658 20.973
800/1(S1-S2) -0.13 6.895 8.189
T9 1200/1(S1-S3) -0.07 10.422 12.379
2000/1(S1-S4) -0.02 17.612 20.918
C T10 519/2(S1-S2) -0.17 0.7713 0.9161
Cm T11 1154/2(S1-S2) 0.07 2.598 3.086
c T12 857/2(S1-S2) 0.00 1.3402 1.5918
Polarity:
极性: "－"
Tester： Date：
Ser.No.:
881509
26 of 27
页数

Type of OLTC ：
VRF I 1001-300/C-10193W
Manufacturer ：
MR
制造单位：
Ser. No. ：
1923088
出厂序号：
18.1 Operation test

操作试验

rated voltage
load test

Ser.No.:
881509
27 of 27
页数
变压器油试验
KI25X 5.1
78.8 0.067%

（μL/L)
Test process/time
Before test
试验前 0.00 0.20 10.55 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.11
预局放后
After ACLD before 0.15 1.32 20.75 0.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.17
insulation
0.19 1.33 16.16 0.21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
雷电冲击后
0.24 1.35 15.68 0.21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
操作冲击后
After all tests
试验后 0.23 1.39 18.50 0.16 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.16
Tester： Date：

Tester： Date：
测试人：熊斌日期：2018-5-26
End of the report
试验报告结束
Ser.No.:
881509
1 of 2
页数

二次功能试验
position
/ ok
/ ok
字码编号
group 1
ok
ok
Coolers 第二组
冷却器 manual
ok
running mode 手动
运行方式 auto
ok
自动
alarm
ok
ok
跳闸
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
signal alarm
ok
ok
信号跳闸
signal alarm
信号报警
indicator
ok
信号跳闸
/ ok
/ ok
温度
Ser.No.:
881509
2 of 2
页数

/ ok
heating/lamp
/ ok
加热/ 照明
minimum
ok
最低档位
OLTC maximum
ok
信号 running
ok
开关运行中
remove/local
ok
远程/ 就地
ok
OLTC/TAP POSITION
ok
开关档位
Clamp-on WTI CT
ok
套管电流
H2 in Oil
ok
ok
Top Oil Temp
ok
油面温度
Winding Temp
ok
绕组温度
Fan state
ok
风机状态
Tester： Date：
Test Certificate SFRA Test Report
12 Drawings
12 Drawings
No. Name Drawing No. Sheet Rev.
1. Rating plate Q05 03 387 1 0
2. Valve plate Q05 03 388 1 0
3. Dimension drawing of transformer Q05 03 341 1 0
4. Part list Q05 03 342 5 0
5. Transport drawing Q05 03 343 1 0
6. Terminal box Q05 03 328_01 25 B
7. Terminal box arrangement Q05 03 328_02 2 B
8. Control cabinet Q05 03 329_01 34 B
9. Control cabinet arrangement Q05 03 329_02 3 B
10. Assembly cabinet Q05 03 330_01 76 B
11. Box Diagram Q05 03 330_02 2 B

Terminals: 终端
*) 101 HV-bushing ETA-550/1250-3 ShenyangTrench
高压套管沈阳传奇
*) 102 LV-bushing BRLW2-40.5/1600-4 ShenyangTrench
低压套管 ( OT369 ) 沈阳传奇
*) 103 MV-bushing ETA-252/2000-3 ShenyangTrench
中压套管 ( ET 663-1 ) 沈阳传奇
106 Bushing for earthing of core BF-1/400
铁心接地套管
107 Bushing for earthing of clamp BF-1/400
夹件接地套管
*) 108 Neutral bushing ETA-72.5/1250-3 ShenyangTrench
中性点套管 ( ET 417 ) 沈阳传奇
113 Current transformer bushing
套管电流互感器
*) 132 Bushingtype - adapterflange with
built in current transformer (HV)
装有电流互感器的套管升高座（高压端）
*) 133 Bushing type adapter flange with built in current
transformer (MV)
装有电流互感器的套管升高座（中压端）
*) 134 Bushingtype - adapterflange with
built in current transformer (N)
装有电流互感器的套管升高座（中性点）
135 Bushingtype - adapterflange with
built in current transformer (LV)
装有电流互感器的套管升高座(低压端)
142 HV-bushing-connection ShenyangTrench
高压套管接头沈阳传奇
143 LV-bushing-connection ShenyangTrench
低压套管接头沈阳传奇
144 MV-bushing-connection ShenyangTrench
中压套管接头沈阳传奇
145 Neutral bushing-connection
中性点套管接头
168 Housing for C.T.-bushing
套管电流互感器端子盒
Tapchange 调压装置
201 On-load tap changer (OLTC) VRF 1001-300 MR
有载调压分接开关 Germany
230 Motor drive for OLTC ED100S MR
有载调压分接开关驱动器 Germany
255 Hand crank for motor drive MR
开关驱动的手动装置 Germany
260 Bevel gearing
驱动器转向装置 (伞齿轮)
order No. Serial No. Date Name
Q881507-1509 881507 Design. 2017.11.07 刘文秋 ODFSZ-150000/500
Check 2017.11.07 麦健成 LEGEND
Releas 2017.11.07 麦健成 for definite dimension
drawing Q05 03 341 A0
Client: Vietnam Viet Tri
Sheet
Q05 03 342 A4
SIEMENS 1
Guangzhou Transformer Co.Ltd Rev. No. 5 Sh.
No. Revision Date Name Urspr. Subst. for Repl. by
We reserve all rights in this dokument and in the information contained therein:STGZ
Dokument stored
281 Venting valve on OLTC
有载开关排气装置
284 Drain & sampling valve DN 25/PN 10
分接开关头部排油、油样阀门
285 Filling valve for OLTC DN 25/PN 10
有载开关注油阀
290 Lifting eye on head for OLTC
开关头部起吊孔
Cover:
变压器箱盖及其装置
310 Thermometer case
温度计座
312 Temperature feeler for item 834.1
件 834.1 的温度触头
313 Temperature feeler for item 834.2
件 834.2 的温度触头
314 Temperature feeler for item 833
件 833 的温度触头
325 Vacuum connection DN 80
真空泵接口
335 Main gas connection DN 80
主连气管接口
364 Hand hole for access to HV-bushing
高压套管安装手孔
365 Hand hole for mounting MV-bushing
中压套管安装手孔
366 Hand hole for mounting LV-bushing
低压套管安装手孔
367 Hand hole for mounting N-bushing
零相套管安装手孔
368 Man hole for checking
检查用人孔
*) Conservator and apparatus:
油枕及其装置
400 Conservator Dm 1400 x L 3710
油枕
401 Lifting eye for conservator
起吊油枕用吊装孔
402 Bracket for conservator
储油柜支架
405 Conservator for OLTC Dm 1400 x L 185
有载分接开关油枕
421 Valves for evacuation item 400 DN 25/PN 10
件 400 的真空阀

Sheet
Q05 03 342 A4
SIEMENS 2
Dokument stored
430 Hand hole for item 400 Dm 510
件 400 的手孔
431 Hand hole for item 405 Dm 510
件 405 的手孔
445 Valve for filling and draining item 400 DN 25/ PN 10
件 400 的进、排油阀
455 Drain for item 405 DN 25/ PN 10
件 405 的排油装置
489 Oil level screw 6 DIN 42 558
油位显示螺栓塞
496 Mounting hole for seperator
油枕胶囊安装孔
497 Seperator STP 1400-3710
油枕胶囊
*) 499 Ladder (for conservator)
梯子 (储油柜用)
Tank:
变压器油箱及其装置
501 Lifting pin for lifting the complete unit
起吊整机用吊襻
502 Eye for fixing the unit during transport
变压器运输固定用孔
512 Terminal box for fans(Single phase) +GH009
风机端子箱(单相)
513 Terminal box(Single phase) +GF021
端子箱(单相)
*) 536 Ladder (with lock)
梯子 (带锁)
540 Main drain DN 80
主排油装置
541 Liquid-sump drain DN 50
残油排油装置
555.1 Sampling valve bottom DN15
下部油样阀
555.2 Sampling valve bottom DN15
中部油样阀
555.3 Sampling valve top DN15
上部油样阀
561 Connection for purification plant ”top” DN 80 PN 10
“上”油处理器接口
562 Connection for purification plant ”bottom” DN 80 PN 10
“下”油处理器接口
568 Valve for DGA SITRAM H2GUARD DN 80
用于气体在线检测装置 SITRAM H2GUARD 的阀 (闸
阀)

Sheet
Q05 03 342 A4
SIEMENS 3
Dokument stored
*) Cooling:
冷却装置
605 Lifting eye
起吊用孔
608 Radiator PC520
片式散热器
620 Fan FN 050-SDH
风机
661 Drain DIN 42 558-12A
排油装置
662 Air escape DIN 42 558-12A
排气孔
663 Collecting pipe "top"
片式散热器上母管
664 Collecting pipe "bottom"
片式散热器下母管
665 Oil-pipe cover to item 663 DN 250
箱盖至项 663 的管路
666 Drain for collecting pipe "top" DN 25/PN 10
片式散热器上母管排油装置
667 Drain for collecting pipe "bottom" DN 25/PN 10
片式散热器下母管排油装置
668 Lifting eye for collecting pipe
片式散热器母管吊装用孔
Different builton materials:

其它
701 Earthing terminal
变压器接地终端
*) 737 Flexible intermediate pipe DN 80
调节用柔性管
751 Name plate “SIEMENS”
铭牌 "SIEMENS"
752 Connection diagram - and rating plate
变压器铭牌
754 Oil type plate
油型号牌
763 Throttle valve for item 335 DN 80
件 335 的蝶阀
766 Throttle valve for item 664
项 664 的蝶阀
770 Jacking pad
千斤顶底板
775 Pulling eye
Sheet
Q05 03 342 A4
SIEMENS 4
Dokument stored
变压器牵引用孔
Protective devices:
保护及监测装置
*) 801 Buchholz-protecting device EMB
气体继电器 Germany
*) 805 Buchholz-protecting device for OLTC MR
有载开关保护继电器 Germany
*) 815 Liquid level gauge and switch "trafo" MESSKO
变压器油枕液位表 Germany
*) 816 Liquid level gauge and switch "OLTC" MESSKO
变压器开关油枕液位表 Germany
833.1 Contact remote thermometer with HV winding AKM35 Qualitrol
temperature simulator USA
线圈温度控制器
833.2 Contact remote thermometer with MV winding AKM35 Qualitrol
833.3 Contact remote thermometer with LV winding AKM35 Qualitrol
834.1 Contact remote thermometer for oil-temperature AKM34 Qualitrol
油温温度控制器 USA
834.2 Contact remote thermometer for oil-temperature AKM34 Qualitrol
油温温度控制器 USA
*) 885.1 Pressure relief vent with switch MESSKO
压力释放阀 Germany
*) 885.2 Pressure relief vent with switch MESSKO
压力释放阀 Germany
*) 856 Pressure relief vent with switch for OLTC MESSKO
开关压力释放阀 Germany
*) 890 Rapid pressure rise relay 900-025-61 QUALITROL
突发压力继电器 USA
*) 955 Breather "transformer" Hejian Yachen
变压器用吸湿器 5 kg China
*) 956 Breather "OLTC" Hejian Yachen
变压器用吸湿器 1 kg China
NOTICE: 注释：
For transport all component parts which are
designed with *) and also various pipes have to be
dismantled !
上述项目中所有带 *) 的部件在运输的时候都要拆下单
独运输。

Sheet
Q05 03 342 A4
SIEMENS 5
Dokument stored
Energy Sector Diagrams and charts
for
Rev. Remarks Date Name
Purchaser
Ver 0 Specification 2017.11.30 Zhao Weijuan
Ver A Customer comments and black box 2017.12.11 Xiao Yun

User
Ver B Manufacture 2018.04.09 Xiao Yun
Plant Viet Tri
Plantsection Terminal Box +GF021
Q881507~09
Order number
Date of issue 2018.04.09
Customer document No.
SIEMENS Document designation &EAA019 / =10BAT01 / 1
Producer document No. Q05 03 328-B-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Producer document No.

ELCAD-Version 7.7.1 SP2
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EAB019 / A / 1 Designation Sheet Sheets Date Description Designed by

Project: P:/1_PT_MD_Design_Info/01_MD design guideline/6 Secondary design public/0.ELCAD WINDOWS 7/Q881507-09-Vietnam/GF021.pro
&EAB019 =10BAT01 A1 Q05 03 328-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GF021
A A
List of documents
&EAB019 =10BAT01 A2 Q05 03 328-B- 2- 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021
List of documents
&EFS019 =10BAT01 D1 Q05 03 328-B- 1- 1 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
Translate file C: C_FB_EN, XLS, 11-04-13
+GF021 Auxiliary Circuit
Circuit diagram
B B
&EFS019 =10BAT01 N1 Q05 03 328-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021 trip
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 N2 Q05 03 328-B- 2- 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021 trip
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 R1 Q05 03 328-B- 1- 1 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021 alarm
C Circuit diagram C
&EFS019 =10BAT01 S1 Q05 03 328-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GF021 CT-HV,HV-0
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 S2 Q05 03 328-B- 2- 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GF021 CT-MV
Circuit diagram
library 3:
library 4:
&EFS019 =10BAT01 T1 Q05 03 328-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GF021 Temperature measuring
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 T2 Q05 03 328-B- 2- 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021 Temperature measuring
CopyRight (C) Siemens AG 2017 All Rights Reserved
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 Z1 Q05 03 328-B- 1- 1 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021 Singals
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 ZZ Q05 03 328-B- - 10 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
E +GF021 Spare Terminal E
Circuit diagram
&EMA019 =10BAT01 U1 Q05 03 328-B- 1+ 10 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-PE
Connection table
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X1
F F
Connection table
Date 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 &EAB019 =10BAT01 A1

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Q881507-09
Appr. Xiao Yun Viet Tri Sheet 1+
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by List of documents 2 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 09.04.18


+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X2
A A
Connection table
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X2
Connection table
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X2
Connection table
B B
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X3
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Connection table
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X4
Connection table
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X4
C Connection table C

+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X5
Connection table
&EMA019 =10BAT01 U10 Q05 03 328-B- 10- 10 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GF021 =10BAT01+GF021-X6
Connection table
library 3:
library 4:
&EMB019 =10BAT01 V1 Q05 03 328-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GF021
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Cable list
&EMB019 =10BAT01 V2 Q05 03 328-B- 2- 2 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021
Cable list
&EPB019 =10BAT01 W1 Q05 03 328-B- 1- 1 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GF021
Parts list
E E
F F
Date 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 &EAB019 =10BAT01 A2

Appr. Xiao Yun Viet Tri Sheet 2-
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Auxiliary circuit
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / D / 1

Direct Heating Adjustment Heating Lighting Auxillary power failure
Assembly cabinet
Control cabinet +GH010
AC 220V 50HZ DC 220V +GH009 +GH010 +GH010
15
16
17
18
A (Phase A/B/C) A/B/C-X1 A/B/C-X1 A
+GH009 17
-X10 -X1
1
+GH009
+GH009
6
-X5
10
-X10
13
21
1
-F1
Control cabinet
+GH009 20A
22
14
15
16
17
18
(Phase A/B/C)
3
-X5
1
-X1 -X1
/D1.8
I >
2
B B
21
21
-F1 -F2
21
13
/D1.3 /D1.6
3
-X1
1
-F2
22
22
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
10A
22
14
/D1.8
I > I >
4
2
1
-F5
1
-F6
2A
16A
I >
I >
2
Temperature and
2
C humidity sensor -J1
C
1
4
2
3
1
2
-CZ 13A
L
1
6
Temperature and N
-E1 -B12 -T61
PE
-V
50W humidity controller
+V
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
CG217-EF 13A 220VDC

8
24VDC
library 3:
library 4:
-H1
-
L
Automatic
Manual
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
N
3
24V+
24V-
4
-S10
+
-
/T1.5
/T1.3
/T1.3
/T1.5
10
11
9
-X1
DC 220V
DC 24V
Terminal box
+GF021
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
F F
Date 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 &EFS019 =10BAT01

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Auxiliary Circuit Q881507-09 +GF021 D1
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by Circuit diagram 1 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Terminal Trip
Pressure relief device1 Pressure relief device2
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / N / 1

Buchholz relay Pressure relief device
Main tank Main tank Main tank OLTC
A A
micro-switch1 micro-switch2 micro-swtich1 micro-switch2
+CP081 +CP082 +CP083
21.
13.
13.
21.
+CF050
13
21
13
21
13
21
44
34
42
32
-F50 +CF050 -F81 -F82 -F83
PE PE PE PE
P P P
22.
14
22
14.
14
22
14.
22.
14
22
31
41
B B
PE PE PE
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
PE
Transformer
(Phase A/B/C)
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-P-10 -Q881507/08/09-P-12 -Q881507/08/09-P-14
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
BK
BK
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

-Q881507/08/09-P-01
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5
-Q881507/08/09-P-11 -Q881507/08/09-P-13
C C
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-P-02
WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5
4
2
3
-PE -PE
1
/N2.1
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
43
45
47
49
33
35
37
39
53
55
57
59
63
65
67
69
41
51
61
71
25
27
29
31
-X2
Terminal box
+GF021
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH010
43
45
47
49
25
27
29
33
35
37
39
53
55
57
59
63
65
67
69
41
31
51
61
71
A/B/C-X2
F Assembly cabinet F
+GH010
Unless otherwise specified, wires are 1.5mm2

Drawn Zhao Weijuan trip Q881507-09 +GF021 N1
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Terminal Alarm
Last used: 09.04.18

OLTC protection relay Rapid pressure rise relay Oil Temp. controller 1 Oil Temp. controller 2
top oil top oil Winding Temp. controller 1 Winding Temp. controller2 Winding Temp. controller 3
HV MV LV
A A
Transformer
(Phase A/B/C)
+CF051 +CP071 +CT031 +CT033 +CT034 +CT035
14
12
+CT032
44
44
44
44
42
42
42
42
44
42
-F71
2
-F51 -F31 -F33 -F34 -F35
4
PE -F32
PE PE PE PE PE
P θ PE
θ θ θ θ
/Z1.1
11
/Z1.5
1
41
41
41
41
3
41
B B
PE PE PE PE PE PE
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
PE
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-P-15 -Q881507/08/09-P-16 -Q881507/08/09-P-07
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5 -Q881507/08/09-P-05 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
C -Q881507/08/09-P-06 -Q881507/08/09-P-08 -Q881507/08/09-P-09 C
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
10
11
5
9
-PE -PE
/N1.8 /R1.1
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
103
101
73
75
77
79
83
85
87
93
95
97
99
81
89
91
-X2 -X2 -X2 -X2
Terminal box
+GF021
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH010 +GH010 +GH010
103
101
+GH010
73
75
77
79
83
85
87
93
95
97
99
81
89
91
A/B/C-X2 A/B/C-X2 A/B/C-X2 A/B/C-X2
+GH010

Drawn Zhao Weijuan trip Q881507-09 +GF021 N2
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Terminal Alarm
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / R / 1

Buchholz relay Oil level indicator for Main tank Oil level indicator for OLTC Oil Temp. controller 1 Winding Temp. controller 1 Winding Temp. controller2 Winding Temp. controller 3
Main tank max min max min top oil Oil Temp. controller 2 HV MV LV
top oil
A A
Transformer
(Phase A/B/C)
+CF050 +CL060 +CL060 +CL061 +CL061 +CT031 +CT033 +CT034
24
22
+CT032 +CT035
34
34
34
32
32
32
34
34
32
32
-F50
6
8
6
8
-F60 -F60 -F61 -F61 -F31 -F33 -F34
1
PE -F32 -F35
PE PE PE PE PE
θ PE
θ θ θ PE
θ
21 /Z1.5 /Z1.5 /Z1.5 /Z1.5 /Z1.5
31
31
31
31
31
115⁰С
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
PE PE
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-P-05
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-P-06
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
-Q881507/08/09-P-01 -Q881507/08/09-P-03 -Q881507/08/09-P-04 -Q881507/08/09-P-07
WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
BK
BK
C -Q881507/08/09-P-08
C
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-P-02 -Q881507/08/09-P-09
12
13
-PE -PE
/N2.8 /T1.1
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
10
D D
4
2
9
-X2
1
14
13
15
16
20
12
17
18
19
21
Terminal box
+GF021
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH010
10
4
2
9
A/B/C-X2
1
14
13
15
16
20
12
17
19
21
18
+GH010

Drawn Zhao Weijuan alarm Q881507-09 +GF021 R1
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / S / 1

Current Transformer
HV Phase(A/B/C) HV Phase0
A A
P1 P2
S4 2000/1A
+CE101
S1 +CE102
S3 1200/1A
: Bushing
S2 400/1A -T6
-T1 S2 800/1A
LRB-500
S3 800/1A LRB-110
30VA,5P20 S4 1200/1A 30VA,5P20 S1 : Transformer

S1
+CE101
S2 400/1A
-T2
S3 800/1A S4 2000/1A
LR-500 +CE102
30VA,05
S4 1200/1A S3 1200/1A
-T5
S2 800/1A
B S1 LRB-110 B
+CE101 30VA,5P20
S1
S2 400/1A
-T3
S3 800/1A
LR-500
S4 1200/1A
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
30VA,05
S1
+CE101
S2 400/1A
-T4
S3 800/1A
LRB-500
30VA,5P20 S4 1200/1A
Transformer
P1
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
HV
C C
/T1.5
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-T-01 -Q881507/08/09-T-05
WDZB-YJERP 5*4 WDZB-YJERP 5*4
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-T-02
WDZB-YJERP 5*4
library 2: PTD60617
BK
BK
BK
BK
library 1: MC60617
-Q881507/08/09-T-06
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-T-03 WDZB-YJERP 5*4

WDZB-YJERP 5*4
library 3:
library 4:
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-T-04
WDZB-YJERP 5*4
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
PE PE PE PE PE PE
24
22
23
25
26
21
-PE -2PE
/S2.2
24
20
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
14
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
10
21
11
4
9
8
7
6
3
2
-X4
1
Terminal box
E +GF021
E
(Phase A/B/C)
24
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
21
+GH010
20
14
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
10
11
4
9
8
7
6
3
2
A/B/C-X4
1
+GH010
Unless otherwise specified, wires are 4

Drawn Zhao Weijuan CT-HV,HV-0 Q881507-09 +GF021 S1
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Current transfomer
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / S / 2 MV Phase(Am/Bm/Cm)

A : Bushing A
P1
+CE103
S1
: Transformer
S2 800/1A
-T7
S3 1200/1A
LRB-220
30VA,5P20
S4 2000/1A
S1
+CE103
S2 800/1A
-T8
LRB-220
S3 1200/1A
30VA,5P20 S4 2000/1A
B S1 B
+CE103
S2 800/1A
-T9
LRB-220
S3 1200/1A
30VA,5P20 S4 2000/1A
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Transformer
PE
PE
PE
P2
MV
C C
/T2.2
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-T-07
WDZB-YJERP 5*4
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-T-08
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
WDZB-YJERP 5*4
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-T-09
WDZB-YJERP 5*4
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
PE PE PE
27
28
29
-2PE -PE -2PE

/S1.8 /T1.5
44
45
43
42
40
34
39
38
37
36
35
33
32
41
31
-X4
E E
Terminal box
+GF021
(Phase A/B/C)
+GH010
44
45
43
42
40
34
39
38
37
36
35
33
32
41
31
A/B/C-X4
+GH010
Unless otherwise specified, wires are 4

Drawn Zhao Weijuan CT-MV Q881507-09 +GF021 S2
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Temperature Measuring
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / T / 1

Oil Temp. controller 1 Oil Temp. controller 2
top oil top oil CT for Winding Temp. controller 1 Winding Temp. controller1
HV pahse
A A
HV
/S1.2
HV
5.
P1
+CT031 +CT032 +CE101 S1 +CT033
4-20mA -
62 4-20mA +
4-20mA -
62 4-20mA +
4-20mA -
62 4-20mA +
-F31 -F32 -T10 -F33 -R
LR-500 S2 519/2A
+CT031 +CT032 +CT033
4 switches 4 switches 30VA,0.5Fs 4 switches
63
B B
PE
PE
PE
61
63
63
PE
61
61
P2
5
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-M-01 -Q881507/08/09-M-02 -Q881507/08/09-M-03
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 -Q881507/08/09-T-10 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
WDZB-YJERP 4*4
BK
BK
PE PE -Q881507/08/09-P-07 PE
Transformer PE
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
(Phase A/B/C)
30
-2PE -PE -2PE
/S2.4 /T2.1
C C
14
15
16
-PE -PE -PE -PE -PE
/R1.8 /T2.1
10
13
15
16
4
3
9
-X3 -X3 -X3
1
-X3
46
47
48
17
-X4
14
+GF021
11
-X3
8
-X3
-T51
+GF021
+
library 2: PTD60617
-
library 1: MC60617
-T52 +GF021
+
-
-T53
+
-
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC 4-20mA
library 3:
library 4:
24VDC
Clamp-on WTI CT
12+
10-
220VDC
9+
7-
-V1
220VDC
+V
-V
220VDC
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
+V
-V
D D
+V
-V
Terminal box
24V+ 24V+
+GF021 /D1.7 /T2.1
(Phase A/B/C) 24V- 24V-

/D1.7 /T2.1
2
-X6
1
6
8
+ -X5 -X5 -X5 +
/D1.6 /T2.4
DC 220V
14
13
15
- -X5 -X5 -X5 -
/D1.7 /T2.4
E E
+GH009 +GH009 +GH009
10
7
9
-X6 -X6 -X6
1
+GH010
5
A/B/C-X3
Control cabinet Control cabinet
+GH009 Assembly cabinet +GH009
F F
Phase A/B/C +GH010 Phase A/B/C

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Temperature measuring Q881507-09 +GF021 T1
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / T / 2 CT for Winding Temp. controller 2 Winding Temp. controller2 CT for Winding Temp. controller 3 Winding Temp. controller3
MV pahse LV pahse
: Bushing
A A
MV LV : Transformer
/S2.2
MV
5.
5.
P1 P1
+CE103 S1 +CT034 +CE104 S1 +CT035
4-20mA -
62 4-20mA +
4-20mA -
62 4-20mA +
-T11 -F34 -R -T12 -F35 -R
S2 1154/2A LR-35 S2 857/2A
LR-220 +CT034 +CT035
30VA,0.5Fs 4 switches 30VA,0.5Fs 4 switches
B B
PE
PE
63
63
PE
PE
61
61
5
5
P2 P2
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-M-04 -Q881507/08/09-M-05
-Q881507/08/09-T-11 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5 -Q881507/08/09-T-12 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5
WDZB-YJERP 4*4 BK WDZB-YJERP 4*4
BK
BK
BK
Transformer -Q881507/08/09-P-08 PE -Q881507/08/09-P-09 PE
PE PE
(Phase A/B/C)
32
31
-2PE -PE -PE

/T1.6
C C
17
18
-PE -PE -PE
/T1.8
22
25
27
28
19
21
-X3 -X3
23
29
20
26
-X3 -X3
library 2: PTD60617
49
54
50
52
53
51
library 1: MC60617
-X4 -X4
+GF021 +GF021
+
-
-
-T54 -T55
24VDC 24VDC
library 3:
library 4:
220VDC 220VDC
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 4-20mA 24VDC 4-20mA 24VDC

D
+V
-V
+V
-V
Clamp-on WTI CT Clamp-on WTI CT
12+
10-
12+
10-
9+
7-
9+
7-
-V2 -V3
24V+
/T1.6
24V-
/T1.6
4
3
5
6
-X6 -X6
10
9
+ -X5 -X5
/T1.8
16
17
Terminal box - -X5 -X5
/T1.8
+GF021
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH009 +GH009
4
3
5
6
-X6 -X6
4~20mA +GH010 4~20mA +GH010
10
7
9
A/B/C-X3 A/B/C-X3
Control cabinet Control cabinet

F F
+GH009 Assembly cabinet +GH009 Assembly cabinet
Phase A/B/C +GH010 Phase A/B/C Unless otherwise specified, wires are 1.5mm2 +GH010
Drawn Zhao Weijuan Temperature measuring Q881507-09 +GF021 T2
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / Z / 1

A A
44
24
34
42
22
32
14
12
44
24
34
42
22
32
11
21
31
41
Buchholz Relay (Main tank) Temperature Controller(Top oil 1/Top oil 2/HV/MV/LV)
21
31
41
/R1.5
/N2.4
+CT031 IP65
-F31 4 switches
/N1.2
/R1.2
/R1.3
/N2.5
/R1.6
+CT032 IP65
+CF050 -F32 4 switches
-F50
/R1.6
/N2.6
B +CT033 IP65 B
-F33 4 switches
13.
21.
/R1.7
/N2.7
13
21
+CT034 IP65
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-F34 4 switches
14
22
14.
22.
Pressure Relief Device (Main tank/main tank)
/N2.8
/R1.8
+CT035 IP65
-F35 4 switches
/N1.3
/N1.4
/N1.4
/N1.4
/N1.5
+CP081
-F81 10PSI
/N1.6
/N1.6
/N1.6
/N1.6
+CP082
-F82 10PSI
6
8
2
1
7
3
C Oil Lever Indicator (Main tank/OLTC) C
13
21
/R1.2
/R1.3
+CL060
14 -F60
Pressure Relief Device (OLTC)
22
/R1.4
/R1.4
+CL061
-F61
/N1.8
/N1.8
+CP083 IP65
library 2: PTD60617
-F83 20PSI
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
3
1
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Preotection relay(OLTC)
2
4
/N2.2
/N2.2
+CP051
-F51
14
12
Rapid pressure relay

11 /N2.3
/N2.3
+CP071 IP65
E -F71 Connector assembly E
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Singals Q881507-09 +GF021 Z1
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
D
C
B
A
CopyRight (C) Siemens AG 2017 All Rights Reserved Project: P:/1_PT_MD_Design_Info/01_MD design guideline/6 Secondary design public/0.ELCAD WINDOWS 7/Q881507-09-Vietnam/GF021.pro
Symbol library 1: MC60617 Translate file A: Last used: 09.04.18
Rev.
Symbol library 2: PTD60617 Translate file B:
Symbol library 3: Translate file C: C_FB_EN, XLS, 11-04-13
Symbol library 4: Translate file D: Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / ZZ /
1
1
RemarksDate
Name Norm
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.09
-X3
-X6
-X5
-X4
-X2
-X1
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

7 2 55 6 11 2
-PE
19
8 4 56 12 3
20
57 22 7
5
18
58 24 8
Viet Tri
11 59 26 12
24
60 28
12
3
3
30
Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by
18 30
32 19
34 20
19
36
20 38
40
42
44
46
4
4
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
5
5
64
66
Circuit diagram
68
Spare Terminal
70
ODSFZ-150000/500
72
74
76
78
6
6
80
82
84
86
STGZ
88
Q881507-09
90
92
94
7
7
96
98
100
Q05 03 328-B-
102
104
105
Unless otherwise specified, wires are
106
2,5
&EFS019
+GF021
8
8
=10BAT01
ZZ
Sheet -
10 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Terminal Line-up type Type of wiring
Cable designation Type, core no. , cross section Destination, item designation Level
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 1

1 21-25 \A1522 USLKG 5
3
A A
4
8
A
9 Cable connection to termination
10 B
11
Termination A Terminal strip Termination B
12
B Destination Destination B
13 Link Term.- Cross-
14 Item designation No Ref. Item designation
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -PE
1 /N1.1 +CF050 -F50 :PE
2 /N1.3 +CP081 -F81 :PE
3 /N1.5 +CP082 -F82 :PE
4 /N1.7 +CP083 -F83 :PE
5 /N2.1 +CF051 -F51 :PE
6 /N2.2 +CP071 -F71 :PE
7 /N2.3 +CT031 -F31 :PE
C 8 /N2.4 +CT032 -F32 :PE
C
9 /N2.5 +CT033 -F33 :PE
10 /N2.6 +CT034 -F34 :PE
11 /N2.7 +CT035 -F35 :PE
12 /R1.2 +CL060 -F60 :PE
13 /R1.3 +CL061 -F61 :PE
14 /T1.2 +CT031 -F31 :PE
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
15 /T1.4 +CT032 -F32 :PE

16 /T1.8 +CT033 -F33 :PE
17 /T2.4 +CT034 -F34 :PE
library 3:
library 4:
18 /T2.8 +CT035 -F35 :PE

19
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 20 D
21 /S1.2 +CE101 -T4 :PE
22 /S1.3 +CE101 -T3 :PE
23 /S1.3 +CE101 -T2 :PE
24 /S1.4 +CE101 -T1 :PE
25 /S1.7 +CE102 -T6 :PE
26 /S1.7 +CE102 -T5 :PE

27 /S2.3 +CE103 -T9 :PE
28 /S2.3 +CE103 -T8 :PE
29 /S2.4 +CE103 -T7 :PE
30 /T1.6 +CE101 -T10 :PE
31 /T2.2 +CE103 -T11 :PE
32 /T2.6 +CE104 -T12 :PE
E E
Screen bus A Cable clip Cover

N-bus B Screen bus Insulation plate
PE-PEN-bus C Cable gland Higher level insulation plate
F F
Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
Continued on sheet E Insulated Slide bridge
Date 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 &EMA019 =10BAT01
Drawn Zhao Weijuan =10BAT01+GF021-PE Q881507-09 +GF021 U1
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by Connection table 10 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18

1-20 \A1522 UK 5 N
1
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X1
-F1 :1 1 /D1.3 +GH009 -X10 :17 D
2
3
-F5 :1 4 /D1.3 -F1 :2
-J1 :1 5 /D1.4
-F6 :1 6 /D1.5
7
C 8
C
-S1 :2 9 /D1.3 +GH009 -X10 :10 D
10 /D1.4 -H1 :N
11 /D1.5 -CZ :N
12
-F1 :22 15 /D1.7 +GH010A/B/C -X1 :15 A
-F1 :21 16 /D1.7 +GH010A/B/C -X1 :16 A
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
-F2 :22 17 /D1.8 +GH010A/B/C -X1 :17 A

-F2 :21 18 /D1.8 +GH010A/B/C -X1 :18 A
19
library 3:
library 4:
20
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Drawn Zhao Weijuan =10BAT01+GF021-X1 Q881507-09 +GF021 U2
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18

1-49 UK 5N
1 -Q881507/08/09-P-01 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5 =10BAT01+CF050

3 -Q881507/08/09-P-03 16 Ga. SOW-A/SO(std) =10BAT01+CL060
A A
4 -Q881507/08/09-P-04 16 Ga. SOW-A/SO(std) =10BAT01+CL061
5 -Q881507/08/09-P-05 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+CT031
A
9 -Q881507/08/09-P-09 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+CT035 Cable connection to termination
10 B
-Q881507/08/09-P-10 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+CP081
11 -Q881507/08/09-P-11 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01micro-switch2+CP081
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :1 B 1 /R1.2 +CF050 -F50 :21
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :2 B 2 /R1.2 +CL060 -F60 :3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :3 B 3 /R1.3 +CL060 -F60 :7
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :4 B 4 /R1.4 +CL061 -F61 :3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :5 B 5 /R1.4 +CL061 -F61 :7
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :6 B 6 /R1.5 +CT031 -F31 :31
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :7 B 7 /R1.6 +CT032 -F32 :31
C BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :8 B 8 /R1.6 +CT033 -F33 :31
C
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :9 B 9 /R1.7 +CT034 -F34 :31
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :10 B 10 /R1.8 +CT035 -F35 :31
11
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :12 B 12 /R1.2 +CF050 -F50 :24
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :13 B 13 /R1.3 +CL060 -F60 :1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :14 B 14 /R1.3 +CL060 -F60 :8
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :15 B 15 /R1.4 +CL061 -F61 :1

BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :16 B 16 /R1.4 +CL061 -F61 :8
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :17 B 17 /R1.5 +CT031 -F31 :34
library 3:
library 4:
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :18 B 18 /R1.6 +CT032 -F32 :34

BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :19 B 19 /R1.6 +CT033 -F33 :34
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :20 B 20 /R1.7 +CT034 -F34 :34 D

BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :21 B 21 /R1.8 +CT035 -F35 :34
22
24
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :25 B 25 /N1.2 +CF050 -F50 :31
26
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :27 B 27 /N1.2 +CF050 -F50 :34

28
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :29 B 29 /N1.2 +CF050 -F50 :41
30
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :31 B 31 /N1.3 +CF050 -F50 :44
32
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :33 B 33 /N1.3 +CP081 -F81 :14
E 34
E
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :35 B 35 /N1.4 +CP081 -F81 :13
36
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :37 B 37 /N1.4 +CP081 -F81 :22
38
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :39 B 39 /N1.4 +CP081 -F81 :21
40
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :41 B 41 /N1.4 +CP081 -F81 :14.
F F
3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 4 4 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18

1-49 UK 5N
1 -Q881507/08/09-P-11 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01micro-switch2+CP081
2 -Q881507/08/09-P-12 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+CP082

A A
6 -Q881507/08/09-P-16 16 Ga. SOW-A/SO(std) =10BAT01+CP071
7
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X2
42
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :43 B 43 /N1.4 +CP081 -F81 :13.
44
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :45 B 45 /N1.4 +CP081 -F81 :22.
46
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :47 B 47 /N1.4 +CP081 -F81 :21.
48
C BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :49 B 49 /N1.5 +CP082 -F82 :14
C
50
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :51 B 51 /N1.6 +CP082 -F82 :13
52
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :53 B 53 /N1.6 +CP082 -F82 :22
54
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :55 B 55 /N1.6 +CP082 -F82 :21
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
56
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :57 B 57 /N1.6 +CP082 -F82 :14.
58
library 3:
library 4:
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :59 B 59 /N1.6 +CP082 -F82 :13.

60
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :61 B 61 /N1.6 +CP082 -F82 :22. D

62
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :63 B 63 /N1.6 +CP082 -F82 :21.
64
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :65 B 65 /N1.8 +CP083 -F83 :14
66
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :67 B 67 /N1.8 +CP083 -F83 :13

68
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :69 B 69 /N1.8 +CP083 -F83 :22
70
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :71 B 71 /N1.8 +CP083 -F83 :21
72
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :73 B 73 /N2.2 +CF051 -F51 :1
E 74
E
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :75 B 75 /N2.2 +CF051 -F51 :2
76
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :77 B 77 /N2.2 +CF051 -F51 :3
78
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :79 B 79 /N2.2 +CF051 -F51 :4
80
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :81 B 81 /N2.3 +CP071 -F71 :11
F F
4 4 4 4 4 2 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18


A A
6 -Q881507/08/09-P-16 16 Ga. SOW-A/SO(std) =10BAT01+CP071
7
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X2
82
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :83 B 83 /N2.3 +CP071 -F71 :14
84
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :85 B 85 /N2.4 +CT031 -F31 :41
86
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :87 B 87 /N2.4 +CT031 -F31 :44
88
C BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :89 B 89 /N2.5 +CT032 -F32 :41
C
90
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :91 B 91 /N2.5 +CT032 -F32 :44
92
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :93 B 93 /N2.6 +CT033 -F33 :41
94
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :95 B 95 /N2.6 +CT033 -F33 :44
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
96
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :97 B 97 /N2.7 +CT034 -F34 :41
98
library 3:
library 4:
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :99 B 99 /N2.7 +CT034 -F34 :44

100
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :101 B 101 /N2.8 +CT035 -F35 :41 D

102
BK +GH010A/B/C -X2 :103 B 103 /N2.8 +CT035 -F35 :44
104
105
106
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18

1 -Q881507/08/09-M-01 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+CT031

A A
6
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X3
BK +GH009 -X6 :7 B 1 /T1.2 +CT031 -F31 :61
-T51 :- 2 /T1.3
BK +GH009 -X6 :8 B 3 /T1.2 +CT031 -F31 :62
BK 4 /T1.2 +CT031 -F31 :63
-T51 :+ 5 /T1.3
6
BK +GH010A/B/C -X3 :5 B 7 /T1.4 +CT032 -F32 :61
C -T52 :- 8 /T1.5
C
BK +GH010A/B/C -X3 :6 B 9 /T1.4 +CT032 -F32 :62
BK 10 /T1.4 +CT032 -F32 :63
-T52 :+ 11 /T1.5
12
BK +GH009 -X6 :9 B 13 /T1.7 +CT033 -F33 :61
-T53 :- 14 /T1.8
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK +GH009 -X6 :10 B 15 /T1.7 +CT033 -F33 :62

BK 16 /T1.7 +CT033 -F33 :63
-T53 :+ 17 /T1.8
library 3:
library 4:
18
BK +GH010A/B/C -X3 :7 B 19 /T2.3 +CT034 -F34 :61
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -T54 :- 20 /T2.4 D
BK +GH010A/B/C -X3 :8 B 21 /T2.3 +CT034 -F34 :62
BK 22 /T2.3 +CT034 -F34 :63
-T54 :+ 23 /T2.4
24
BK +GH010A/B/C -X3 :9 B 25 /T2.7 +CT035 -F35 :61
-T55 :- 26 /T2.8
BK +GH010A/B/C -X3 :10 B 27 /T2.7 +CT035 -F35 :62
BK 28 /T2.7 +CT035 -F35 :63
-T55 :+ 29 /T2.8
30
E E

F F
3 3 3 3 3 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18

1 -Q881507/08/09-T-01 WDZB-YJERP 5*4 =10BAT01+CE101

A A
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X4
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :1 B 1 /S1.4 +CE101 -T1 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :2 B 2 /S1.4 +CE101 -T1 :S2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :3 B 3 /S1.4 +CE101 -T1 :S3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :4 B 4 /S1.4 +CE101 -T1 :S4
PE 5 /S1.3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :6 B 6 /S1.3 +CE101 -T2 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :7 B 7 /S1.3 +CE101 -T2 :S2
C BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :8 B 8 /S1.3 +CE101 -T2 :S3
C
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :9 B 9 /S1.3 +CE101 -T2 :S4
PE 10 /S1.3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :11 B 11 /S1.3 +CE101 -T3 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :12 B 12 /S1.3 +CE101 -T3 :S2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :13 B 13 /S1.3 +CE101 -T3 :S3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :14 B 14 /S1.2 +CE101 -T3 :S4
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
PE 15 /S1.2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :16 B 16 /S1.2 +CE101 -T4 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :17 B 17 /S1.2 +CE101 -T4 :S2
library 3:
library 4:
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :18 B 18 /S1.2 +CE101 -T4 :S3

BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :19 B 19 /S1.2 +CE101 -T4 :S4
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D PE 20 /S1.2 D
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :21 B 21 /S1.6 +CE102 -T5 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :22 B 22 /S1.6 +CE102 -T5 :S2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :23 B 23 /S1.6 +CE102 -T5 :S3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :24 B 24 /S1.6 +CE102 -T5 :S4
PE 25 /S1.7
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :26 B 26 /S1.7 +CE102 -T6 :S1

BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :27 B 27 /S1.7 +CE102 -T6 :S2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :28 B 28 /S1.7 +CE102 -T6 :S3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :29 B 29 /S1.7 +CE102 -T6 :S4
PE 30 /S1.7
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :31 B 31 /S2.4 +CE103 -T7 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :32 B 32 /S2.4 +CE103 -T7 :S2
E BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :33 B 33 /S2.4 +CE103 -T7 :S3
E
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :34 B 34 /S2.3 +CE103 -T7 :S4
PE 35 /S2.3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :36 B 36 /S2.3 +CE103 -T8 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :37 B 37 /S2.3 +CE103 -T8 :S2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :38 B 38 /S2.3 +CE103 -T8 :S3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :39 B 39 /S2.3 +CE103 -T8 :S4
PE 40 /S2.3
F F
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18


A A
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X4
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :41 B 41 /S2.3 +CE103 -T9 :S1
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :42 B 42 /S2.3 +CE103 -T9 :S2
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :43 B 43 /S2.3 +CE103 -T9 :S3
BK +GH010A/B/C -X4 :44 B 44 /S2.2 +CE103 -T9 :S4
PE 45 /S2.2
BK BK +CT033 -F33 :5. 46 /T1.6 +CE101 -T10 :S1
BK BK +CT033 -F33 :5 47 /T1.6 +CE101 -T10 :S2
C PE 48 /T1.6
C
BK BK +CT034 -F34 :5. 49 /T2.2 +CE103 -T11 :S1
BK BK +CT034 -F34 :5 50 /T2.2 +CE103 -T11 :S2
PE 51 /T2.2
BK BK +CT035 -F35 :5. 52 /T2.5 +CE104 -T12 :S1
BK BK +CT035 -F35 :5 53 /T2.5 +CE104 -T12 :S2
PE 54 /T2.6
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
55
56
57
library 3:
library 4:
58
59
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 60 D
E E

F F
6 6 6 4 2 2 2 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18

1
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X5
-F2 :3 1 /D1.6 +GH009 -X5 :5 A
2
-F2 :1 3 /D1.7 +GH009 -X5 :6 A
4
5
-F2 :4 6 /T1.3 -T51 :+V
7 /T1.5 -T52 :+V
C 8 /T1.8 -T53 :+V
C
9 /T2.4 -T54 :+V
10 /T2.8 -T55 :+V
11
12
-F2 :2 13 /T1.3 -T51 :-V
14 /T1.5 -T52 :-V
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
15 /T1.8 -T53 :-V

16 /T2.4 -T54 :-V
17 /T2.8 -T55 :-V
library 3:
library 4:
18
19
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 20 D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 10

1
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X6
+GH009 -X6 :1 B 1 /T1.6 -V1 :9+
+GH009 -X6 :2 B 2 /T1.6 -V1 :7-
+GH009 -X6 :3 B 3 /T2.2 -V1 :9+
+GH009 -X6 :4 B 4 /T2.2 -V1 :7-
+GH009 -X6 :5 B 5 /T2.5 -V1 :9+
+GH009 -X6 :6 B 6 /T2.6 -V1 :7-
7
C 8
C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMB019 / V / 1

Application,
Cable designation from to Cable route Cable type Length

Remark
A A
-Q881507/08/09-M-01 =10BAT01+CT031 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

-Q881507/08/09-P-01 =10BAT01+CF050 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5

B B
-Q881507/08/09-P-03 =10BAT01+CL060 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-Q881507/08/09-P-04 =10BAT01+CL061 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
-Q881507/08/09-P-05 =10BAT01+CT031 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

C C
-Q881507/08/09-P-10 =10BAT01+CP081 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

library 2: PTD60617

library 1: MC60617

library 3:
library 4:

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-P-14 =10BAT01+CP083 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 D

-Q881507/08/09-T-01 =10BAT01+CE101 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 5*4
E -Q881507/08/09-T-04 =10BAT01+CE101 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 5*4 E
The cable lengths shown do not necessarily

F F
comply with the lengths required
Date 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 &EMB019 =10BAT01 V1

STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by Cable list 2 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 09.04.18

Application,

Remark
A A

B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Date 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 &EMB019 =10BAT01 V2

STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B C D E F G
Last used: 09.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EPB019 / W / 1

Circuit diagram
Description and function Identification data Location
Qty. Type; order No.; document No.;equipment code No.; basic technical data Item Device data sheet No.,
A section No. A
of device
1 Current Transformer 400,800,1200/1A; 5P20, LRB-500, 30VA 1 -T1 /S1.2 +CE101
1 Current Transformer 400,800,1200/1A;0.5, LR-500, 30VA 2 -T2 /S1.2 +CE101
1 Current Transformer 400,800,1200/1A;0.5, LR-500, 30VA 3 -T3 /S1.2 +CE101
1 Current Transformer 400,800,1200/1A; 5P20, LRB-500, 30VA 4 -T4 /S1.2 +CE101

1 Current Transformer 519/2A;0.5Fs, LR-500, 30VA 5 -T10 /T1.5 +CE101
1 Current Transformer 800,1200,2000/1A,5P20, LRB-500, 30VA 6 -T5 /S1.6 +CE102

B B

Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 Buchholz Relay G10 90 290 13 -F50 /Z1.1 +CF050
C 1 Oil Level Indicator(Main Tank) KF2(IP65) 14 -F60 /Z1.5 +CL060 C

1 Oil Level Indicator(OLTC) BQ2(IP65) 15 -F61 /Z1.5 +CL061
1 Protection Relay for OLTC RS 2001 2A 16 -F51 /Z1.1 +CP051
1 Rapid Pressure Rise Relay Q90 86 001-04, Connector assem 17 -F71 /Z1.1 +CP071
1 Pressure Relief Device(Main Tank) Q90 86 003-04, 10PSI 18 -F81 /Z1.1 +CP081
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
1 Pressure Relief Device(Main Tank) Q90 86 003-04, 10PSI 19 -F82 /Z1.1 +CP082
1 Pressure Relief Device(OLTC) MpreC, 20PSI 20 -F83 /Z1.1 +CP083

library 3:
library 4:
1 Oil Temp. Controller 34 4 0115X, 4 switches 21 -F31 /T1.2 +CT031

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 1 Oil Temp. Controller 34 4 0115X, 4 switches 22 -F32 /T1.4 +CT032 D
1 Winding Temp. Controller 35 4 0115X, 4 switches 23 -F33 /T1.7 +CT033

1 Power module AKM 48515-1, 100~240VAC,50/60Hz, 90~250VDC/24VDC 26 -T51 /T1.2 +GF021

E 1 Power module AKM 48515-1, 100~240VAC,50/60Hz, 90~250VDC/24VDC 30 -T55 /T2.8 +GF021 E
1 Power module 48515-1, 100~240VAC,50/60Hz, 90~250VDC/24VDC 31 -T61 /D1.7 +GF021
1 Clam on CT MIK-DJI-B-5A-V1-B1, input 0-5A, output 4~20mA 32 -V1 /T1.6 +GF021
When reordering equipment, all data enclosed by the heavy lines of columns B and C should be stated. In addition, *) Delivery address identification
the data in columns D to G should be given together with the No. of this list of equipment, insofar as they are helpful
F in answering technical enquires. When ordering spare parts, also quote the serial No. of the product if stated on the F
rating plate
Date 2018.04.09 ODSFZ-150000/500 &EPB019 =10BAT01 W1

STGZ Q05 03 328-B-
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by Parts list 1 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S10
IOF
IOF
B12
sensor
F2
B12
F5
F6
F1
CZ
X4 X2 X1
X3
cable tray(50X80)
cable tray(50X80)
cable tray(50X80)
cable tray(50X80)
cable tray(50X80)
cable tray(50X80)
Thickness=4mm
X5
E1
X6
grounding bar
4 rows for
each side
60xM5
(copper)
Earthing M5
In back of door
VIEW C
Bottom Plate of Terminal box

Material: SUS304, H=4mm
Date 27.10.2017 ODSFZ-150000/500 Q881507-09 &ELU019 =10BAT01

Drawn Liu LiPing +GH021 Z1
Appr. Xiao Yun VIET TRI Sheet 1-
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by Box diagram STGZ Q05 03 328-B- 1 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Archive:=10BAT01/&EFS019/Y/1
A B C D E F G
Circuit diagram
Description and function Identification data sheet No.,
Location
Qty. Type; order No.; document No.;equipment code No.; basic technical data Item Device data
A section No. A
of device
1 MCB 5SY61207CC 1P 20A SIEMENS 1 F1 D1 +GF021

1 MCB 5SY52107CC 2P 10A DC SIEMENS 2 F2 D1 +GF021
C: C_FB_EN, XLS, 11-04-13
2 MCB MCB AUXILIARY CONTACT 5ST3 010-0CC 1NC+1NO SIEMENS 4 F1/2 D1 +GF021
1 SELECTOR SWITCH XB2BD25C 1NO SCHNEIDER 5 S10 D1 +GF021
B B
1 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONTROLLER PA SI FEI KE 6 B12 D1 +GF021
1 HEATER DJR-50F AC220V 50W PA SI FEI KE 7 E1 D1 +GF021
A:
B:
D:
Translate file
Translate file
Translate file
Translate file
1 TRAVEL SWITCH D4V-8108Z 1NC+1NO OMRON 8 J1 D1 +GF021

1 FLOODLIGHT T5 8W ZHONGSHANG 9 H1 D1 +GF021
1 SOCKET AC30-124 AC250V 16A CHNT 10 CZ D1 +GF021
176 TERMINAL UK5N PHOENIX 11 X1/23/5 D1 +GF021
68 TERMINAL URTK/S PHOENIX 12 X4/6 S1 +GF021
C C
Symbol library 1: PTD60617
Symbol library 2:
Symbol library 3:
Symbol library 4:
Project:
D D
2017 All Rights Reserved
E E
CopyRight (C) Siemens AG 2009
rating plate
Date 2017.12.18 ODFSZ-150000/500 Q881507-09 &EPB019 =10BAT01

Drawn Liu LiPing +GF021 Y1
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by Parts list STGZ Q05 03 328-A- 1 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
for
Purchaser
Ver A Customer comments and black box 2017.12.13 Xiao Yun User VIET TRI
Plant
Plantsection Control Cabinet +GH009
Q881507~09
Order number
SIEMENS Document designation $EAA019 / =10BAT01 / .

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Archive: =10BAT01 / &EAB019 / A / 1

Last used: 12.04.18
Designation Sheet Sheets Date Description Designed by

Project: P:/1_PT_MD_Design_Info/01_MD design guideline/6 Secondary design public/0.ELCAD WINDOWS 7/Q881507-09-Vietnam/GH009-B.pro

&EFS019 =10BAT01 D1 Q05 03 329-B- 1+ 7 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GH009 3Ph Power Supply
A A
Circuit diagram

+GH009 DC Power Supply
Circuit diagram

+GH009 Auxiliary Circuit

Circuit diagram
B B
+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:

+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram

+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram
C C
&EFS019 =10BAT01 D7 Q05 03 329-B- 7- 7 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 M1 Q05 03 329-B- 1+ 5 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH009 Control
Circuit diagram
library 3:
library 4:

+GH009 Power Failure Signals
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Circuit diagram

+GH009 Fan state signals&OLTC signal
Circuit diagram

Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 M5 Q05 03 329-B- 5- 5 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

E +GH009 Oil &winding Temperature signal E
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 N1 Q05 03 329-B- 1+ 4 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH009 A11-CPU Black box
Circuit diagram

+GH009 A12-4-20mA Black box
F Circuit diagram F
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EAB019 =10BAT01

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Content Q881507-09 +GH009 A1
Appr. Xiao Yun Sheet 1+
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18


+GH009 A13-RTD Black box
A A
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 N4 Q05 03 329-B- 4- 4 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH009 Over view Black box
Circuit diagram
&EFS019 =10BAT01 ZZ Q05 03 329-B- - 17 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH009 Spare Terminal

Circuit diagram
B B
&EMA019 =10BAT01 U1 Q05 03 329-B- 1+ 12 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-12PE
Connection table
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-12PE
Connection table

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-PE
Connection table
C C

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X5
Connection table

library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X6
Connection table
library 3:
library 4:

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X7
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Connection table

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X10
Connection table

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X10
Connection table

E +GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X11 E
Connection table
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X12
Connection table
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X12
F Connection table F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Q881507-09 +GH009 A2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18


&EMA019 =10BAT01 U12 Q05 03 329-B- 12- 12 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X15
A A
Connection table
&EMB019 =10BAT01 V1 Q05 03 329-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH009 Cable list
Cable list
&EMB019 =10BAT01 V2 Q05 03 329-B- 2- 2 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH009 Cable list

Cable list
B B
&EPB019 =10BAT01 W1 Q05 03 329-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GH009 Parts list
Parts list
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
&EPB019 =10BAT01 W2 Q05 03 329-B- 2- 2 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH009 Parts list
Parts list
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E
F F

Appr. Xiao Yun Sheet 3-
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
THREEPHASE SUPPLY
Last used: 12.04.18

Threephase supply Power for Terminal box NO.2 fan Group
Power for OLTC motor & Auxiliary Power for SITRAM H2 Power for Black box NO.1 fan Group
A A
3
5
3
5
1
1
-K3 -K4
/M1.2 /M1.2
2
4
6
2
4
6
B B
K3-4
K3-2
K4-4
K4-2
K4-6
K3-6
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
/D4.1
/D4.1
/D4.1
/D6.1
/D6.1
/D6.1
13
21
13
21
4
2
3
5
1
-F1
13
21
-F10
13
21
1
13
21
1
-F11 -F12
1
-F26
50A 10A
14
22
14
22
10A 1P,10A
22
14
1P,10A
22
14
22
14
/M2.2
I > I > I >
/M2.5
I > I > I >
/M2.5
I >
/M2.8
I >
1
3
5
/M2.7
2
4
6
I >
2
C C
22
23
21
5
-X10
11PE
10
12
13
11
19
-X10 -X10
PE
N1
-X10
L1
L1
library 2: PTD60617
N
library 1: MC60617
/D3.2
/D3.2
-A15
YE
GN
RD
BU
YE
BU
YE
GN
-Q881507/08/09-D-01 -Q881507/08/09-D-02 -Q881507/08/09-D-03
library 3:
library 4:
10A
WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 24 VDC D
+GF021
+GX001 Terminal box
OLTC box
(Phase A/B/C) +SITRAM H2
(Phase A/B/C)
+GX001 +GF021 (Phase A/B/C)
5
6
2
-X1 -X1 -J1
1
1
2
3
-X10
1
-X10 -12PE
24V+
24V-
/D4.1
4+
4-
3+
3-
/M5.1
/M5.1
/N2.3
/N2.3
/N1.1
/N1.1
Control cabinet
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
1PE
L2.
L3.
L1.
3ph Power Supply

AC 380V 50Hz
Cooling(fans)50A
+GH010
F F
Assembly cabinet
Unless otherwise specified, wires are 1.5
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EFS019 =10BAT01

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI 3Ph Power Supply Q881507-09 +GH009 D1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

DC supply PLC control power
OLTC control power Terminal box DC power
A A
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
21
13
3
1
21
13
21
13
21
13
-F21
3
3
1
1
-F22 -F24 -F25
20A
22
14
10A 10A 10A

22
14
22
14
22
14
/M2.2
I > I >
/M2.3
/M2.4
/M2.6
I > I > I > I > I > I >
4
2
C C
4
2
4
2
4
2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
4
3
-X5
5
6
7
8
-X5 -X5
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
+
-
/M1.1
/M1.1
2
-X5
1
Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
BN
BU
BN
BU
-Q881507/08/09-D-04 -Q881507/08/09-D-05
WDZB-YJER 2*1.5 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5
INPUT:+
INPUT:-
+GX001 +GF021
OLTC BOX Terminal box
(Phase A/B/C) (Phase A/B/C)
+GX001 +GF021
10
9
-X1 -X5
1
DC Supply
DC 220V
+GH010
F F
Assembly cabinet

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI DC Power Supply Q881507-09 +GH009 D2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Lighting&heating
A A
L1
/D1.7
13
21
1
-F4
1
-F6
6A
22
14
16A
/M2.6
I >
I >
2
14
15
-X10
B B
Temperature and
-CZ
humidity sensor L
N
4
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
3
1
1
1
-MF2 -MF1 -E2 -E1 PE
M M
50W 50W
6
13A
-B12 Temperature and
humidity controller
-J1
1
CG217-EF
2
C C
Manual2
Manual1
Auto.
23
14
L
-H1
13
24
-S10
library 2: PTD60617
N
library 1: MC60617
24
25
26
N1 -X10 -X10
library 3:
library 4:
/D1.7
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Manual1: Heating by manual
Manual2: Dehumidify by manual

Control cabinet
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH010
F F
Assembly cabinet

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Auxiliary Circuit Q881507-09 +GH009 D3
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NO.1 Cooling group

Last used: 12.04.18
FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN
+AN701 +AN703 +AN705 +AN707 +AN709 +AN711
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K3-2 K3-2
/D1.8 /D5.1
K3-4 K3-4
/D1.8 /D5.1
K3-6 K3-6
/D1.8 /D5.1
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q1 -Q3 -Q5 -Q7 -Q9 -Q11
0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A

14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
/M3.2
/M3.2
/M3.2
/M3.3
/M3.3
/M3.3
I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I >
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
C C
14
10
12
13
15
16
17
18
11
4
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
-X12
1
4
2
6
-12PE -12PE -12PE
1
/D1.2 /D5.2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-01 -Q881507/08/09-F-03 -Q881507/08/09-F-05 -Q881507/08/09-F-07 -Q881507/08/09-F-09 -Q881507/08/09-F-11 D

WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5
Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
+AN701 +AN703 +AN705 +AN707 +AN709 +AN711
-M01 M -M03 M -M05 M -M07 M -M09 M -M11 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Fan Group Q881507-09 +GH009 D4
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

FAN FAN
+AN713 +AN715
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K3-2
/D4.8
K3-4
/D4.8
K3-6
/D4.8
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q13 -Q15
0.6~1A 0.6~1A
14
22
14
22
/M3.3
/M3.4
I > I > I > I > I > I >
2
4
6
2
4
6
C C
24
20
22
23
19
21
-X12
7
8
-12PE -12PE
/D4.8
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
GNYE
GNYE
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-13 -Q881507/08/09-F-15 D
WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5
Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
PE
PE
V1
V1
U1
U1
+AN713 +AN715
-M13 M -M15 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NO.2 Cooling group
Last used: 12.04.18

+AN702 +AN704 +AN706 +AN708 +AN710 +AN712
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K4-2 K4-2
/D1.8 /D7.1
K4-4 K4-4
/D1.8 /D7.1
K4-6 K4-6
/D1.8 /D7.1
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q2 -Q4 -Q6 -Q8 -Q10 -Q12
0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A

14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
/M3.4
/M3.4
/M3.5
/M3.5
/M3.5
/M3.5
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
C C
44
34
40
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
35
36
37
38
39
50
41
51
-X12
4
2
6
-12PE
1
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-02 -Q881507/08/09-F-04 -Q881507/08/09-F-06 -Q881507/08/09-F-08 -Q881507/08/09-F-10 -Q881507/08/09-F-12 D

Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
+AN702 +AN702 +AN702 +AN702 +AN702 +AN702
-M02 M -M04 M -M06 M -M08 M -M10 M -M12 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

FAN FAN
+AN714 +AN716
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K4-2
/D6.8
K4-4
/D6.8
K4-6
/D6.8
2 3 5 8 9
1 4 6 7 10
B B
Terminal box
0
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
+GF021
a
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q14 -Q16
Control cabinet
x
0.6~1A 0.6~1A
14
22
14
22
+GH009
/M3.6
/M3.6
I > I > I > I > I > I >
A
2
4
6
2
4
6 Am
C C
OLTC box
+GX001 11 14 15
54
52
53
55
56
57
-X12
12 13 16
7
-12PE
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
For example: 1 means "+ AN701"

library 3:
library 4:
2 means "+ AN702"

GNYE
GNYE
......
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-14 -Q881507/08/09-F-16 D
WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 16 means "+ AN716"
The arrangement of fans will be confirmed by mechanical design

Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
PE
PE
V1
V1
U1
U1
+AN714 +AN716
-M14 M -M16 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / M / 1

Remote/Local Manual/Automatic Signals from customer Top oil Temp. control Windng Temp. control
Control room
From customer Transformer
/D2.5
Automatic control by current Automatic control by Oil Temp. controller Automatic control by Winding Temp. controller
/D2.5
A A
+CT031 +CT032 +CT032 +CT033 +CT034 +CT033 +CT034
21
21
21
11
11
11
11
+
-F31 -F32 -F32 -F33 -F34 -F33 -F34
-
-K8 -K9 -K10
Remote
1
1+
/M3.1 I> I> I> θ θ θ θ θ θ θ
Local
14
24
14
24
24
14
14
2
BK
BK
+GH010
7
-S0 1 Assembly cabinet
-Q881507/08/09-C-01
WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5
BK
BK
BK
BK
+GH010
25
26
27
2
15
16
17
A/B/C-X10 -Q881507/08/09-C-02
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
/M4.3
/M4.3
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-C-03
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
BK
BK
BK
BK
Automatic
-Q881507/08/09-C-04
B WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 B
Manual
34
28
29
30
32
33
35
36
37
31
-X10
42
45
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
44
47
1
41
40
38
39
43
-S1 2
-X10
46
/M4.4
/M4.4
0.4
48
49
0.0
0.2
0.3
2M
0.1
1M
L+
M
-X10
I
ONF2
ONF1
OFF
OFF
3
-S2 -S3
C ONAF1
C
ONAF2
4
From customer Switch Switch

-U1
50
51
-X10
PLC
6ES7212-1AB23-0XB8
library 2: PTD60617
4
2
library 1: MC60617
4
2
-KA3 -KA4
/M1.4 /M1.5
0.0
0.2
0.3
0.1
L+
L+
3
M
3
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
8
-KA3 -KA4
A1
A1
-K3 -K4
1
1
-T1
L
A2
A2
+V
DC220V
N -V
DC24V
Note:
E E
When the load or temperature raising,
1-
/M3.1 K9/CT032-11-14/CT033-11-14/CT034-11-14(close) control 1st group cooler running;
K10/CT032-21-24/CT033-21-24/CT034-21-24(close) controls 2nd group cooler running
1 2 1 2 4 3 4 3
+GH009 /D1.8 /D1.8 /M1.2 /M1.3 When the load or temperature falling,
3 4 3 4 2 2 K9/CT032-11-14/CT033-11-14/CT034-11-14(open) controls 2nd group cooler sttopping
Control cabinet /D1.8 /D1.8 /M1.2 /M1.3
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 K8/CT031-11/14(open) controls 1st group cooler stopping
(Phase A/B/C) /D1.8 /D1.8
13 14 13 14 7 7
/M4.5 /M4.6
21 22 21 22
/M4.6 /M4.6
31 32 31 32
43 44 43 44
/N1.4 /N1.4
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Control Q881507-09 +GH009 M1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Power Failure
Power
Signals
Failure Signals

Last used: 12.04.18
3ph AC Power Failure DC Power Failure OLTC control Terminal boxl OLTC motor&Auxiliary Terminal box Lighting&heating PLC control Black box SITRAM H2
Power Failure DC Power Failure Power Failure Power Failure Power Failure power failure power failure Power Failure
A A
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
-F1 -F21 -F22 -F24 -F10 -F11 -F4 -F25 -F26 -F12
B /D1.1 /D2.1 /D2.2 /D2.4 /D1.2 /D1.4 /D3.6 /D2.5 /D1.7 /D1.5 B
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
10
2
9
-X11
1
4
C C
14
20
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
11
-X11
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH009
library 3:
library 4:
Control cabinet
(Phase A/B/C)
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
+GH010
10
4
2
9
A/B/C-X11
1
E +GH010 E
20
14
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
11
A/B/C-X11
+GH010

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Power Failure Signals Q881507-09 +GH009 M2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
NO.1 group NO.2 group OLTC in operation signal
fan failure fan failure
OLTC box
(Phase A/B/C)
A +GX001 A
20
19
A/B/C-X1
BK
BK
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
+GH009 -Q881507/08/09-C-05
-Q1 -Q3 -Q5 -Q7 -Q9 -Q11 -Q13 -Q15 -Q2 -Q4 -Q6 -Q8 -Q10 -Q12 -Q14 -Q16 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
/D4.2 /D4.3 /D4.4 /D4.5 /D4.6 /D4.7 /D5.2 /D5.3 /D6.2 /D6.3 /D6.4 /D6.5 /D6.6 /D6.7 /D7.2 /D7.3
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
14
13
15
16
1+ -X5 -X5 -X5
/M1.2
C C
A1
A1
A1
-K12
-K10 -K11
A2
A2
A2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
1-
/M1.3
library 3:
library 4:
13 14
13 14 13 14 /M4.7
/M4.2 /M4.3 23 24
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 23 24 23 24 D
33 34
33 34 33 34
43 44
43 44 43 44 /N1.5
/N1.3 /N1.3
E E
+GH009
Control cabinet
F (Phase A/B/C) F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Fan state signals&OLTC signal Q881507-09 +GH009 M3
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NO.2 group

Last used: 12.04.18
NO.1 group NO.2 group

Local Manual Automatic NO.1 group Fan on All fans off OLTC in operation signal
fan failure fan failure Remote
Fan on
A A
13
13
13
5
21
13
13
21
-S0 -S0 -S1 -S1 -K3 -K4 -K3 -K12
-K10 -K11 -K4
/M1.2 /M1.2 /M1.3 /M1.3 /M1.2 /M1.2 /M1.2 /M3.7
/M3.2 /M3.4 /M1.2
8
6
14
14
14
22
14
14
22
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C C
40
29
30
32
38
39
31
25
26
27
28
37
24
34
23
33
35
36
22
21
-X11 -X11
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
+GH009
Control cabinet
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
40
29
30
32
38
39
31
25
26
27
28
37
34
33
35
36
+GH010
23
24
21
22
A/B/C-X11
+GH010
Assembly cabinet
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
Oil temp. signal Winding temp.signal
4~20mA 4~20mA
A A
+GF021 +GF021
13
15
3
-X3 -X3
1
+GF021
Terminal box
(Phase A/B/C)
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-C-07
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
B B
B.
/N1.1
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
7A
9A
10
7
9
-X6 -X6
INPUT INPUT
4~20mA 4~20mA
-U121 -U122
2-
1+
2-
1+
3+ 7+ 7+
/D1.7
DC24V
C /D1.7
3- 8- 8- C
4-
4-
5+
6-
3+
5+
6-
3+
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
-U121:+
-U121:-
-U122:+
-U122:-
4~20mA
4~20mA
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
16
/N2.6
/N2.6
17
/N2.7
/N2.7
-X6
18
19
-X6
+GH009
Control cabinet
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH010 +GH010
4
2
A/B/C-X3 A/B/C-X3
1
OUTPUT OUTPUT
4~20mA 4~20mA
+GH010
Assembly cabinet
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Oil &winding Temperature signal Q881507-09 +GH009 M5
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

FAN Group 1 Fan Group 2 Fan Group 1 Fan Group 2 OLTC Tap-changer
Failure Failure ON ON Incomplete in operation

switching operation
A A
11
24V+ -X7
/D1.7
12
-X7
13
B. -X7
/M5.6
BK
13A
-Q881507/08/09-C-05
24V- -X7
/D1.7 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
43
43
43
43
+GX001
155
+GX001
-K10 -K11 -K3 -K4 -X1
Phase A/B/C
/M3.2 /M3.4 /M1.2 /M1.2
43
44
44
44
44
B +GX001 -K12 B
181
-PE -X1 /M3.7
PE.
1
/N2.6
44
14
15
16
17
BK
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-Q881507/08/09-C-05
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
18
19
-A11
2M
Q.0
Q.1
L1
L+
1M
a.0
a.1
a.2
a.3
a.4
a.5
a.6
a.7
b.0
b.1
b.2
b.3
b.4
b.5
3M
I.0
I.1
24VDC
C C
CPU 1215C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0
4L+
a.4
a.0
a.2
a.3
a.5
a.6
a.7
b.0
4M
a.1
b.1
library 3:
library 4:
Datalogger Datalogger Datalogger Spare

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D Run Error Alarm D

8
8
-K15 -K16 -K17 -K18
4
2
4
2
2
-K15
1
1
-K16 -K17 -K18
/N1.4 /N1.4 /N1.5 /N1.5
3
Control Cubicle
+GH009
4
2
5
-X7
1
Phase A/B/C
E E
4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
/N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.8
2 2 2 2
/N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.8
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
7 7 7 7
+GH009
Control cabinet
F (Phase A/B/C) F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI A11-CPU Q881507-09 +GH009 N1
Appr. Xiao Yun Black box Sheet 1+
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Clamp-on WTI CT OLTC/TAP POSITION H2 in Oil Moisture in Oil
HV MV LV 4-20MA 4-20mA 4-20mA Top Oil Temp. 1 Winding Temp.

4~20mA 4~20mA 4~20mA HV
OLTC box Transformer
+GX001 Phase A/B/C
A Terminal box
A
Phase A/B/C
+GF021 -V1 -V2 -V3 +GX001
OLTC +SITRAM H2
(Phase A/B/C)
9+
7-
9+
7-
9+
7-
U5 (Phase A/B/C)
4
2
3
-J3
1
+GF021
7
4
2
5
6
-X6 1
212
211
B -X1(OLTC)
B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-C-08
-Q881507/08/09-C-06 -Q881507/08/09-C-05 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
/M5.3
/M5.3
/M5.5
/M5.5
C C
20
22
23
18
19
21
4
-U121:+
-U121:-
-U122:+
-U122:-
2
5
6
-X6 -X15 -X15

1
-A12
0+
0-
1+
1-
2+
2-
3+
3-
4+
4-
5+
5-
6+
6-
7+
7-
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
AI 4-20mA
24VDC
6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0
L+
M
4+ 24V+
/D1.8 /N3.2
2
PE. -PE PE.
/N1.3 /N3.4
4- 24V-
/D1.8 /N3.2
Control cabinet
+GH009
E Phase A/B/C E
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI A12-4-20mA Q881507-09 +GH009 N2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Ambient Temp. Oil Humidity Sensor +SITRAM H2
Transformer
A +CF039 A
(Phase A/B/C) -F39 -W1 +SITRAM H2
Communication Cable
(Phase A/B/C)
L+
1 Brown -J4
NOTE:
1
BLACK
WHITE
+CT036 L- Ain1-I
2
2 White
-F36 -R PE
1. -W1 is supplied together with SITRAM H2.
15V
3
3 wires 3
output PT100
RED
2. -F39 is the oil humidity sensor which supplied
4
4 Ground
together with SITRAM H2.
3. The length of -W1 should be suitable between -F39 and SITRAM H2.
5
5
B B
Cable gland should be added but without protection pipe.
Out1 Ain2-I
6
6 Pink
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-M-05
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Out 2
7
WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5 7 Violet
8
PE
8
C C
14
13
15
-X6
-A13 -A16
......
0M+
0M-
OI+
0I-
1M+
1M-
1I+
1I-
7M+
7M-
7I+
7I-
F1
F2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
FAULT
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
AI RTD/PT100 SCALANCE X101-1

24VDC
6ES7231-5PF32-0XB0 6GK5101-1BB00-2AA3
L2+
L1+
M2
L+
M1
M
24V+
/N2.4
3
3
PE. -PE -PE
/N2.6
24V-
/N2.5
Control cabinet
+GH009
E Phase A/B/C E
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI A13-RTD Q881507-09 +GH009 N3
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
BLACK BOX
OVERVIEW
A A
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-A15 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A14 -A16 -A18 -A19 -A20

Power supply CPU AI AI RS 485 Fiber Optic Transducer for Transducer for Transducer for
220V AC/24V DC AO/AI/DO 4-20mA RTD SPARE Interface Clamp on Clamp on Clamp on
C CT-HV CT-MV CT-LV C
Memory Card
-A17 -A14 -A16 -A18 -A19 -A20
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
Control Cubicle
Fiber Optic
+GH009
library 3:
library 4:
Phase A/B/C
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Assembly Cabinet
+GH010
-A15 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A21 -A22 -A23 -A24

E E
Power supply CPU AI AI Transducer for Transducer for Transducer for Ruggedcom RS900NC
220V AC/24V DC AO/AI/DO 4-20mA RTD Voltage on Voltage on Voltage on 6GK6090-0AS11
HV MV LV -0BA0-Z
A08+B04
Memory Card
-A17 -A21 -A22 -A23 -A24
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Over view Q881507-09 +GH009 N4
Appr. Xiao Yun Black box Sheet 4-
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
D
C
B
A
CopyRight (C) Siemens AG 2017 All Rights Reserved Project: P:/1_PT_MD_Design_Info/01_MD design guideline/6 Secondary design public/0.ELCAD WINDOWS 7/Q881507-09-Vietnam/GH009-B.pro
Rev.
1
1
Remarks
Name Norm Date
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
-X12
-X10
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

25 4
-12PE
9 26
6
10 27
9
28
VIET TRI
11 16
29
12 17
30
18
13 31
3
3
20
32
14 27
15 33
58
1
2 59
3 60
61
4
62
5
63
4
4
6
64
7
5
5
Circuit diagram
Spare Terminal
ODFSZ-300000/500
6
6
STGZ
Q881507-09
7
7
Q05 03 329-B-
2,5
&EFS019
+GH009
8
8
=10BAT01
ZZ
Sheet -
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
1 -Q881507/08/09-F-01 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN701

2 -Q881507/08/09-F-02 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN702 65-72 \a1522 USLKG 5
A A
A
9 -Q881507/08/09-F-09 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN709 Cable connection to termination
10 B
-Q881507/08/09-F-10 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN702
13 -Q881507/08/09-F-13 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN713 Link Term.- Cross-

15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -12PE
GNYE GNYE +AN701 -M01 :PE 1 /D4.2 +AN702 -M02 :PE
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EMA019 =10BAT01
Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI =10BAT01+GH009-12PE Q881507-09 +GH009 U1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -12PE
9
10
11
12
13
14
C 15
C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
4 4 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -PE
-A11:PE 1 /N1.2
-A12:PE 2 /N2.6
-A13:PE 3 /N3.4 -A16:PE
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI =10BAT01+GH009-PE Q881507-09 +GH009 U3
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1 -Q881507/08/09-C-05 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+GX001

2 -Q881507/08/09-D-04 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5 =10BAT01+GX001
3 -Q881507/08/09-D-05 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5 =10BAT01+GF021
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X5
1 /D2.1 -F21 :4
2 /D2.1 -F21 :2
-S0 :1 3 /D2.5 -F25 :4
-K3 :A2 4 /D2.5 -F25 :2
BN +GX001 -X1 :9 B 5 /D2.2 -F22 :4
BU +GX001 -X1 :10 B 6 /D2.3 -F22 :2
BN +GF021 -X5 :1 B 7 /D2.4 -F24 :4
C BU +GF021 -X5 :2 B 8 /D2.4 -F24 :2
C
-S0 :1 13 /M3.2 -Q1 :21
14 /M3.4 -Q2 :21
BK 15 /M3.7 +GX001A/B/C -X1 :19
BK -K12 :A1 16 /M3.7 +GX001A/B/C -X1 :20 A
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
6 2 2 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI =10BAT01+GH009-X5 Q881507-09 +GH009 U4
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1 -Q881507/08/09-C-06 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+GF021

A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X6
BK -A12 :0+ 1 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :1 A
BK -A12 :0- 2 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :2 A
BK -A12 :1+ 3 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :3 A
BK -A12 :1- 4 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :4 A
BK -A12 :2+ 5 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :5 A
BK -A12 :2- 6 /N2.3 +GF021 -X6 :6 A
BK -U121 :2- 7 /M5.2 +GF021 -X3 :1 A
C -X6 :9A A 7A /M5.2
C
BK -U121 :1+ 8 /M5.2 +GF021 -X3 :3 A
BK -U122 :2- 9 /M5.5 +GF021 -X3 :13 A
-X6 :7A A 9A /M5.5 -X7 :13 B
BK -U122 :1+ 10 /M5.5 +GF021 -X3 :15 A
BK -A13 :0M+ 13 /N3.2 +CT036 -F36 :RED
BK -A13 :0M- 14 /N3.2 +CT036 -F36 :WHITE
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK -A13 :0I- 15 /N3.3 +CT036 -F36 :BLACK

+GH010A/B/C -X3 :1 B 16 /M5.2 -U121 :5+
+GH010A/B/C -X3 :2 B 17 /M5.2 -U121 :6-
library 3:
library 4:
+GH010A/B/C -X3 :3 B 18 /M5.4 -U122 :5+

+GH010A/B/C -X3 :4 B 19 /M5.5 -U122 :6-
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X7
1 /N1.6 -K15 :4
2 /N1.7 -K15 :3
3 /N1.7 -K16 :3
4 /N1.7 -K17 :3
5 /N1.8 -K18 :3
-A11 :L1 11 /N1.2 -K4 :43
BK 12 /N1.5 +GX001 -X1 :155 B
C 13 /N1.2 -X6 :9A B
C
-A15 :- 13A /N1.2 -A11 :M
-A11 :a.0 14 /N1.3 -K10 :44
-A11 :a.1 15 /N1.3 -K11 :44
-A11 :a.2 16 /N1.4 -K3 :44
-A11 :a.3 17 /N1.4 -K4 :44
BK -A11 :a.6 18 /N1.5 +GX001 -X1 :181 A
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
-A11 :a.7 19 /N1.5 -K12 :44

library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
6 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1-4 \A1522 UK 35 N
1 -Q881507/08/09-C-01 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5 =10BAT01+CT031

A A
5 -Q881507/08/09-D-01 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 =10BAT01+GX001
6 -Q881507/08/09-D-02 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 =10BAT01+GF021
7 -Q881507/08/09-D-03 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X10
1 /D1.1 -F1 :1
2 /D1.1 -F1 :3
3 /D1.2 -F1 :5
4
5 /D1.2 -X10 :21 B
6
7 /D1.2
C 8 /D1.2
C
9
YE +GX001 -X1 :1 B 10 /D1.2 -F10 :2
GN +GX001 -X1 :5 B 11 /D1.3 -F10 :4
RD +GX001 -X1 :6 B 12 /D1.3 -F10 :6
YE +GF021 -X1 :1 B 13 /D1.4 -F11 :2
-B12 :1 14 /D3.6 -F4 :2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
-J1 :1 15 /D3.7
16
17
library 3:
library 4:
18
YE -J1 :1 B 19 /D1.5 -F12 :2
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 20 D
BU +GX001 -X1 :8 B 21 /D1.3 -X10 :5 B
BU +GF021 -X1 :9 B 22 /D1.4
GN +SITRAM H2 -J1 :2 B 23 /D1.6 -A15 :N
24 /D3.5
25 /D3.6 -B12 :2
-CZ :N 26 /D3.7 -H1 :N

27
28 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :15 A
29 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :16 A
30 /M1.5 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :17 A
BK 31 /M1.5 +CT031 -F31 :11
BK 32 /M1.6 +CT032 -F32 :11
E BK 33 /M1.6 +CT032 -F32 :21
E
BK 34 /M1.6 +CT033 -F33 :11
BK 35 /M1.7 +CT034 -F34 :11
BK 36 /M1.7 +CT033 -F33 :21
BK -U1 :L+ 37 /M1.8 +CT034 -F34 :21
-U1 :0.0 38 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :25 A
-U1 :0.1 39 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :26 A
-U1 :0.2 40 /M1.5 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :27 A
F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


A A
5
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X10
BK -U1 :0.0 41 /M1.5 +CT031 -F31 :14
BK 42 /M1.5 +CT032 -F32 :14
BK -U1 :0.3 43 /M1.6 +CT033 -F33 :14
BK 44 /M1.7 +CT034 -F34 :14
BK 45 /M1.6 +CT032 -F32 :24
BK -U1 :0.4 46 /M1.7 +CT033 -F33 :24
BK 47 /M1.7 +CT034 -F34 :24
C 48 /M1.1
C
-S0 :2 49 /M1.1
-S2 :4 50 /M1.1
-S3 :4 51 /M1.1
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
2 4 4 4 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X11
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :1 B 1 /M2.2 -F1 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :2 B 2 /M2.2 -F21 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :3 B 3 /M2.3 -F22 :22
+GH009A/B/C -X11 :4 B 4 /M2.4 -F24 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :5 B 5 /M2.5 -F10 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :6 B 6 /M2.5 -F11 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :7 B 7 /M2.6 -F4 :22
C +GH010A/B/C -X11 :8 B 8 /M2.6 -F25 :22
C
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :9 B 9 /M2.7 -F26 :22
+GH009A/B/C -X11 :10 B 10 /M2.8 -F12 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :11 B 11 /M2.2 -F1 :21
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :12 B 12 /M2.2 -F21 :21
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :13 B 13 /M2.3 -F22 :21
+GH009A/B/C -X11 :14 B 14 /M2.4 -F24 :21
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :15 B 15 /M2.5 -F10 :21

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :16 B 16 /M2.5 -F11 :21
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :17 B 17 /M2.6 -F4 :21
library 3:
library 4:
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :18 B 18 /M2.7 -F25 :21

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :19 B 19 /M2.7 -F26 :21
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D +GH009A/B/C -X11 :20 B 20 /M2.8 -F12 :21 D

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :21 B 21 /M4.2 -K10 :13
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :22 B 22 /M4.2 -K10 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :23 B 23 /M4.2 -K11 :13
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :24 B 24 /M4.3 -K11 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :25 B 25 /M4.3 -S0 :5
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :26 B 26 /M4.3 -S0 :6

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :27 B 27 /M4.3 -S0 :7
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :28 B 28 /M4.4 -S0 :8
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :29 B 29 /M4.4 -S1 :5
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :30 B 30 /M4.4 -S1 :6
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :31 B 31 /M4.4 -S1 :7
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :32 B 32 /M4.4 -S1 :8
E +GH010A/B/C -X11 :33 B 33 /M4.5 -K3 :13
E
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :34 B 34 /M4.5 -K3 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :35 B 35 /M4.5 -K4 :13
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :36 B 36 /M4.6 -K4 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :37 B 37 /M4.6 -K3 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :38 B 38 /M4.6 -K4 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :39 B 39 /M4.7 -K12 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :40 B 40 /M4.7 -K12 :13
F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 10

1 -Q881507/08/09-F-01 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN701 13-40 \a1522 UK 5 N

A A
A
10 B
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X12
YE +AN701 -M01 :V1 1 /D4.2 -Q1 :2
GN +AN701 -M01 :U1 2 /D4.2 -Q1 :4
RD +AN701 -M01 :W1 3 /D4.2 -Q1 :6
YE +AN703 -M03 :V1 4 /D4.3 -Q3 :2
GN +AN703 -M03 :U1 5 /D4.3 -Q3 :4
RD +AN703 -M03 :W1 6 /D4.3 -Q3 :6
YE +AN705 -M05 :V1 7 /D4.4 -Q5 :2
C GN +AN705 -M05 :U1 8 /D4.4 -Q5 :4
C
RD +AN705 -M05 :W1 9 /D4.4 -Q5 :6
YE +AN707 -M07 :V1 10 /D4.5 -Q7 :2
GN +AN707 -M07 :U1 11 /D4.5 -Q7 :4
RD +AN707 -M07 :W1 12 /D4.5 -Q7 :6
YE +AN709 -M09 :V1 13 /D4.6 -Q9 :2
GN +AN709 -M09 :U1 14 /D4.6 -Q9 :4
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
RD +AN709 -M09 :W1 15 /D4.6 -Q9 :6

YE +AN711 -M11 :V1 16 /D4.7 -Q11 :2
GN +AN711 -M11 :U1 17 /D4.7 -Q11 :4
library 3:
library 4:
RD +AN711 -M11 :W1 18 /D4.7 -Q11 :6

YE +AN713 -M13 :V1 19 /D5.2 -Q13 :2
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D GN +AN713 -M13 :U1 20 /D5.2 -Q13 :4 D

RD +AN713 -M13 :W1 21 /D5.2 -Q13 :6
YE +AN715 -M15 :V1 22 /D5.3 -Q15 :2
GN +AN715 -M15 :U1 23 /D5.3 -Q15 :4
RD +AN715 -M15 :W1 24 /D5.3 -Q15 :6
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
E 33
E
YE +AN702 -M02 :V1 34 /D6.2 -Q2 :2
GN +AN702 -M02 :U1 35 /D6.2 -Q2 :4
RD +AN702 -M02 :W1 36 /D6.2 -Q2 :6
YE +AN702 -M04 :V1 37 /D6.3 -Q4 :2
GN +AN702 -M04 :U1 38 /D6.3 -Q4 :4
RD +AN702 -M04 :W1 39 /D6.3 -Q4 :6
YE +AN702 -M06 :V1 40 /D6.4 -Q6 :2
F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 11


A A
7
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X12
GN +AN702 -M06 :U1 41 /D6.4 -Q6 :4
RD +AN702 -M06 :W1 42 /D6.4 -Q6 :6
YE +AN702 -M08 :V1 43 /D6.5 -Q8 :2
GN +AN702 -M08 :U1 44 /D6.5 -Q8 :4
RD +AN702 -M08 :W1 45 /D6.5 -Q8 :6
YE +AN702 -M10 :V1 46 /D6.6 -Q10 :2
GN +AN702 -M10 :U1 47 /D6.6 -Q10 :4
C RD +AN702 -M10 :W1 48 /D6.6 -Q10 :6
C
YE +AN702 -M12 :V1 49 /D6.7 -Q12 :2
GN +AN702 -M12 :U1 50 /D6.7 -Q12 :4
RD +AN702 -M12 :W1 51 /D6.7 -Q12 :6
YE +AN714 -M14 :V1 52 /D7.2 -Q14 :2
GN +AN714 -M14 :U1 53 /D7.2 -Q14 :4
RD +AN714 -M14 :W1 54 /D7.2 -Q14 :6
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
YE +AN716 -M16 :V1 55 /D7.3 -Q16 :2

GN +AN716 -M16 :U1 56 /D7.3 -Q16 :4
RD +AN716 -M16 :W1 57 /D7.3 -Q16 :6
library 3:
library 4:
58
59
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 60 D
61
62
63
64
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 12


2 -Q881507/08/09-C-08 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X15
BK -A12 :3+ 18 /N2.3 -X1(OLTC) :212 A
BK -A12 :3- 19 /N2.4 -X1(OLTC) :211 A
BK -A12 :4+ 20 /N2.5 -J3 :1 A
BK -A12 :4- 21 /N2.5 -J3 :2 A
BK -A12 :5+ 22 /N2.5 -J3 :3 A
BK -A12 :5- 23 /N2.6 -J3 :4 A
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
Application,
Remark
A A
-Q881507/08/09-C-01 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+CT031 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5

-Q881507/08/09-C-05 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GX001 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
-Q881507/08/09-C-06 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

B B
-Q881507/08/09-C-08 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2 =10BAT01+GH009 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-Q881507/08/09-D-01 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GX001 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-Q881507/08/09-D-02 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-Q881507/08/09-D-03 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-Q881507/08/09-D-04 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GX001 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5

C C
-Q881507/08/09-D-05 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5
-Q881507/08/09-F-01 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+AN701 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5

library 2: PTD60617

library 1: MC60617

library 3:
library 4:

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-06 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+AN702 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 D

E -Q881507/08/09-F-12 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+AN702 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 E

F F
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EMB019 =10BAT01 V1

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Q881507-09
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Application,
Remark
A A
-Q881507/08/09-M-05 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+CT036 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5
-W1 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2 =10BAT01+CF039 Communication Cable

B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EMB019 =10BAT01

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Q881507-09 +GH009 V2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B C D E F G

Last used: 12.04.18
Circuit diagram
A section No. A
of device
1 Fan FN050-SDQ.4F.A7P1, AC 400V 50Hz,D, 0.68 A, 0.27 Kw, ZEIHL-ABEGG 1 -M01 /D4.2 +AN701
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C 1 Fan FN050-SDQ.4F.A7P1, AC 400V 50Hz,D, 0.68 A, 0.27 Kw, ZEIHL-ABEGG 14 -M14 /D7.2 +AN714 C
1 Ambient Temperature 103-047, 3 wires, Qualitrol 17 -F36 /N3.1 +CT036
1 DGA SITRAM H2 GUARD, SIEMENS 18 +SITRAM H2 /N2.4 +GH009

library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
1 CPU 1215C DC/DC/DC 6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0, SIEMENS 19 -A11 /N1.2 +GH009
1 SM 1231 AI 6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0, SIEMENS 20 -A12 /N2.1 +GH009

library 3:
library 4:
1 SM 1231 RTD 6ES7231-5PF32-0XB0, SIEMENS 21 -A13 /N3.1 +GH009

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 1 RS 485 SIMATIC S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485, SIEMENS 22 -A14 /N4.4 +GH009 D
1 SITOP PSU100S 6EP1334-2BA20, 220VAC/24VDC, 10A, SIEMENS 23 -A15 /D1.7 +GH009
1 FIBER OPTICAL INTERFACE SCALANCE X101-1, SIEMENS 24 -A16 /N4.5 +GH009
1 Memory Card 6ES7 954-8LE01-0AA0, SIEMENS 25 -A17 /N4.3 +GH009

1 transducer 7GK6113-2EK11-0B, 0-5A(50hz) to 4-20mA, SIEMENS 26 -A18 /N4.6 +GH009
1 FIBER OPTICAL INTERFACE RUGGEDCOM RS900NC, A08+B04, SIEMENS 29 -A24 /N4.7 +GH009
E 1 Circuit Breaker 3VU1340-1MF00, 0.6~1A, SIEMENS 30 -Q1 /D4.2 +GH009 E
1 Circuit Breaker 3VU1340-1MF00, 0.6~1A, SIEMENS 31 -Q2 /D6.2 +GH009

rating plate
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EPB019 =10BAT01

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Q881507-09 +GH009 W1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B C D E F G
Last used: 12.04.18

Circuit diagram
A section No. A
of device


B B

Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 PLC 6ES7 212-1AB23-0XB8, SIEMENS 46 -U1 /M1.3 +GH009
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E
rating plate

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
for
Purchaser
Ver A Customer comments and black box 2017.12.13 Xiao Yun User VIET TRI
Plant
Plantsection Control Cabinet +GH009
Q881507~09
Order number
SIEMENS Document designation $EAA019 / =10BAT01 / .

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


Last used: 12.04.18


+GH009 3Ph Power Supply
A A
Circuit diagram

+GH009 DC Power Supply
Circuit diagram

+GH009 Auxiliary Circuit

Circuit diagram
B B
+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:

+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram

+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram
C C

+GH009 Fan Group
Circuit diagram

library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH009 Control
Circuit diagram
library 3:
library 4:

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Circuit diagram

Circuit diagram

Circuit diagram

E +GH009 Oil &winding Temperature signal E
Circuit diagram

+GH009 A11-CPU Black box
Circuit diagram

+GH009 A12-4-20mA Black box
F Circuit diagram F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Content Q881507-09 +GH009 A1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18


+GH009 A13-RTD Black box
A A
Circuit diagram

+GH009 Over view Black box
Circuit diagram


Circuit diagram
B B
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-12PE
Connection table
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-12PE
Connection table

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-PE
Connection table
C C

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X5
Connection table

library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X6
Connection table
library 3:
library 4:

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X7
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Connection table

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X10
Connection table

+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X10
Connection table

E +GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X11 E
Connection table
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X12
Connection table
+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X12
F Connection table F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18


+GH009 =10BAT01+GH009-X15
A A
Connection table

+GH009 Cable list
Cable list

+GH009 Cable list

Cable list
B B
&EPB019 =10BAT01 W1 Q05 03 329-B- 1+ 2 2018.04.10 ODFSZ-300000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GH009 Parts list
Parts list
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:

+GH009 Parts list
Parts list
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
THREEPHASE SUPPLY
Last used: 12.04.18

Threephase supply Power for Terminal box NO.2 fan Group
Power for OLTC motor & Auxiliary Power for SITRAM H2 Power for Black box NO.1 fan Group
A A
3
5
3
5
1
1
-K3 -K4
/M1.2 /M1.2
2
4
6
2
4
6
B B
K3-4
K3-2
K4-4
K4-2
K4-6
K3-6
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
/D4.1
/D4.1
/D4.1
/D6.1
/D6.1
/D6.1
13
21
13
21
4
2
3
5
1
-F1
13
21
-F10
13
21
1
13
21
1
-F11 -F12
1
-F26
50A 10A
14
22
14
22
10A 1P,10A
22
14
1P,10A
22
14
22
14
/M2.2
I > I > I >
/M2.5
I > I > I >
/M2.5
I >
/M2.8
I >
1
3
5
/M2.7
2
4
6
I >
2
C C
22
23
21
5
-X10
11PE
10
12
13
11
19
-X10 -X10
PE
N1
-X10
L1
L1
library 2: PTD60617
N
library 1: MC60617
/D3.2
/D3.2
-A15
YE
GN
RD
BU
YE
BU
YE
GN
-Q881507/08/09-D-01 -Q881507/08/09-D-02 -Q881507/08/09-D-03
library 3:
library 4:
10A
WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 24 VDC D
+GF021
+GX001 Terminal box
OLTC box
(Phase A/B/C) +SITRAM H2
(Phase A/B/C)
+GX001 +GF021 (Phase A/B/C)
5
6
2
-X1 -X1 -J1
1
1
2
3
-X10
1
-X10 -12PE
24V+
24V-
/D4.1
4+
4-
3+
3-
/M5.1
/M5.1
/N2.3
/N2.3
/N1.1
/N1.1
Control cabinet
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
1PE
L2.
L3.
L1.
3ph Power Supply

AC 380V 50Hz
Cooling(fans)50A
+GH010
F F
Assembly cabinet

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI 3Ph Power Supply Q881507-09 +GH009 D1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

DC supply PLC control power
OLTC control power Terminal box DC power
A A
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
21
13
3
1
21
13
21
13
21
13
-F21
3
3
1
1
-F22 -F24 -F25
20A
22
14
10A 10A 10A

22
14
22
14
22
14
/M2.2
I > I >
/M2.3
/M2.4
/M2.6
I > I > I > I > I > I >
4
2
C C
4
2
4
2
4
2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
4
3
-X5
5
6
7
8
-X5 -X5
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
+
-
/M1.1
/M1.1
2
-X5
1
Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
BN
BU
BN
BU
-Q881507/08/09-D-04 -Q881507/08/09-D-05
WDZB-YJER 2*1.5 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5
INPUT:+
INPUT:-
+GX001 +GF021
OLTC BOX Terminal box
+GX001 +GF021
10
9
-X1 -X5
1
DC Supply
DC 220V
+GH010
F F
Assembly cabinet

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI DC Power Supply Q881507-09 +GH009 D2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Lighting&heating
A A
L1
/D1.7
13
21
1
-F4
1
-F6
6A
22
14
16A
/M2.6
I >
I >
2
14
15
-X10
B B
Temperature and
-CZ
humidity sensor L
N
4
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
3
1
1
1
-MF2 -MF1 -E2 -E1 PE
M M
50W 50W
6
13A
-B12 Temperature and
humidity controller
-J1
1
CG217-EF
2
C C
Manual2
Manual1
Auto.
23
14
L
-H1
13
24
-S10
library 2: PTD60617
N
library 1: MC60617
24
25
26
N1 -X10 -X10
library 3:
library 4:
/D1.7
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Manual1: Heating by manual
Manual2: Dehumidify by manual

Control cabinet
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH010
F F
Assembly cabinet

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Auxiliary Circuit Q881507-09 +GH009 D3
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NO.1 Cooling group

Last used: 12.04.18
+AN701 +AN703 +AN705 +AN707 +AN709 +AN711
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K3-2 K3-2
/D1.8 /D5.1
K3-4 K3-4
/D1.8 /D5.1
K3-6 K3-6
/D1.8 /D5.1
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q1 -Q3 -Q5 -Q7 -Q9 -Q11
0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A

14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
/M3.2
/M3.2
/M3.2
/M3.3
/M3.3
/M3.3
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
C C
14
10
12
13
15
16
17
18
11
4
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
-X12
1
4
2
6
-12PE -12PE -12PE
1
/D1.2 /D5.2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-01 -Q881507/08/09-F-03 -Q881507/08/09-F-05 -Q881507/08/09-F-07 -Q881507/08/09-F-09 -Q881507/08/09-F-11 D

Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
+AN701 +AN703 +AN705 +AN707 +AN709 +AN711
-M01 M -M03 M -M05 M -M07 M -M09 M -M11 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

FAN FAN
+AN713 +AN715
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K3-2
/D4.8
K3-4
/D4.8
K3-6
/D4.8
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q13 -Q15
0.6~1A 0.6~1A
14
22
14
22
/M3.3
/M3.4
I > I > I > I > I > I >
2
4
6
2
4
6
C C
24
20
22
23
19
21
-X12
7
8
-12PE -12PE
/D4.8
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
GNYE
GNYE
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-13 -Q881507/08/09-F-15 D
WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5
Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
PE
PE
V1
V1
U1
U1
+AN713 +AN715
-M13 M -M15 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NO.2 Cooling group
Last used: 12.04.18

+AN702 +AN704 +AN706 +AN708 +AN710 +AN712
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K4-2 K4-2
/D1.8 /D7.1
K4-4 K4-4
/D1.8 /D7.1
K4-6 K4-6
/D1.8 /D7.1
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q2 -Q4 -Q6 -Q8 -Q10 -Q12
0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A 0.6~1A

14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
14
22
/M3.4
/M3.4
/M3.5
/M3.5
/M3.5
/M3.5
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
C C
44
34
40
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
35
36
37
38
39
50
41
51
-X12
4
2
6
-12PE
1
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-02 -Q881507/08/09-F-04 -Q881507/08/09-F-06 -Q881507/08/09-F-08 -Q881507/08/09-F-10 -Q881507/08/09-F-12 D

Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
W1
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
+AN702 +AN702 +AN702 +AN702 +AN702 +AN702
-M02 M -M04 M -M06 M -M08 M -M10 M -M12 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

FAN FAN
+AN714 +AN716
A AC 380V 50Hz A
K4-2
/D6.8
K4-4
/D6.8
K4-6
/D6.8
2 3 5 8 9
1 4 6 7 10
B B
Terminal box
0
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
+GF021
a
13
21
13
21
3
5
3
5
1
1
-Q14 -Q16
Control cabinet
x
0.6~1A 0.6~1A
14
22
14
22
+GH009
/M3.6
/M3.6
I > I > I > I > I > I >
A
2
4
6
2
4
6 Am
C C
OLTC box
+GX001 11 14 15
54
52
53
55
56
57
-X12
12 13 16
7
-12PE
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
For example: 1 means "+ AN701"

library 3:
library 4:
2 means "+ AN702"

GNYE
GNYE
......
YE
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-14 -Q881507/08/09-F-16 D
WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 16 means "+ AN716"
The arrangement of fans will be confirmed by mechanical design

Control Cubicle
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
W1
W1
PE
PE
V1
V1
U1
U1
+AN714 +AN716
-M14 M -M16 M
0.27 Kw 3 0.27 Kw 3
0.68 A 0.68 A
Radiator bank
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Remote/Local Manual/Automatic Signals from customer Top oil Temp. control Windng Temp. control
Control room
From customer Transformer
/D2.5
Automatic control by current Automatic control by Oil Temp. controller Automatic control by Winding Temp. controller
/D2.5
A A
+CT031 +CT032 +CT032 +CT033 +CT034 +CT033 +CT034
21
21
21
11
11
11
11
+
-F31 -F32 -F32 -F33 -F34 -F33 -F34
-
-K8 -K9 -K10
Remote
1
1+
/M3.1 I> I> I> θ θ θ θ θ θ θ
Local
14
24
14
24
24
14
14
2
BK
BK
+GH010
7
-S0 1 Assembly cabinet
-Q881507/08/09-C-01
WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5
BK
BK
BK
BK
+GH010
25
26
27
2
15
16
17
A/B/C-X10 -Q881507/08/09-C-02
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
/M4.3
/M4.3
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-C-03
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
BK
BK
BK
BK
Automatic
-Q881507/08/09-C-04
B WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 B
Manual
34
28
29
30
32
33
35
36
37
31
-X10
42
45
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
44
47
1
41
40
38
39
43
-S1 2
-X10
46
/M4.4
/M4.4
0.4
48
49
0.0
0.2
0.3
2M
0.1
1M
L+
M
-X10
I
ONF2
ONF1
OFF
OFF
3
-S2 -S3
C ONAF1
C
ONAF2
4
From customer Switch Switch

-U1
50
51
-X10
PLC
6ES7212-1AB23-0XB8
library 2: PTD60617
4
2
library 1: MC60617
4
2
-KA3 -KA4
/M1.4 /M1.5
0.0
0.2
0.3
0.1
L+
L+
3
M
3
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
8
-KA3 -KA4
A1
A1
-K3 -K4
1
1
-T1
L
A2
A2
+V
DC220V
N -V
DC24V
Note:
E E
When the load or temperature raising,
1-
/M3.1 K9/CT032-11-14/CT033-11-14/CT034-11-14(close) control 1st group cooler running;
K10/CT032-21-24/CT033-21-24/CT034-21-24(close) controls 2nd group cooler running
1 2 1 2 4 3 4 3
+GH009 /D1.8 /D1.8 /M1.2 /M1.3 When the load or temperature falling,
3 4 3 4 2 2 K9/CT032-11-14/CT033-11-14/CT034-11-14(open) controls 2nd group cooler sttopping
Control cabinet /D1.8 /D1.8 /M1.2 /M1.3
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 K8/CT031-11/14(open) controls 1st group cooler stopping
(Phase A/B/C) /D1.8 /D1.8
13 14 13 14 7 7
/M4.5 /M4.6
21 22 21 22
/M4.6 /M4.6
31 32 31 32
43 44 43 44
/N1.4 /N1.4
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Control Q881507-09 +GH009 M1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Power Failure
Power
Signals
Failure Signals

Last used: 12.04.18
3ph AC Power Failure DC Power Failure OLTC control Terminal boxl OLTC motor&Auxiliary Terminal box Lighting&heating PLC control Black box SITRAM H2
Power Failure DC Power Failure Power Failure Power Failure Power Failure power failure power failure Power Failure
A A
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
-F1 -F21 -F22 -F24 -F10 -F11 -F4 -F25 -F26 -F12
B /D1.1 /D2.1 /D2.2 /D2.4 /D1.2 /D1.4 /D3.6 /D2.5 /D1.7 /D1.5 B
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
10
2
9
-X11
1
4
C C
14
20
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
11
-X11
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH009
library 3:
library 4:
Control cabinet
(Phase A/B/C)
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
+GH010
10
4
2
9
A/B/C-X11
1
E +GH010 E
20
14
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
11
A/B/C-X11
+GH010

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Power Failure Signals Q881507-09 +GH009 M2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
NO.1 group NO.2 group OLTC in operation signal
fan failure fan failure
OLTC box
(Phase A/B/C)
A +GX001 A
20
19
A/B/C-X1
BK
BK
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
+GH009 -Q881507/08/09-C-05
-Q1 -Q3 -Q5 -Q7 -Q9 -Q11 -Q13 -Q15 -Q2 -Q4 -Q6 -Q8 -Q10 -Q12 -Q14 -Q16 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
/D4.2 /D4.3 /D4.4 /D4.5 /D4.6 /D4.7 /D5.2 /D5.3 /D6.2 /D6.3 /D6.4 /D6.5 /D6.6 /D6.7 /D7.2 /D7.3
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
14
13
15
16
1+ -X5 -X5 -X5
/M1.2
C C
A1
A1
A1
-K12
-K10 -K11
A2
A2
A2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
1-
/M1.3
library 3:
library 4:
13 14
13 14 13 14 /M4.7
/M4.2 /M4.3 23 24
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 23 24 23 24 D
33 34
33 34 33 34
43 44
43 44 43 44 /N1.5
/N1.3 /N1.3
E E
+GH009
Control cabinet
F (Phase A/B/C) F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NO.2 group

Last used: 12.04.18
NO.1 group NO.2 group

Local Manual Automatic NO.1 group Fan on All fans off OLTC in operation signal
fan failure fan failure Remote
Fan on
A A
13
13
13
5
21
13
13
21
-S0 -S0 -S1 -S1 -K3 -K4 -K3 -K12
-K10 -K11 -K4
/M1.2 /M1.2 /M1.3 /M1.3 /M1.2 /M1.2 /M1.2 /M3.7
/M3.2 /M3.4 /M1.2
8
6
14
14
14
22
14
14
22
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C C
40
29
30
32
38
39
31
25
26
27
28
37
24
34
23
33
35
36
22
21
-X11 -X11
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
+GH009
Control cabinet
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
40
29
30
32
38
39
31
25
26
27
28
37
34
33
35
36
+GH010
23
24
21
22
A/B/C-X11
+GH010
Assembly cabinet
F F

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
Oil temp. signal Winding temp.signal
4~20mA 4~20mA
A A
+GF021 +GF021
13
15
3
-X3 -X3
1
+GF021
Terminal box
(Phase A/B/C)
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-C-07
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
B B
B.
/N1.1
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
7A
9A
10
7
9
-X6 -X6
INPUT INPUT
4~20mA 4~20mA
-U121 -U122
2-
1+
2-
1+
3+ 7+ 7+
/D1.7
DC24V
C /D1.7
3- 8- 8- C
4-
4-
5+
6-
3+
5+
6-
3+
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
-U121:+
-U121:-
-U122:+
-U122:-
4~20mA
4~20mA
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
16
/N2.6
/N2.6
17
/N2.7
/N2.7
-X6
18
19
-X6
+GH009
Control cabinet
(Phase A/B/C)
E E
+GH010 +GH010
4
2
A/B/C-X3 A/B/C-X3
1
OUTPUT OUTPUT
4~20mA 4~20mA
+GH010
Assembly cabinet
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Oil &winding Temperature signal Q881507-09 +GH009 M5
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

FAN Group 1 Fan Group 2 Fan Group 1 Fan Group 2 OLTC Tap-changer
Failure Failure ON ON Incomplete in operation

switching operation
A A
11
24V+ -X7
/D1.7
12
-X7
13
B. -X7
/M5.6
BK
13A
-Q881507/08/09-C-05
24V- -X7
/D1.7 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
43
43
43
43
+GX001
155
+GX001
-K10 -K11 -K3 -K4 -X1
Phase A/B/C
/M3.2 /M3.4 /M1.2 /M1.2
43
44
44
44
44
B +GX001 -K12 B
181
-PE -X1 /M3.7
PE.
1
/N2.6
44
14
15
16
17
BK
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-Q881507/08/09-C-05
WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
18
19
-A11
2M
Q.0
Q.1
L1
L+
1M
a.0
a.1
a.2
a.3
a.4
a.5
a.6
a.7
b.0
b.1
b.2
b.3
b.4
b.5
3M
I.0
I.1
24VDC
C C
CPU 1215C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0
4L+
a.4
a.0
a.2
a.3
a.5
a.6
a.7
b.0
4M
a.1
b.1
library 3:
library 4:
Datalogger Datalogger Datalogger Spare

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D Run Error Alarm D

8
8
-K15 -K16 -K17 -K18
4
2
4
2
2
-K15
1
1
-K16 -K17 -K18
/N1.4 /N1.4 /N1.5 /N1.5
3
Control Cubicle
+GH009
4
2
5
-X7
1
Phase A/B/C
E E
4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
/N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.8
2 2 2 2
/N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.7 /N1.8
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
7 7 7 7
+GH009
Control cabinet
F (Phase A/B/C) F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI A11-CPU Q881507-09 +GH009 N1
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Clamp-on WTI CT OLTC/TAP POSITION H2 in Oil Moisture in Oil
HV MV LV 4-20MA 4-20mA 4-20mA Top Oil Temp. 1 Winding Temp.

4~20mA 4~20mA 4~20mA HV
OLTC box Transformer
+GX001 Phase A/B/C
A Terminal box
A
Phase A/B/C
+GF021 -V1 -V2 -V3 +GX001
OLTC +SITRAM H2
(Phase A/B/C)
9+
7-
9+
7-
9+
7-
U5 (Phase A/B/C)
4
2
3
-J3
1
+GF021
7
4
2
5
6
-X6 1
212
211
B -X1(OLTC)
B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-C-08
-Q881507/08/09-C-06 -Q881507/08/09-C-05 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5
/M5.3
/M5.3
/M5.5
/M5.5
C C
20
22
23
18
19
21
4
-U121:+
-U121:-
-U122:+
-U122:-
2
5
6
-X6 -X15 -X15

1
-A12
0+
0-
1+
1-
2+
2-
3+
3-
4+
4-
5+
5-
6+
6-
7+
7-
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
AI 4-20mA
24VDC
6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0
L+
M
4+ 24V+
/D1.8 /N3.2
2
PE. -PE PE.
/N1.3 /N3.4
4- 24V-
/D1.8 /N3.2
Control cabinet
+GH009
E Phase A/B/C E
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI A12-4-20mA Q881507-09 +GH009 N2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Ambient Temp. Oil Humidity Sensor +SITRAM H2
Transformer
A +CF039 A
(Phase A/B/C) -F39 -W1 +SITRAM H2
Communication Cable
(Phase A/B/C)
L+
1 Brown -J4
NOTE:
1
BLACK
WHITE
+CT036 L- Ain1-I
2
2 White
-F36 -R PE
1. -W1 is supplied together with SITRAM H2.
15V
3
3 wires 3
output PT100
RED
2. -F39 is the oil humidity sensor which supplied
4
4 Ground
together with SITRAM H2.
3. The length of -W1 should be suitable between -F39 and SITRAM H2.
5
5
B B
Cable gland should be added but without protection pipe.
Out1 Ain2-I
6
6 Pink
BK
BK
BK
-Q881507/08/09-M-05
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Out 2
7
WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5 7 Violet
8
PE
8
C C
14
13
15
-X6
-A13 -A16
......
0M+
0M-
OI+
0I-
1M+
1M-
1I+
1I-
7M+
7M-
7I+
7I-
F1
F2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
FAULT
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
AI RTD/PT100 SCALANCE X101-1

24VDC
6ES7231-5PF32-0XB0 6GK5101-1BB00-2AA3
L2+
L1+
M2
L+
M1
M
24V+
/N2.4
3
3
PE. -PE -PE
/N2.6
24V-
/N2.5
Control cabinet
+GH009
E Phase A/B/C E
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI A13-RTD Q881507-09 +GH009 N3
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
BLACK BOX
OVERVIEW
A A
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-A15 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A14 -A16 -A18 -A19 -A20

Power supply CPU AI AI RS 485 Fiber Optic Transducer for Transducer for Transducer for
220V AC/24V DC AO/AI/DO 4-20mA RTD SPARE Interface Clamp on Clamp on Clamp on
C CT-HV CT-MV CT-LV C
Memory Card
-A17 -A14 -A16 -A18 -A19 -A20
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
Control Cubicle
Fiber Optic
+GH009
library 3:
library 4:
Phase A/B/C
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Assembly Cabinet
+GH010
-A15 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A21 -A22 -A23 -A24

E E
Power supply CPU AI AI Transducer for Transducer for Transducer for Ruggedcom RS900NC
220V AC/24V DC AO/AI/DO 4-20mA RTD Voltage on Voltage on Voltage on 6GK6090-0AS11
HV MV LV -0BA0-Z
A08+B04
Memory Card
-A17 -A21 -A22 -A23 -A24
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Over view Q881507-09 +GH009 N4
Appr. Xiao Yun Black box Sheet 4-
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
D
C
B
A
CopyRight (C) Siemens AG 2017 All Rights Reserved Project: P:/1_PT_MD_Design_Info/01_MD design guideline/6 Secondary design public/0.ELCAD WINDOWS 7/Q881507-09-Vietnam/GH009-B.pro
Rev.
1
1
Remarks
Name Norm Date
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
-X12
-X10
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

25 4
-12PE
9 26
6
10 27
9
28
VIET TRI
11 16
29
12 17
30
18
13 31
3
3
20
32
14 27
15 33
58
1
2 59
3 60
61
4
62
5
63
4
4
6
64
7
5
5
Circuit diagram
Spare Terminal
ODFSZ-300000/500
6
6
STGZ
Q881507-09
7
7
Q05 03 329-B-
2,5
&EFS019
+GH009
8
8
=10BAT01
ZZ
Sheet -
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18

2 -Q881507/08/09-F-02 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN702 65-72 \a1522 USLKG 5
A A
A
10 B
13 -Q881507/08/09-F-13 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 =10BAT01+AN713 Link Term.- Cross-

15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -12PE
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Used cores total D Plug housing Test socket
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -12PE
9
10
11
12
13
14
C 15
C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -PE
-A11:PE 1 /N1.2
-A12:PE 2 /N2.6
-A13:PE 3 /N3.4 -A16:PE
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI =10BAT01+GH009-PE Q881507-09 +GH009 U3
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


2 -Q881507/08/09-D-04 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5 =10BAT01+GX001
3 -Q881507/08/09-D-05 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5 =10BAT01+GF021
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X5
1 /D2.1 -F21 :4
2 /D2.1 -F21 :2
-S0 :1 3 /D2.5 -F25 :4
-K3 :A2 4 /D2.5 -F25 :2
BN +GX001 -X1 :9 B 5 /D2.2 -F22 :4
BU +GX001 -X1 :10 B 6 /D2.3 -F22 :2
BN +GF021 -X5 :1 B 7 /D2.4 -F24 :4
C BU +GF021 -X5 :2 B 8 /D2.4 -F24 :2
C
-S0 :1 13 /M3.2 -Q1 :21
14 /M3.4 -Q2 :21
BK 15 /M3.7 +GX001A/B/C -X1 :19
BK -K12 :A1 16 /M3.7 +GX001A/B/C -X1 :20 A
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X6
BK -A12 :0+ 1 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :1 A
BK -A12 :0- 2 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :2 A
BK -A12 :1+ 3 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :3 A
BK -A12 :1- 4 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :4 A
BK -A12 :2+ 5 /N2.2 +GF021 -X6 :5 A
BK -A12 :2- 6 /N2.3 +GF021 -X6 :6 A
BK -U121 :2- 7 /M5.2 +GF021 -X3 :1 A
C -X6 :9A A 7A /M5.2
C
BK -U121 :1+ 8 /M5.2 +GF021 -X3 :3 A
BK -U122 :2- 9 /M5.5 +GF021 -X3 :13 A
-X6 :7A A 9A /M5.5 -X7 :13 B
BK -U122 :1+ 10 /M5.5 +GF021 -X3 :15 A
BK -A13 :0M+ 13 /N3.2 +CT036 -F36 :RED
BK -A13 :0M- 14 /N3.2 +CT036 -F36 :WHITE
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK -A13 :0I- 15 /N3.3 +CT036 -F36 :BLACK

+GH010A/B/C -X3 :1 B 16 /M5.2 -U121 :5+
+GH010A/B/C -X3 :2 B 17 /M5.2 -U121 :6-
library 3:
library 4:
+GH010A/B/C -X3 :3 B 18 /M5.4 -U122 :5+

+GH010A/B/C -X3 :4 B 19 /M5.5 -U122 :6-
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X7
1 /N1.6 -K15 :4
2 /N1.7 -K15 :3
3 /N1.7 -K16 :3
4 /N1.7 -K17 :3
5 /N1.8 -K18 :3
-A11 :L1 11 /N1.2 -K4 :43
BK 12 /N1.5 +GX001 -X1 :155 B
C 13 /N1.2 -X6 :9A B
C
-A15 :- 13A /N1.2 -A11 :M
-A11 :a.0 14 /N1.3 -K10 :44
-A11 :a.1 15 /N1.3 -K11 :44
-A11 :a.2 16 /N1.4 -K3 :44
-A11 :a.3 17 /N1.4 -K4 :44
BK -A11 :a.6 18 /N1.5 +GX001 -X1 :181 A
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
-A11 :a.7 19 /N1.5 -K12 :44

library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1-4 \A1522 UK 35 N

A A
5 -Q881507/08/09-D-01 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 =10BAT01+GX001
6 -Q881507/08/09-D-02 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 =10BAT01+GF021
7 -Q881507/08/09-D-03 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X10
1 /D1.1 -F1 :1
2 /D1.1 -F1 :3
3 /D1.2 -F1 :5
4
5 /D1.2 -X10 :21 B
6
7 /D1.2
C 8 /D1.2
C
9
YE +GX001 -X1 :1 B 10 /D1.2 -F10 :2
GN +GX001 -X1 :5 B 11 /D1.3 -F10 :4
RD +GX001 -X1 :6 B 12 /D1.3 -F10 :6
YE +GF021 -X1 :1 B 13 /D1.4 -F11 :2
-B12 :1 14 /D3.6 -F4 :2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
-J1 :1 15 /D3.7
16
17
library 3:
library 4:
18
YE -J1 :1 B 19 /D1.5 -F12 :2
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 20 D
BU +GX001 -X1 :8 B 21 /D1.3 -X10 :5 B
BU +GF021 -X1 :9 B 22 /D1.4
GN +SITRAM H2 -J1 :2 B 23 /D1.6 -A15 :N
24 /D3.5
25 /D3.6 -B12 :2
-CZ :N 26 /D3.7 -H1 :N

27
28 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :15 A
29 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :16 A
30 /M1.5 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :17 A
BK 31 /M1.5 +CT031 -F31 :11
BK 32 /M1.6 +CT032 -F32 :11
E BK 33 /M1.6 +CT032 -F32 :21
E
BK 34 /M1.6 +CT033 -F33 :11
BK 35 /M1.7 +CT034 -F34 :11
BK 36 /M1.7 +CT033 -F33 :21
BK -U1 :L+ 37 /M1.8 +CT034 -F34 :21
-U1 :0.0 38 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :25 A
-U1 :0.1 39 /M1.4 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :26 A
-U1 :0.2 40 /M1.5 +GH010A/B/C -X10 :27 A
F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18


A A
5
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X10
BK -U1 :0.0 41 /M1.5 +CT031 -F31 :14
BK 42 /M1.5 +CT032 -F32 :14
BK -U1 :0.3 43 /M1.6 +CT033 -F33 :14
BK 44 /M1.7 +CT034 -F34 :14
BK 45 /M1.6 +CT032 -F32 :24
BK -U1 :0.4 46 /M1.7 +CT033 -F33 :24
BK 47 /M1.7 +CT034 -F34 :24
C 48 /M1.1
C
-S0 :2 49 /M1.1
-S2 :4 50 /M1.1
-S3 :4 51 /M1.1
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X11
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :1 B 1 /M2.2 -F1 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :2 B 2 /M2.2 -F21 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :3 B 3 /M2.3 -F22 :22
+GH009A/B/C -X11 :4 B 4 /M2.4 -F24 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :5 B 5 /M2.5 -F10 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :6 B 6 /M2.5 -F11 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :7 B 7 /M2.6 -F4 :22
C +GH010A/B/C -X11 :8 B 8 /M2.6 -F25 :22
C
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :9 B 9 /M2.7 -F26 :22
+GH009A/B/C -X11 :10 B 10 /M2.8 -F12 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :11 B 11 /M2.2 -F1 :21
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :12 B 12 /M2.2 -F21 :21
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :13 B 13 /M2.3 -F22 :21
+GH009A/B/C -X11 :14 B 14 /M2.4 -F24 :21
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :15 B 15 /M2.5 -F10 :21

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :16 B 16 /M2.5 -F11 :21
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :17 B 17 /M2.6 -F4 :21
library 3:
library 4:
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :18 B 18 /M2.7 -F25 :21

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :19 B 19 /M2.7 -F26 :21
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D +GH009A/B/C -X11 :20 B 20 /M2.8 -F12 :21 D

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :21 B 21 /M4.2 -K10 :13
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :22 B 22 /M4.2 -K10 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :23 B 23 /M4.2 -K11 :13
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :24 B 24 /M4.3 -K11 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :25 B 25 /M4.3 -S0 :5
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :26 B 26 /M4.3 -S0 :6

+GH010A/B/C -X11 :27 B 27 /M4.3 -S0 :7
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :28 B 28 /M4.4 -S0 :8
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :29 B 29 /M4.4 -S1 :5
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :30 B 30 /M4.4 -S1 :6
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :31 B 31 /M4.4 -S1 :7
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :32 B 32 /M4.4 -S1 :8
E +GH010A/B/C -X11 :33 B 33 /M4.5 -K3 :13
E
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :34 B 34 /M4.5 -K3 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :35 B 35 /M4.5 -K4 :13
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :36 B 36 /M4.6 -K4 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :37 B 37 /M4.6 -K3 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :38 B 38 /M4.6 -K4 :22
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :39 B 39 /M4.7 -K12 :14
+GH010A/B/C -X11 :40 B 40 /M4.7 -K12 :13
F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 10


A A
A
10 B
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X12
YE +AN701 -M01 :V1 1 /D4.2 -Q1 :2
GN +AN701 -M01 :U1 2 /D4.2 -Q1 :4
RD +AN701 -M01 :W1 3 /D4.2 -Q1 :6
YE +AN703 -M03 :V1 4 /D4.3 -Q3 :2
GN +AN703 -M03 :U1 5 /D4.3 -Q3 :4
RD +AN703 -M03 :W1 6 /D4.3 -Q3 :6
YE +AN705 -M05 :V1 7 /D4.4 -Q5 :2
C GN +AN705 -M05 :U1 8 /D4.4 -Q5 :4
C
RD +AN705 -M05 :W1 9 /D4.4 -Q5 :6
YE +AN707 -M07 :V1 10 /D4.5 -Q7 :2
GN +AN707 -M07 :U1 11 /D4.5 -Q7 :4
RD +AN707 -M07 :W1 12 /D4.5 -Q7 :6
YE +AN709 -M09 :V1 13 /D4.6 -Q9 :2
GN +AN709 -M09 :U1 14 /D4.6 -Q9 :4
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
RD +AN709 -M09 :W1 15 /D4.6 -Q9 :6

YE +AN711 -M11 :V1 16 /D4.7 -Q11 :2
GN +AN711 -M11 :U1 17 /D4.7 -Q11 :4
library 3:
library 4:
RD +AN711 -M11 :W1 18 /D4.7 -Q11 :6

YE +AN713 -M13 :V1 19 /D5.2 -Q13 :2
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D GN +AN713 -M13 :U1 20 /D5.2 -Q13 :4 D

RD +AN713 -M13 :W1 21 /D5.2 -Q13 :6
YE +AN715 -M15 :V1 22 /D5.3 -Q15 :2
GN +AN715 -M15 :U1 23 /D5.3 -Q15 :4
RD +AN715 -M15 :W1 24 /D5.3 -Q15 :6
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
E 33
E
YE +AN702 -M02 :V1 34 /D6.2 -Q2 :2
GN +AN702 -M02 :U1 35 /D6.2 -Q2 :4
RD +AN702 -M02 :W1 36 /D6.2 -Q2 :6
YE +AN702 -M04 :V1 37 /D6.3 -Q4 :2
GN +AN702 -M04 :U1 38 /D6.3 -Q4 :4
RD +AN702 -M04 :W1 39 /D6.3 -Q4 :6
YE +AN702 -M06 :V1 40 /D6.4 -Q6 :2
F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 11


A A
7
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X12
GN +AN702 -M06 :U1 41 /D6.4 -Q6 :4
RD +AN702 -M06 :W1 42 /D6.4 -Q6 :6
YE +AN702 -M08 :V1 43 /D6.5 -Q8 :2
GN +AN702 -M08 :U1 44 /D6.5 -Q8 :4
RD +AN702 -M08 :W1 45 /D6.5 -Q8 :6
YE +AN702 -M10 :V1 46 /D6.6 -Q10 :2
GN +AN702 -M10 :U1 47 /D6.6 -Q10 :4
C RD +AN702 -M10 :W1 48 /D6.6 -Q10 :6
C
YE +AN702 -M12 :V1 49 /D6.7 -Q12 :2
GN +AN702 -M12 :U1 50 /D6.7 -Q12 :4
RD +AN702 -M12 :W1 51 /D6.7 -Q12 :6
YE +AN714 -M14 :V1 52 /D7.2 -Q14 :2
GN +AN714 -M14 :U1 53 /D7.2 -Q14 :4
RD +AN714 -M14 :W1 54 /D7.2 -Q14 :6
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
YE +AN716 -M16 :V1 55 /D7.3 -Q16 :2

GN +AN716 -M16 :U1 56 /D7.3 -Q16 :4
RD +AN716 -M16 :W1 57 /D7.3 -Q16 :6
library 3:
library 4:
58
59
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 60 D
61
62
63
64
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 12


2 -Q881507/08/09-C-08 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X15
BK -A12 :3+ 18 /N2.3 -X1(OLTC) :212 A
BK -A12 :3- 19 /N2.4 -X1(OLTC) :211 A
BK -A12 :4+ 20 /N2.5 -J3 :1 A
BK -A12 :4- 21 /N2.5 -J3 :2 A
BK -A12 :5+ 22 /N2.5 -J3 :3 A
BK -A12 :5- 23 /N2.6 -J3 :4 A
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
Application,
Remark
A A

-Q881507/08/09-C-05 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GX001 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

B B
-Q881507/08/09-C-08 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2 =10BAT01+GH009 WDZB-YJERP 7G1.5

Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
-Q881507/08/09-D-01 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GX001 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-Q881507/08/09-D-02 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-Q881507/08/09-D-03 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2 WDZB-YJER 5G2.5
-Q881507/08/09-D-04 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GX001 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5

C C
-Q881507/08/09-D-05 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+GF021 WDZB-YJER 2*1.5

library 2: PTD60617

library 1: MC60617

library 3:
library 4:

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D -Q881507/08/09-F-06 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+AN702 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 D

E -Q881507/08/09-F-12 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+AN702 WDZB-YJER 4G1.5 E

F F
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EMB019 =10BAT01 V1

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Q881507-09
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

Application,
Remark
A A
-Q881507/08/09-M-05 =10BAT01+GH009 =10BAT01+CT036 WDZB-YJERP 4G1.5
-W1 =10BAT01+SITRAM H2 =10BAT01+CF039 Communication Cable

B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Date 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-300000/500 &EMB019 =10BAT01

Drawn Zhao Weijuan VIET TRI Q881507-09 +GH009 V2
STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B C D E F G

Last used: 12.04.18
Circuit diagram
A section No. A
of device
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C 1 Fan FN050-SDQ.4F.A7P1, AC 400V 50Hz,D, 0.68 A, 0.27 Kw, ZEIHL-ABEGG 14 -M14 /D7.2 +AN714 C
1 Ambient Temperature 103-047, 3 wires, Qualitrol 17 -F36 /N3.1 +CT036
1 DGA SITRAM H2 GUARD, SIEMENS 18 +SITRAM H2 /N2.4 +GH009

library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
1 CPU 1215C DC/DC/DC 6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0, SIEMENS 19 -A11 /N1.2 +GH009
1 SM 1231 AI 6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0, SIEMENS 20 -A12 /N2.1 +GH009

library 3:
library 4:
1 SM 1231 RTD 6ES7231-5PF32-0XB0, SIEMENS 21 -A13 /N3.1 +GH009

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 1 RS 485 SIMATIC S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485, SIEMENS 22 -A14 /N4.4 +GH009 D
1 SITOP PSU100S 6EP1334-2BA20, 220VAC/24VDC, 10A, SIEMENS 23 -A15 /D1.7 +GH009
1 FIBER OPTICAL INTERFACE SCALANCE X101-1, SIEMENS 24 -A16 /N4.5 +GH009
1 Memory Card 6ES7 954-8LE01-0AA0, SIEMENS 25 -A17 /N4.3 +GH009

1 FIBER OPTICAL INTERFACE RUGGEDCOM RS900NC, A08+B04, SIEMENS 29 -A24 /N4.7 +GH009
E 1 Circuit Breaker 3VU1340-1MF00, 0.6~1A, SIEMENS 30 -Q1 /D4.2 +GH009 E

rating plate

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B C D E F G
Last used: 12.04.18

Circuit diagram
A section No. A
of device


B B

Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 PLC 6ES7 212-1AB23-0XB8, SIEMENS 46 -U1 /M1.3 +GH009
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E
rating plate

STGZ Q05 03 329-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(12-1)x47.5=
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Archive:=10BAT01/&EFS019/Y/1
A B C D E F G
Circuit diagram
Description and function Identification data sheet No.,
Location
Qty. Type; order No.; document No.;equipment code No.; basic technical data Item Device data
A section No. A
of device
1 MCB 5SY63508CC 3P 50A SIEMENS 1 F1 D1 +GH009

3 MCB 5SY61107CC 1P 10A SIEMENS 3 F11/12/26 D1 +GH009

1 MCB 5SY52207CC 2P 20A DC SIEMENS 6 F21 D2 +GH009
B B
3 MCB 5SY52107CC 2P 10A DC SIEMENS 7 F22/24/25 D2 +GH009
8 MCB AUXILIARY CONTACT 5ST3 010-0CC 1NO+1NC SIEMENS 8 F1/4/10/11/21/22/25/26 M2 +GH009
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
2 SIGNAL MULTIPLIER MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC In=4-20mA , Out=2* 4-20mA PHOENIX 9 U121/122 M5 +GH009
Translate file D:
3 CURRENT TRANSMITTER MIK-DJI-B-5A-V1-B1 In=5A , Out=4-20mA ASMIK 10 V1/2/3 N2 +GH009

1 ENVIRONMENTAL THERMOMETER 103-047-03 PT100 QUALITROL 11 CT036 N3 +GH009
1 DC POWER SUPPLY DR-30-24 In=DC220v , Out=DC24V 30W MEAN WELL 12 T1 M1 +GH009
1 PLC 6ES7 212-1AB23-0XB8 DC/DC/DC 8I/6O SIEMENS 13 U1 M1 +GH009
C 2 INTERMEDIATE RELAY G2R-2-SN DC24V 2NO/NC DC24V OMRON 14 KA3-KA4 M1 +GH009 C

2 CONTACTOR 3RT60 24-1BM40 12A DC220V SIEMENS 15 K3-K4 M1 +GH009
16 MOTOR BREAKER 3RV60 11-0JA10 0.7-1A SIEMENS 16 Q1-16 D4 +GH009
3 INTERMEDIATE RELAY 3RH61 40-1BM40 3NO/2NC DC220V SIEMENS 17 K10/11/12 M3 +GH009
4 INTERMEDIATE RELAY G2R-2-SN DC24V 3NO/2NC DC24V OMRON 18 K15/16/17/18 N1 +GH009
Symbol library 1: PTD60617
2 CHANGE-OVER SWITCH LW39-16B-9OB-22/2 2NO+2NC SIEMENS 19 S0/1 M1 +GH009

2 SELECTOR SWITCH XB2BD21C 1NO SCHNEIDER 20 S2/3 M1 +GH009
Symbol library 2:
Symbol library 3:
Project:
1 SELECTOR SWITCH XB2BD33C 2NO SCHNEIDER 21 S10 D3 +GH009

Symbol library 4:
D 1 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONTROLLER PA SI FEI KE 22 B12 D3 +GH009 D

2 HEATER DJR-50F AC220V 50W PA SI FEI KE 23 E1-E2 D3 +GH009
2 COOLING FAN FK6622.230 LEIPU 24 MF1-MF2 D3 +GH009
1 TRAVEL SWITCH D4V-8108Z 1NC+1NO OMRON 25 J1 D3 +GH009
1 FLOODLIGHT T5 AC220V 8W ZHONGSHANG 26 H1 D3 +GH009
+GH009
2017 All Rights Reserved
1 SOCKET AC30-124 AC250V 16A CHNT 27 CZ D3

9 TERMINAL UK16N PHOENIX 28 X10 D1 +GH009
188 TERMINAL UK5N PHOENIX 29 X5/6/7/10/11/15 M3 +GH009
E 18 TERMINAL USLKG5 PHOENIX 30 12PE/PE D4 +GH009 E
CopyRight (C) Siemens AG 2009
rating plate
Date 2017.12.18 ODFSZ-150000/500 Q881507-09 &EPB019 =10BAT01

Drawn Liu LiPing +GH009 Y1
Rev. Remarks Date Name Norm Orig./Repl.f./Repl.by Parts list STGZ Q05 03 329-A- 1 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
for
Purchaser
Ver A Customer comments and black box 2017.12.19 Xiao Yun

User
Plant VIET TRI
Plantsection
Accessories Cabinet +GH010
Q881507~09
Order number
SIEMENS Document designation &EAA019 / =10BAT01 / 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


Last used: 12.04.18

Project: P:/1_PT_MD_Design_Info/01_MD design guideline/6 Secondary design public/0.ELCAD WINDOWS 7/Q881507-09-Vietnam/GH010.pro
&EAB019 =10BAT01 A1 Q05 03 330-B- 1+ 6 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan

+GH010
A A
List of documents
+GH010
List of documents
+GH010
List of documents
B B
+GH010
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
List of documents
+GH010
List of documents
&EAB019 =10BAT01 A6 Q05 03 330-B- 6- 6 2018.04.12 ODFSZ-150000/500 Zhao Weijuan
+GH010
C List of documents C

+GH010 Mian Power Supply(AC)
Circuit diagram
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010 Mian Power Supply(DC)
Circuit diagram
library 3:
library 4:

+GH010 Heating&lighting circuit
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Circuit diagram

Circuit diagram
+GH010 OLTC signals-PhaseA
Circuit diagram
E +GH010 OLTC signals-PhaseB E
Circuit diagram
+GH010 OLTC signals-phaseC
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Terminal box signals-phaseA
F F
Circuit diagram

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Q881507-09 +GH010 A1
Appr. Xiao Yun VIET TRI Sheet 1+
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18


+GH010 Terminal box signals-phaseA
A A
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Terminal box signals-phaseB
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Terminal box signals-phaseB
Circuit diagram
B B
+GH010 Terminal box signals-phaseC
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Terminal box signals-phaseC
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Control cabinet signals
C Circuit diagram C
+GH010 Control cabinet signals
Circuit diagram
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010 Temp. remote indicator
Circuit diagram
library 3:
library 4:
+GH010 Temp. remote indicator-Ph.A
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Temp. remote indicator-Ph.B
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Temp. remote indicator-Ph.C
Circuit diagram
E +GH010 Connection layout on site E
Circuit diagram
+GH010 Black box
Circuit diagram
F F
Circuit diagram

STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18


+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010-3PE
A A
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010-X20
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010-X21
Connection table
B B
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010-X22
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X1
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X2

+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X2
Connection table
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X2
Connection table
library 3:
library 4:

+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X3
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X4
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X4
Connection table
E +GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X10 E
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X11
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X30
F F
Connection table

STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18

+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X31
A A
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X32
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010A-X34
Connection table
B B
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X1
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X2
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X2
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X2
Connection table
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X3
Connection table
library 3:
library 4:
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X4
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X4
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X10
Connection table
E +GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X11 E
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X30
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X31
F F
Connection table

STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18

+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X32
A A
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010B-X34
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X1
Connection table
B B
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X2
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X2
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X2
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X3
Connection table
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X4
Connection table
library 3:
library 4:
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X4
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X10
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X11
Connection table
E +GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X30 E
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X31
Connection table
+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X32
F F
Connection table

STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18

+GH010 =10BAT01+GH010C-X34
A A
Connection table
+GH010
Cable list
+GH010
Cable list
B B
+GH010
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
Cable list
+GH010
Parts list
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E
F F

STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
From Customer From Customer
Last used: 12.04.18

INCOMING MAIN POWER INCOMING SPARE POWER
(min.100A) (min.100A)
3x380V+N 50HZ 3x380V+N 50Hz
A A
N1
PE1
N2
PE2
L11
L12
L13
L21
L22
L23
From customer
Power supply
27
28
10
2
3
9
5
6
7
-X20 -X20
1
B Power Switchover Control B
35mm² 35mm²
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
K1:6 K2:6
4
4
2
6
n
11
6
n
11
-Q1 -Q2
K1:4 K2:4
150A 150A K1:2 K2:2
12
14
12
14
14
12
/M1.2
/M1.2
/M1.3
/M1.3
14
I > I > I > I > I > I > I > I >
12
-K6
-K5
1
3
5
n
1
3
5
n
/D1.6
/D1.4
11
11
K1:2 K2:2
61
-K1
L2
L3
L1
K1:4 K2:4
L2
L3
51
L1
-K5 -K6 /D1.5 -K1
51
K1:6 K2:6
62
-K2 /D1.5
52
C /D1.7 C
52
4
4
2
67
-K1 -K2
.
-K13
/D1.5 /D1.7
/D1.6
1
3
5
1
3
5
68
A1
16mm²
-K13
A1
16mm² 16mm²
A1
-K1
-K2
A2
10s
A2
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
A2
library 3:
library 4:
14 11 2 1 14 11 67 68
/D1.1 2 1
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D /D1.5 /D1.7 /D1.7 D

/D3.2
4 3 /D1.3
12 /D1.1 12 . 4 3
/D1.5 /D1.7 /D1.7 /D1.3
24 21 6 5 24 21
/M1.4 /D1.1 /M1.4 6 5
13 14 /D1.3
-F1:1
22 22 . 55 13 14
/M1.4 /M1.4
51 52 56
/D1.7 51 52
61 62 /D1.5
/D1.6 61 62
24
20
22
23
25
26
18
19
21
12
13
43 44
11
-X20 N 43 44
/D3.2
YE
GN
RD
BU
-E-A-D-01
YE
GN
RD
BU
WDZB-YJER 23 5G10
-E-B-D-01
WDZB-YJER 23 5G10
YE
GN
RD
BU
+GH010
-E-C-D-01
Assembly cabinet
WDZB-YJER 23 5G10
E E
A-GH009-X10:2
A-GH009-X10:3
A-GH009-X10:5
B-GH009-X10:2
B-GH009-X10:3
B-GH009-X10:5
A-GH009-X10:1
C-GH009-X10:2
C-GH009-X10:3
C-GH009-X10:5
B-GH009-X10:1
C-GH009-X10:1
Control cabinet
AC Power for control cabinet
+GH009
(Phase A/B/C)
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Mian Power Supply(AC) Q881507-09 +GH010 D1
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
D
C
B
A
CopyRight (C) Siemens AG 2017 All Rights Reserved Project: P:/1_PT_MD_Design_Info/01_MD design guideline/6 Secondary design public/0.ELCAD WINDOWS 7/Q881507-09-Vietnam/GH010.pro
Rev.
Symbol library 4: Translate file D: Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / D / 2
+GH010
1
1
+GH009
Remarks
(Phase A/B/C)
Control cabinet
Assembly cabinet
Power supply
From customer
Date
Name Norm
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
Drawn Zhao Weijuan
-E-C-D-02
WDZB-YJER 23 2*4
WDZB-YJER 23 2*4
-E-B-D-02
WDZB-YJER 23 2*4
-E-A-D-02
-X22
A-GH009-X5:1 BN 7
25A
-F21
B-GH009-X5:1 BN 8
-X22
VIET TRI
C-GH009-X5:1 BN 9 2 1 1 +
A-GH009-X5:2 BU 10 4 3 3 -
I > I >
DC 220V
B-GH009-X5:2 BU 11
DC Supply
DC supply
22 21
From Customer
C-GH009-X5:2 BU 12 /M1.7
3
3
14 13
4
4
5
5
Circuit diagram
ODFSZ-150000/500
Mian Power Supply(DC)
6
6
STGZ
Q881507-09
7
7
Q05 03 330-B-
1.5
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
D2
Sheet 2+
3 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
Symbol library 4: Translate file D: Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / D / 3
1
1
Remarks
+GH010
Assembly cabinet
Date
/D1.1
/D1.3
N
-F1:1
Name Norm
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
Drawn Zhao Weijuan
VIET TRI
1P,10A
-F2
3
3
10A
-A15
24 VDC
24V+ + L1 2 1
I >
/N1.2
N
24V- - PE 11PE 22 21
/N1.2 /M1.6
BLACK BOX POWER
14 13
4
4
-MF2
2 1
M
-MF1
2 1
M
100W
-E2
2 1
100W
-E1
5
5
Manual
2 1
Auto.
-B12
Manual
-S10
Circuit diagram
13 14 8
6A
-F1
24 23 7
ODFSZ-150000/500
1 2 1
I >
Heating&lighting circuit
Temperature and
Fan&Heating
22 21
3 1 /M1.5
humidity controller
4 2 14 13
CG217-EF
5 3
6
6
6 4
humidity sensor
Temperature and
STGZ
-X20
-H1
-J1
14 N L 2 1
Q881507-09
Lighting
16A
-F6
15
2 1
I >
7
7
PE
N
L
Socket
-CZ
22 21
/M1.6
13A
14 13
Q05 03 330-B-
1.5
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
D3
Sheet 3-
3 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Power Failure Signals
Last used: 12.04.18

Spare Power Failure Black box power failure
Main Power off Spare power off Main Power Failure Auxiliary Power Failure Socket Power Failure DC220V Power Failure
A A
24
24
22
22
21
21
21
21
-K5 -K6 -F1 -F2 -F6 -F21
14
14
12
12
B -Q1 -Q2 /D1.4 /D1.6 /D3.6 /D3.3 /D3.7 /D2.3 B
21
21
22
22
22
22
/D1.1 /D1.3
11
11
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
4
2
8
-X21
1
C C
14
12
13
15
16
17
18
11
-X21
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
+GH010
library 3:
library 4:
Assembly cabinet
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Power Failure Signals Q881507-09 +GH010 M1
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
Symbol library 4: Translate file D: Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / M / 2
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
Date
WDZB-YJERP 23 12G1.5
-E-A-M-04
-X1
Ph.A+GX001
A-X30
10 Lower BK 10
AS SPARE
-E-A-M-08
11 Rise BK 11
Name Norm
12 Common BK 12
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
14 Stop BK 14
Control signal input
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

15 Stop BK 15
16 Step signal BK 16
VIET TRI
17 Power failure BK 17
3
3
19 In operation BK 19
Signal output
+GX001
OLTC box
(Phase A)
-E-A-M-05
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
A-X30
214 4~20mA + BK 212
4
4
2134~20mA - BK 211
4~20mA output
OLTC signals
-E-A-M-10
-E-A-M-09
A-X34
-S40M
Ph. A+GX001
1 BK 1
2 BK 2
3 BK 3
4 BK 4
5
5
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-A-M-06
5 BK 5
-S138M
Ph.A+GX001
A-X31
1 BK 1
6 BK 6
Circuit diagram
2 BK 2
7 BK 7
3 BK 3
ODFSZ-150000/500
Resistor Type output
OLTC signals-PhaseA
8 BK 8
9 BK 9
10 BK 10
6
6
11 BK 11
12 BK 12
Contact type output
13 BK 13
STGZ
14 BK 14
Q881507-09
-E-A-M-07
-S61M
Ph.A+GX001
A-X32
15 BK 15 1 Common Position BK 1
16 BK 16 2 Position 1 BK 2
7
7
BCD output
Q05 03 330-B-
20 BK 20 6 Position 10(-) BK 6
1.5
&EFS019
7 Position 20(+) BK 7
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
M2
Sheet 2+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
Date
-E-B-M-04
-X1
Ph.B+GX001
B-X30
10 Lower BK 10
AS SPARE
-E-B-M-08
11 Rise BK 11
Name Norm
12 Common BK 12
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
14 Stop BK 14
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

15 Stop BK 15
VIET TRI
3
3
Signal output
+GX001
OLTC box
(Phase B)
-E-B-M-05
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
B-X30
214 4~20mA + BK 212
4
4
2134~20mA - BK 211
4~20mA output
OLTC signals
-E-B-M-10
-E-B-M-09
B-X34
-S40M
Ph.B+GX001
1 BK 1
2 BK 2
3 BK 3
4 BK 4
5
5
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-B-M-06
5 BK 5
-S138M
Ph.B+GX001
B-X31
1 BK 1
6 BK 6
Circuit diagram
2 BK 2
7 BK 7
3 BK 3
ODFSZ-150000/500
OLTC signals-PhaseB
8 BK 8
9 BK 9
10 BK 10
6
6
11 BK 11
12 BK 12
Contact type output
13 BK 13
STGZ
14 BK 14
Q881507-09
-E-B-M-07
-S61M
Ph.B+GX001
B-X32
7
7
BCD output
Q05 03 330-B-
1.5
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
M3
Sheet 3+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
Date
-E-C-M-04
-X1
Ph.C+GX001
C-X30
10 Lower BK 10
AS SPARE
-E-C-M-08
11 Rise BK 11
Name Norm
12 Common BK 12
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
14 Stop BK 14
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

15 Stop BK 15
VIET TRI
3
3
Signal output
+GX001
(Phase C)
OLTC box
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-C-M-05
-X1
Ph.C+GX001
C-X30
214 4~20mA + BK 212
4
4
213 4~20mA - BK 211

4~20mA output
OLTC signals
-E-C-M-10
-E-C-M-09
C-X34
-S40M
Ph.C+GX001
1 BK 1
2 BK 2
3 BK 3
4 BK 4
5
5
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-C-M-06
5 BK 5
-S39M
Ph.C+GX001
C-X31
1 BK 1
6 BK 6
Circuit diagram
2 BK 2
7 BK 7
3 BK 3
ODFSZ-150000/500
OLTC signals-phaseC
8 BK 8
9 BK 9
10 BK 10
6
6
11 BK 11
12 BK 12
Contact type output
13 BK 13
STGZ
14 BK 14
Q881507-09
-E-C-M-07
-S61M
Ph.C+GX001
C-X32
7
7
BCD output
Q05 03 330-B-
1.5
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
M4
Sheet 4+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-A-T-02
A-X4
-X4
Ph.A+GF021
Date
21 BK 21
22 BK 22
23 BK 23
Name Norm
24 BK 24
25 25
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

26 BK 26
Date 2018.04.12
Drawn Zhao Weijuan
27 BK 27
28 BK 28
29 BK 29
VIET TRI
30 30
31 BK 31
3
3
32 BK 32
Current Transformer output(T5~T9)

33 BK 33
-E-A-T-01
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-X4
Ph.A+GF021
A-X4
1 BK 1
34 BK 34
2 BK 2
35 35
3 BK 3
36 BK 36
4 BK 4
37 BK 37
4
4
5 5
38 BK 38
6 BK 6
39 BK 39
Terminal box signals
7 BK 7
40 40
+GF021
8 BK 8
(Phase A)
41 BK 41
Terminal box
9 BK 9
42 BK 42
10 10
43 BK 43
11 BK 11
5
5
44 BK 44
12 BK 12
45 45
Circuit diagram
13 BK 13
14 BK 14
ODFSZ-150000/500
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-A-T-03
15 15
16 BK 16
Terminal box signals-phaseA

17 BK 17
6
6
18 BK 18
19 BK 19
20 20
STGZ
Q881507-09
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-A-P-08
A-X1
-X1
Ph.A+GF021
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-A-T-02
15 BK 15
7
7
16 BK 16
Q05 03 330-B-
Auxilary power failure
17 BK 17
1.5
18 BK 18
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
M5
Sheet 5+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
-E-A-P-03
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-A-P-01
-E-A-P-02
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
Date
-X2
Ph.A+GF021
1 BK A-X2
1
2 BK 2
3 BK 3
Name Norm
4 BK 4
2
2
5 BK 5
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
6 BK 6
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

7 BK 7
-E-A-P-05
A-X2
-X2
Ph.A+GF021
8 BK 8
73 BK 73
9 BK 9
VIET TRI
75 BK 75
10 BK 10
77 BK 77
12 BK 12
3
3
13 BK 13
79 BK 79
14 BK 14
81 BK 81
15 BK 15
83 BK 83
16 BK 16
85 BK 85
17 BK 17
Alarm signals of secondary devices for Ph.A
87 BK 87
18 BK 18
89 BK 89
Trip signals of secondary devices for Ph.A
19 BK 19
4
4
91 BK 91
20 BK 20
+GF021
93 BK 93
(Phase A)
21 BK 21
Terminal box
95 BK 95
25 BK 25
97 BK 97 27 BK 27
99 BK 99 29 BK 29
31 BK 31
101 BK 101
5
5
33 BK 33
103 BK 103
35 BK 35
Circuit diagram
37 BK 37
ODFSZ-150000/500
39 BK 39
41 BK 41
43 BK 43
Terminal box signals-phaseA

45 BK 45
6
6
47 BK 47
49 BK 49
51 BK 51
STGZ
53 BK 53
Q881507-09
55 BK 55
57 BK 57
7
7
59 BK 59
Trip signals of secondary devices for Ph.A
61 BK 61
63 BK 63
Q05 03 330-B-
65 BK 65
67 BK 67
1.5
&EFS019
69 BK 69
71 BK 71
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
-E-A-P-04
M6
Sheet 6+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-B-T-02
B-X4
-X4
Ph.B+GF021
Date
21 BK 21
22 BK 22
23 BK 23
Name Norm
24 BK 24
25 25
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

26 BK 26
Date 2018.04.12
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-B-T-01
-X4
Ph.B+GF021
B-X4
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

27 BK 27 1 BK 1
28 BK 28 2 BK 2
29 BK 29 3 BK 3
VIET TRI
30 30 4 BK 4
31 BK 31 5 5
3
3
32 BK 32 6 BK 6

33 BK 33 7 BK 7
34 BK 34 8 BK 8
35 9 BK 9
35
10 10
36 BK 36
11 BK 11
37 BK 37
4
4
12 BK 12
38 BK 38
13 BK 13
39 BK 39
14 BK 14
40
+GF021
40
(Phase B)
15 15
Terminal box
41 BK 41
16 BK 16
42 BK 42
17 BK 17
43 BK 43
5
5
18 BK 18
44 BK 44
19 BK 19
Circuit diagram
45 45
20 20
ODFSZ-150000/500
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-B-T-03
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-B-T-02
Terminal box signals-phaseB
6
6
STGZ
Q881507-09
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-B-P-08
B-X1
-X1
Ph.B+GF021
15 BK 15
7
7
16 BK 16
Q05 03 330-B-
17 BK 17
1.5
18 BK 18
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
M7
Sheet 7+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
Date
-E-B-P-01
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-B-P-03
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-B-P-02
-X2
Ph.B+GF021
B-X2
1 BK 1
2 BK 2
Name Norm
3 BK 3
4 BK 4
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

5 BK 5
Date 2018.04.12
6 BK 6
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

7 BK 7
-E-B-P-05
B-X2
-X2
Ph.B+GF021
73 BK 73 8 BK 8
VIET TRI
75 BK 75 9 BK 9
10 BK 10
77 BK 77
12 BK 12
3
3
79 BK 79
13 BK 13
81 BK 81
14 BK 14
83 BK 83
15 BK 15
85 BK 85 16 BK 16
Alarm signals of secondary devices for Ph.B
17 BK 17
87 BK 87
18 BK 18
89 BK 89
19 BK 19
Trip signals of secondary devices for Ph.B
4
4
91 BK 91
20 BK 20
+GF021
93 BK 93
(Phase B)
21 BK 21
Terminal box
95 BK 95
25 BK 25
97 BK 97 27 BK 27
99 BK 99 29 BK 29
31 BK 31
101 BK 101
5
5
33 BK 33
103 BK 103
35 BK 35
Circuit diagram
37 BK 37
ODFSZ-150000/500
39 BK 39
41 BK 41
43 BK 43
Terminal box signals-phaseB

45 BK 45
6
6
47 BK 47
49 BK 49
STGZ
51 BK 51
53 BK 53
Q881507-09
55 BK 55
57 BK 57
59 BK 59
7
7
61 BK 61
Trip signals of secondary devices for Ph.B
63 BK 63
Q05 03 330-B-
65 BK 65
67 BK 67
69 BK 69
1.5
&EFS019
71 BK 71
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
-E-B-P-04
M8
Sheet 8+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-C-T-02
C-X4
-X4
Ph.C+GF021
Date
21 BK 21
22 BK 22
23 BK 23
Name Norm
24 BK 24
25 25
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

26 BK 26
Date 2018.04.12
Drawn Zhao Weijuan
27 BK 27
28 BK 28
29 BK 29
VIET TRI
30 30
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-C-T-01
-X4
Ph.C+GF021
C-X4
31 BK 31
3
3
1 BK 1
32 BK 32
2 BK 2
33 BK 33
3 BK 3
34 BK 34
4 BK 4
35 35

5 5
36 BK 36
6 BK 6
37 BK 37
7 BK 7
4
4
38 BK 38
8 BK 8
39 BK 39
9 BK 9
40 40 10 10
+GF021
(Phase C)
Terminal box
41 BK 41 11 BK 11
42 BK 42 12 BK 12
43 BK 43 13 BK 13
5
5
44 BK 44 14 BK 14
Circuit diagram
45 45 15
15
16 BK 16
ODFSZ-150000/500
17 BK 17
-E-C-T-03
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
18 BK 18
Terminal box signals-phaseC

19 BK 19
6
6
20 20
STGZ
WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4
-E-C-T-02
Q881507-09
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-C-P-08
C-X1
-X1
Ph.C+GF021
15 BK 15
7
7
16 BK 16
Q05 03 330-B-
17 BK 17
1.5
18 BK 18
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
M9
Sheet 9+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-C-P-03
-E-C-P-01
Date
WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5
-E-C-P-02
-X2
Ph.C+GF021
C-X2
1 BK 1
2 BK 2
Name Norm
3 BK 3
4 BK 4
2
2
5 BK 5
Appr. Xiao Yun

6 BK 6
Date 2018.04.12
Drawn Zhao Weijuan
7 BK 7
8 BK 8
-E-C-P-05
C-X2
-X2
Ph.C+GF021
73 BK 73
9 BK 9
VIET TRI
75 BK 75
10 BK 10
77 BK 77 12 BK 12
3
3
79 BK 79 13 BK 13
81 BK 81 14 BK 14
83 BK 83 15 BK 15
Alarm signals of secondary devices for Ph.C
85 BK 85 16 BK 16
17 BK 17
87 BK 87
18 BK 18
89 BK 89
Trip signals of secondary devices for Ph.C
19 BK 19
4
4
91 BK 91
20 BK 20
+GF021
93 BK 93
(Phase C)
21 BK 21
Terminal box
95 BK 95
25 BK 25
97 BK 97
27 BK 27
99 BK 99 29 BK 29
31 BK 31
101 BK 101
5
5
33 BK 33
103 BK 103
35 BK 35
Circuit diagram
37 BK 37
ODFSZ-150000/500
39 BK 39
41 BK 41
43 BK 43
Terminal box signals-phaseC

45 BK 45
6
6
47 BK 47
49 BK 49
51 BK 51
STGZ
53 BK 53
Q881507-09
55 BK 55
57 BK 57
7
7
59 BK 59
61 BK 61
Trip signals of secondary devices for Ph.C
63 BK 63
Q05 03 330-B-
65 BK 65
67 BK 67
1.5
69 BK 69
&EFS019
71 BK 71
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
-E-C-P-04
M10
Sheet 10+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
-E-A-M-02
-E-A-M-02
-E-A-M-01
A-X11
-X11
Ph.A+GH009
Date
-X10
Ph.A+GH009
A-X10
-E-C-M-02
-E-B-M-02
5 BK OLTC Aul.&moto power failure 5 28 K8 signals BK 15
6 BK Terminal box power failure 6 29 K9 signals BK 16
Lighting&heating power failure
+GH009
7 BK 7 30 K10 signals BK 17
Name Norm
(Phase A)
8 BK PLC control power failure 8
Control cabinet
38 K8 signals BK 25
2
2
9 BK Black box power failure 9
overload signal input

39 K9 signals BK 26
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
11 BK 3ph AC power failure 11
40 K10 signals BK 27
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

DC power failure
from customer
12 BK 12
13 BK OLTC control power failure 13
Power failure output signals
VIET TRI
15 BK OLTC Aul.&moto power failure 15
remote Signals input
-X11
Ph.A+GH009
A-X11
16 BK Terminal box power failure 16 3ph AC power failure

1 BK 1
3
3
17 BK Lighting&heating power failure 17 2DC power failure BK 2
18 BK PLC control power failure 18 3 OLTC control power failure BK 3
19 BK Black box power failure 19
B-X11
-X11
Ph.B+GH009
5 BK OLTC Aul.&moto power failure 5
-E-B-M-01
-E-B-M-02
-X10
Ph.B+GH009
B-X10
28 K8 signals BK 15
4
4
6 BK Terminal box power failure 6
29 K9 signals BK 16
7 BK Lighting&heating power failure 7
Control cabinet signals
PLC control power failure

+GH009
8 BK 8
(Phase B)
customer &power failure signals
9 BK Black box power failure 9 38 K8 signals BK 25

Control cabinet
11 BK 3ph AC power failure 11 39 K9 signals BK 26
12 BK DC power failure 12 40 K10 signals BK 27

from customer
13 BK OLTC control power failure 13 48 Power failure BK 35
5
5
Circuit diagram
15 BK OLTC Aul.&moto power failure 15 50 In operation BK 37
16 BK Terminal box power failure 16 51 In operation BK 38
ODFSZ-150000/500
-X11
Ph.B+GH009
B-X11
1 3ph AC power failure BK 1

17 BK Lighting&heating power failure 17
2DC power failure BK 2

18 BK PLC control power failure 18
Black box power failure

3 OLTC control power failure BK 3
19 BK 19
6
6
C-X11
-X11
Ph.C+GH009
OLTC Aul.&moto power failure

5 BK 5
STGZ
-E-C-M-01
-E-C-M-02
-X10
Ph.C+GH009
C-X10
Terminal box power failure

Q881507-09


7
7

+GH009
9 BK 9
(Phase C)
38 K8 signals BK 25
3ph AC power failure
11 BK 11
Control cabinet
39 K9 signals BK 26
DC power failure
Q05 03 330-B-
12 BK 12
OLTC control power failure
13 BK 13
from customer
1.5
&EFS019
OLTC Aul.&moto power failure

15 BK 15
Terminal box power failure
16 BK 16
+GH010
8
8
-X11
Ph.C+GH009
C-X11
=10BAT01

17 BK 17 1 3ph AC power failure BK 1

18 BK 18 2 DC power failure BK 2
M11

19 BK 19 3 OLTC control power failure BK 3
Sheet 11+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
+GH010
+GH010
Remarks
Assembly cabinet
Assembly cabinet
-E-A-M-03
-E-A-M-03
A-X11
-X11
Ph.A+GH009
Date
-X11
Ph.A+GH009
A-X11
-E-C-M-03
-E-B-M-03
21 BK NO.1 group fan failure 21 33 NO.1 group fan on BK 33
22 BK NO.1 group fan failure 22 34 NO.1 group fan on BK 34
NO.2 group fan failure
+GH009
23 BK 23 35 NO.2 group fan on BK 35
Name Norm
(Phase A)
24 BK NO.2 group fan failure 24
NO.2 group fan on
Control cabinet
36 BK 36
2
2
25 BK Remote control 25
37 All fans off BK 37
fan state&control type
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

27 BK Local control 27
39OLTC in operation BK 39
Local control

28 BK 28
VIET TRI
29 BK Manual control 29
3
3
31 BK Automatic control 31
B-X11
-X11
Ph.B+GH009
4
4

-E-B-M-03
-X11
Ph.B+GH009
B-X11

33 NO.1 group fan on BK 33
NO.2 group fan failure

+GH009
24 BK 24
(Phase B)
Control cabinet
5
5
Circuit diagram
ODFSZ-150000/500
6
6
C-X11
-X11
Ph.C+GH009

STGZ

Q881507-09

-E-C-M-03
-X11
Ph.C+GH009
C-X11

7
7
+GH009
(Phase C)

Control cabinet

Q05 03 330-B-
28 BK Local control 28 36 NO.2 group fan on BK 36


1.5
&EFS019
29 BK Manual control 29 38 All fans off BK 38
30 BK Manual control 30 39OLTC in operation BK 39

+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
31 BK Automatic control 31 40OLTC in operation BK 40
M12
Sheet 12+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
Remarks
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-A-P-07
Date
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-A-P-06
A-X3
-X6
Ph.A+GH009
A-X3:1 1 BK 15
/M14.1
A-X3:2 2 BK 16
/M14.2
A-X3:3 3 BK 17
Name Norm
/M14.3
+GH009
PhaseA
A-X3:4 4 BK 18
/M14.3
2
2
Control cabinet
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
Drawn Zhao Weijuan
+GF021
PhaseA
-X3
Ph.A+GF021
A-X3:5 5 BK 7
Terminal box
/M14.5
Remote displayers for Ph.A
A-X3:6 6 BK 9
/M14.5
VIET TRI
A-X3:7 7 BK 19
/M14.6
A-X3:8 8 BK 21
/M14.6
3
3
A-X3:9 9 BK 25
/M14.7
A-X3:10 10 BK 27
/M14.8
PhaseB
+GH009
-E-B-P-07
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
Control cabinet
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-B-P-06
B-X3
-X6
Ph.B+GH009
4
4
B-X3:1 1 BK 15
/M15.1
B-X3:2 2 BK 16
/M15.2
Temp. remote display
B-X3:3 3 BK 17
/M15.3
B-X3:4 4 BK 18
/M15.3
+GF021
PhaseB
-X3
Ph.B+GF021
5
5
Terminal box
B-X3:5 5 BK 7
/M15.5
B-X3:6 6 BK 9
Remote displayers for Ph.B
Circuit diagram
/M15.5
B-X3:7 7 BK 19
/M15.6
ODFSZ-150000/500
B-X3:8 8 BK 21
/M15.6
Temp. remote indicator

B-X3:9 9 BK 25
/M15.7
B-X3:10 10 BK 27
/M15.8
6
6
STGZ
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-C-P-07
WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5
-E-C-P-06
PhaseC
+GH009
C-X3
-X6
Ph.C+GH009
C-X3:1 1 BK 15
/M16.1
Q881507-09
Control cabinet
C-X3:2 2 BK 16
/M16.2
Temp. remote display
C-X3:3 3 BK 17
/M16.3
7
7
C-X3:4 4 BK 18
/M16.3
Q05 03 330-B-
+GF021
PhaseC
-X3
Ph.C+GF021
Terminal box
C-X3:5 5 BK 7
/M16.5
1.5
&EFS019
Remote displayers for Ph.B
C-X3:6 6 BK 9
/M16.5
C-X3:7 7 BK 19
/M16.6
+GH010
8
8
C-X3:8 8 BK 21
=10BAT01
/M16.6
+GH010
C-X3:9 9 BK 25
/M16.7
M13
C-X3:10 10 BK 27
/M16.8
Assembly cabinet
Sheet 13+
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / M / 14

Last used: 12.04.18
Oil Temp. remote indicator1 Winding Temp. remote indicator1 Oil Temp. remote indicator2 Winding Temp. remote indicator2 Winding Temp. remote indicator3
PS:
A the cables not our scope A
90 mm
96 mm
+GH010
Assembly cabinet 48 mm
Long:92 mm; wide:45 mm;deep:90mm
The panel cutout of remote indicator for oil Temp. and winding Temp.(mm)
B The power supply (220V,50HZ)should be provided from control room
B
/M13.2
/M13.1
/M13.2
/M13.2
/M13.3
/M13.3
/M13.3
/M13.2
/M13.3
/M13.3
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
A-X3:1
A-X3:2
A-X3:3
A-X3:5
A-X3:6
A-X3:7
A-X3:8
A-X3:4
A-X3:9
A-X3:10
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E
Customer control room Customer control rooom

A-F60 Customer control rooom Customer control rooom A-F64
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
A-F62 Customer control room A-F63
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
A-F61
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
Current signal Power source Current signal Power source
Current signal Power source
F F
Control room

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Temp. remote indicator-Ph.A Q881507-09 +GH010 M14
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / M / 15 Oil Temp. remote indicator1 Winding Temp. remote indicator1 Oil Temp. remote indicator2 Winding Temp. remote indicator2 Winding Temp. remote indicator3
PS:
90 mm
96 mm
+GH010
Assembly cabinet
48 mm
B
/M13.4
/M13.4
/M13.4
/M13.5
/M13.5
/M13.5
/M13.6
/M13.5
/M13.6
/M13.6
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
B-X3:1
B-X3:2
B-X3:3
B-X3:5
B-X3:6
B-X3:7
B-X3:8
B-X3:4
B-X3:9
B-X3:10
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

B-F60 Customer control rooom Customer control rooom B-F64
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
B-F62 Customer control room B-F63
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
B-F61
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
F F
Control room

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Temp. remote indicator-Ph.B Q881507-09 +GH010 M15
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EFS019 / M / 16 Oil Temp. remote indicator1 Winding Temp. remote indicator1 Oil Temp. remote indicator2 Winding Temp. remote indicator2 Winding Temp. remote indicator3
PS:
90 mm
96 mm
+GH010
Assembly cabinet 48 mm
B
/M13.7
/M13.7
/M13.7
/M13.8
/M13.8
/M13.8
/M13.8
/M13.7
/M13.8
/M13.8
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
C-X3:1
C-X3:2
C-X3:3
C-X3:5
C-X3:6
C-X3:7
C-X3:8
C-X3:4
C-X3:9
C-X3:10
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

C-F60 Customer control rooom Customer control rooom C-F64
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
C-F62 Customer control room C-F63
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
C-F61
In-Lo
In-Hi
230VAC
115VAC
AC 0V
F F
Control room

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Temp. remote indicator-Ph.C Q881507-09 +GH010 M16
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
Remarks
+GF021
+GH009
Terminal box
Control cabinet
Date
Name Norm
2
2
Appr. Xiao Yun

Date 2018.04.12
HV
Ph.A
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

LV
VIET TRI
3
3
+GX001
OLTC box
+GF021
+GH009
Circuit&cable connection from +GF021 to +GH010

Terminal box
Control cabinet
4
4
Circuit&cable connection from +GH009 to +GH010
Circuit&cable connection from +GX001 to +GH010

Ph.B
HV
Assembly cabinet +GH010
5
5
LV
Circuit diagram
ODFSZ-150000/500
Connection layout on site
+GX001
OLTC box
6
6
+GF021
+GH009
Terminal box
Control cabinet
STGZ
Q881507-09
7
7
Ph.C
HV
Q05 03 330-B-
LV
1.5
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
+GX001
OLTC box
M17
Sheet 17-
17 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Black Box
Last used: 12.04.18

A A
24V+
/D3.3
B B
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
24V-
/D3.3
3
-3PE
C C
-A11 -A12 -A13 -A24
L1
L+
1M
L+
L+
L+
M
24VDC
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
-A11 -A12 -A13 -A24

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
CPU 1215C AI 4-20mA AI RTD/PT100 6GK6090-0AS11-0BA0-Z

6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0 6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0 6ES7231-5PF32-0XB0 A08+B04
4L+
4M
+GH010
Assembly Cabinet
E E
F F

Drawn Zhao Weijuan Black box Q881507-09 +GH010 N1
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rev.
1
1
RemarksDate
-X21
-X22
-X20
9 2 4
A-X2
A-X1
Name Norm
C-X2
C-X1
B-X2
B-X1
11 19 11 19 11 19
10 8
22 20 22 20 22 20
4
2
2
23 23 23
Appr. Xiao Yun

5 16
Date 2018.04.12
24 24 24
Drawn Zhao Weijuan

6 17
26 26 26
28 28 28 11
A-X30
C-X30
B-X30
30 13 30 13 30 13
12
32 32 32
VIET TRI
13
A-X11
C-X11
B-X11
34 34 34
10 10 10
36 36 36 14
14 14 14
3
3
38 38 38
15
40 40 40
42 42 42
44 44 44
46 46 46
48 48 48 18
50 50 50
19
52 52 52
20
54
4
4
54 54
56 56 56
58 58 58
21
60 60 60
22
62 62 62
64 23
64 64
66 66 66
24
68 68 68
25
70 70 70
5
5
72 26
72 72
Circuit diagram
74 74 74
76
Spare Terminal
76 76
78
ODFSZ-150000/500
78 78
80 80 80
82 82 82
84 84 84
86 86 86
6
6
88 88 88
90 90 90
92 92 92
STGZ
94 94 94
96 96 96
Q881507-09
98 98 98
100 100 100
102 102 102

7
7
105 105 105
106 106 106

Q05 03 330-B-
2,5
&EFS019
+GH010
8
8
=10BAT01
ZZ
Sheet -
22 Sh.
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Last used: 12.04.18
1
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -3PE
-A11:PE 1 /N1.3
-A12:PE 2 /N1.5
-A13:PE 3 /N1.6 -A24:PE
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Drawn Zhao Weijuan =10BAT01+GH010-3PE Q881507-09 +GH010 U1
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X20
-Q1 :2 1 /D1.1
-Q1 :4 2 /D1.2
-Q1 :6 3 /D1.2
4
-Q2 :2 5 /D1.3
-Q2 :4 6 /D1.3
-Q2 :6 7 /D1.3
C 8
C
-Q1 :n 9 /D1.2
-Q2 :n 10 /D1.3
11 /D1.2 -Q1 :n
12 /D1.2 -Q2 :n
13 /D1.3 -A15 :N
14 /D3.7 -H1 :N
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
15 /D3.7 -CZ :N
16
17
library 3:
library 4:
18 /D1.1
19 /D1.1 -F1 :1
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 20 /D1.1 -K1 :1 D
21 /D1.2 -K1 :3
22 /D1.2
23 /D1.2 -K2 :3
24 /D1.2 -K1 :5
25 /D1.2
26 /D1.2 -K2 :5
27 /D1.2
28 /D1.3
E E

F F
Drawn Zhao Weijuan =10BAT01+GH010-X20 Q881507-09 +GH010 U2
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X21
1 /M1.2 -Q1 :12
2 /M1.3 -Q2 :12
3 /M1.3 -K5 :22
4 /M1.4 -K6 :22
5 /M1.5 -F1 :22
6 /M1.6 -F2 :22
7 /M1.6 -F6 :22
C 8 /M1.7 -F21 :22
C
9
10
11 /M1.2 -Q1 :11
12 /M1.3 -Q2 :11
13 /M1.4 -K5 :21
14 /M1.4 -K6 :21
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
15 /M1.5 -F1 :21

16 /M1.6 -F2 :21
17 /M1.6 -F6 :21
library 3:
library 4:
18 /M1.7 -F21 :21

Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -X22
-F21 :1 1 /D2.3
2
-F21 :3 3 /D2.3
4
5
6
7 /D2.2
C 8 /D2.3
C
9 /D2.3 -F21 :2
10 /D2.3 -F21 :4
11 /D2.3
12 /D2.3
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1
-E-A-P-08 WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GF021

2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X1
BK 15 /M5.7 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X1 :15 A
BK 16 /M5.7 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X1 :16 A
BK 17 /M5.8 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X1 :17 A
BK 18 /M5.8 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X1 :18 A
19
20
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
Drawn Zhao Weijuan =10BAT01+GH010A-X1 Q881507-09 +GH010 U5
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1

2 -E-A-P-02 WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GF021
A A
5
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :1 B 1 /M6.1
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :2 B 2 /M6.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :3 B 3 /M6.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :4 B 4 /M6.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :5 B 5 /M6.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :6 B 6 /M6.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :7 B 7 /M6.2
C BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :8 B 8 /M6.3
C
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :9 B 9 /M6.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :10 B 10 /M6.3
11
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :12 B 12 /M6.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :13 B 13 /M6.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :14 B 14 /M6.3
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :15 B 15 /M6.3

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :16 B 16 /M6.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :17 B 17 /M6.4
library 3:
library 4:
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :18 B 18 /M6.4

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :19 B 19 /M6.4
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :20 B 20 /M6.4 D

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :21 B 21 /M6.4
22
23
24
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :25 B 25 /M6.4
26
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :27 B 27 /M6.5
28
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :29 B 29 /M6.5
30
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :31 B 31 /M6.5
32
E BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :33 B 33 /M6.5
E
34
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :35 B 35 /M6.5
36
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :37 B 37 /M6.5
38
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :39 B 39 /M6.6
40
F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1

3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :41 B 41 /M6.6
42
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :43 B 43 /M6.6
44
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :45 B 45 /M6.6
46
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :47 B 47 /M6.6
C 48
C
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :49 B 49 /M6.6
50
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :51 B 51 /M6.6
52
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :53 B 53 /M6.7
54
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :55 B 55 /M6.7

56
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :57 B 57 /M6.7
library 3:
library 4:
58
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :59 B 59 /M6.7
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 60 D
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :61 B 61 /M6.7
62
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :63 B 63 /M6.7
64
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :65 B 65 /M6.7
66
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :67 B 67 /M6.8
68
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :69 B 69 /M6.8
70
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :71 B 71 /M6.8
72
E BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :73 A 73 /M6.3
E
74
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :75 A 75 /M6.3
76
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :77 A 77 /M6.3
78
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :79 A 79 /M6.3
80
F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1

2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :81 A 81 /M6.3
82
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :83 A 83 /M6.3
84
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :85 A 85 /M6.4
86
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :87 A 87 /M6.4
C 88
C
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :89 A 89 /M6.4
90
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :91 A 91 /M6.4
92
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :93 A 93 /M6.4
94
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :95 A 95 /M6.4

96
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :97 A 97 /M6.5
library 3:
library 4:
98
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :99 A 99 /M6.5
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D 100 D
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :101 A 101 /M6.5
102
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X2 :103 A 103 /M6.5
105
106
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18

1
-E-A-P-06 WDZB-YJERP 23 7G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GH009

3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X3
BK =10BAT01Customer control roomA -F60 :In-Lo 1 /M13.1 =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X6 :15 A
BK =10BAT01Customer control roomA -F60 :In-Hi 2 /M13.2 =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X6 :16 A
BK =10BAT01Customer control rooomA -F62 :In-Lo 3 /M13.2 =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X6 :17 A
BK =10BAT01Customer control rooomA -F62 :In-Hi 4 /M13.2 =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X6 :18 A
BK =10BAT01Customer control roomA -F61 :In-Lo 5 /M13.2 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X3 :7 A
BK =10BAT01Customer control roomA -F61 :In-Hi 6 /M13.3 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X3 :9 A
BK =10BAT01Customer control rooomA -F63 :In-Lo 7 /M13.3 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X3 :19 A
C BK =10BAT01Customer control rooomA -F63 :In-Hi 8 /M13.3 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X3 :21 A
C
BK =10BAT01Customer control rooomA -F64 :In-Lo 9 /M13.3 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X3 :25 A
BK =10BAT01Customer control rooomA -F64 :In-Hi 10 /M13.3 =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X3 :27 A
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 10

1
-E-A-T-01 WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4 =10BAT01Ph.A+GF021

2 -E-A-T-02 WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4 =10BAT01Ph.A+GF021
3 -E-A-T-03 WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4 =10BAT01Ph.A+GF021
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :1 B 1 /M5.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :2 B 2 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :3 B 3 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :4 B 4 /M5.4
PE 5 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :6 B 6 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :7 B 7 /M5.4
C BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :8 B 8 /M5.5
C
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :9 B 9 /M5.5
PE 10 /M5.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :11 B 11 /M5.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :12 B 12 /M5.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :13 B 13 /M5.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :14 B 14 /M5.5
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
PE 15 /M5.6
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :16 B 16 /M5.6
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :17 B 17 /M5.6
library 3:
library 4:
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :18 B 18 /M5.6

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :19 B 19 /M5.6
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D PE 20 /M5.6 D
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :21 A 21 /M5.1
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :22 A 22 /M5.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :23 A 23 /M5.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :24 A 24 /M5.2
PE 25 /M5.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :26 A 26 /M5.2

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :27 A 27 /M5.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :28 A 28 /M5.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :29 A 29 /M5.3
PE 30 /M5.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :31 A 31 /M5.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :32 A 32 /M5.3
E BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :33 A 33 /M5.3
E
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :34 A 34 /M5.3
PE 35 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :36 A 36 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :37 A 37 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :38 A 38 /M5.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :39 A 39 /M5.4
PE 40 /M5.4
F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 11

1
-E-A-T-03 WDZB-YJERP 23 12*4 =10BAT01Ph.A+GF021

2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :41 A 41 /M5.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :42 A 42 /M5.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :43 A 43 /M5.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GF021 -X4 :44 A 44 /M5.5
PE 45 /M5.5
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 12

1
-E-A-M-01 WDZB-YJERP 23 12G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GH009

2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X10
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :28 B 15 /M11.1
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :29 B 16 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :30 B 17 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :38 B 25 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :39 B 26 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :40 B 27 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :48 B 35 /M11.2
C BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :49 B 36 /M11.3
C
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :50 B 37 /M11.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X10 :51 B 38 /M11.3
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 13

1
-E-A-M-02 WDZB-YJERP 23 25G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GH009

2 -E-A-M-03 WDZB-YJERP 23 25G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GH009
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X11
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :1 B 1 /M11.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :2 B 2 /M11.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :3 B 3 /M11.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :5 A 5 /M11.1
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :6 A 6 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :7 A 7 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :8 A 8 /M11.2
C BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :9 A 9 /M11.2
C
10
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :11 A 11 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :12 A 12 /M11.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :13 A 13 /M11.3
14
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :15 A 15 /M11.3
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :16 A 16 /M11.3

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :17 A 17 /M11.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :18 A 18 /M11.3
library 3:
library 4:
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :19 A 19 /M11.3

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :21 A 21 /M12.1
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :22 A 22 /M12.2 D

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :23 A 23 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :24 A 24 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :25 A 25 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :26 A 26 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :27 A 27 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :28 A 28 /M12.3

BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :29 A 29 /M12.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :30 A 30 /M12.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :31 A 31 /M12.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :32 A 32 /M12.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :33 B 33 /M12.1
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :34 B 34 /M12.2
E BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :35 B 35 /M12.2
E
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :36 B 36 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :37 B 37 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :38 B 38 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :39 B 39 /M12.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GH009 -X11 :40 B 40 /M12.3

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 14

1
-E-A-M-04 WDZB-YJERP 23 12G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GX001

2 -E-A-M-05 WDZB-YJERP 23 4G1.5 =10BAT01Ph.A+GX001
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X30
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :10 B 10 /M2.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :11 B 11 /M2.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :12 B 12 /M2.2
13
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :14 B 14 /M2.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :15 B 15 /M2.2
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :16 B 16 /M2.3
C BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :17 B 17 /M2.3
C
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :18 B 18 /M2.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :19 B 19 /M2.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :20 B 20 /M2.3
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :213 B 211 /M2.4
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -X1 :214 B 212 /M2.4
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 15

1

2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X31
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S138M :1 B 1 /M2.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S138M :2 B 2 /M2.5
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S138M :3 B 3 /M2.5
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 16

1

2
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X32
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S61M :1 B 1 /M2.7
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S61M :2 B 2 /M2.7
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S61M :3 B 3 /M2.7
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S61M :4 B 4 /M2.7
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S61M :5 B 5 /M2.7
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S61M :6 B 6 /M2.8
BK =10BAT01Ph.A +GX001 -S61M :7 B 7 /M2.8
C C
library 2: PTD60617
library 1: MC60617
library 3:
library 4:
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
D D
E E

F F
STGZ Q05 03 330-B-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last used: 12.04.18
Archive: =10BAT01 / &EMA019 / U / 17

1
-E-A-M-09 WDZB-YJERP 23 12G1.5 =10BAT01Ph. A+GX001

2 -E-A-M-10 WDZB-YJERP 23 12G1.5 =10BAT01Ph. A+GX001
3
A A
4
8
A
10 B
11
12
15
Translate file A:
Translate file B:
Translate file D:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A-X34
BK 1 /M2.4 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :1 A
BK 2 /M2.5 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :2 A
BK 3 /M2.5 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :3 A
BK 4 /M2.5 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :4 A
BK 5 /M2.5 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :5 A
BK 6 /M2.5 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :6 A
BK 7 /M2.5 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :7 A
C BK 8 /M2.6 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :8 A
C
BK 9 /M2.6 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :9 A
BK 10 /M2.6 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :10 A
BK 11 /M2.6 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :11 A
BK 12 /M2.6 =10BAT01Ph. A +GX001 -S40M :12 A

Q881507-9 Installation and Operating Manual PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Q881507-9 Installation and Operating Manual PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Installation and Operating

Manual for Transformer

Transformer class Single-phase Auto-transformer with OLTC

Transformer type ODFSZ-150000/500 (GB)

Serial no. 881507, 881508, 881509

Document no. Manual_Q881507-9 Rev.0

Edition date 2018. 04. 17

Warranty and Maintenance Declaration

Chapter 1 Ordering Data

Chapter 2 Technical Data

Chapter 3 Safety and Environment

Chapter 4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage

Chapter 5 Assembly, Evacuation and Oil Filling

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspection

Chapter 9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories

Chapter 10 Test Certificates of Accessories

Chapter 11 Test Certificates of Transformer

Chapter 14 Spare Parts and Special Tools

Chapter 15 Check Lists

Customer Support Center:

© Siemens AG 2018 III

Warranty and Maintenance Declaration

Station/Plant: Viet Tri substation, Vietnam

Customer order no (PO-No.): 26/2017/EVNNPT-CPMB-STGZ-SLV-3C/VT

Serial no.: 881507,881508,881509

Transformer class: Single-phase auto-transformer with on-load tap changer

Transformer type: ODFSZ-150000/500

Rated power: 150 MVA

Ratio: 500/√3±8×1.25% // 225/√3 // 35 kV

Production plant: Siemens Transformer (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd, China

Project No.: Q881507~9

© Siemens AG 2018 1–1

2.1 Rating Plate (section)

© Siemens AG 2018 2–1

2.2 Rated Power

2.3 Power Definition

2.4 Rated Voltage Ratio

2.5 Voltages and Currents at Different Taps

2.6 Vector Group

2.7 Impedance Voltage in % at 75 °C

2.8 No-load Current in %

2.9 Symmetrical Short-circuit Current

2.10 Maximum Permissible Short-circuit Duration

2.11 Insulation Level in kV

2.12 No-load Losses

2.13 Load Losses at 75 °C

2.14 Total Losses

2.15 Rated Frequency

2.16 Sound Pressure Level

2.17 Adjustment of Transformer Ratio

2.18 Type of Cooling

2.20 Temperature Monitoring in °C

Measurement of oil temperature:

Fan control via oil temperature:

Measurement of winding temperature:

Fan control via winding temperature:

2.21 Current Transformer

2.22 Weights in kg/set

© Siemens AG 2018 2–5

3 Safety and Environment

Unauthorized conversion and spare parts production

Persons authorized to work at the transformer/reactor

© Siemens AG 2018 3–1